You are on page 1of 523

Technical Handbook 2011/2012

Solar Heating. Solar Electricity.
Components, Technology, Installation

Your Contact Persons

English-Speaking Customers

Name / Email Telephone / Fax Function Languages

Alexander.Storek Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-745 Sales Manager
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-845

Emanuelefed.Ostiani Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-787 Technical Support
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-887

Max.Werlein Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-714 Technical Support
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-814

Julia.Kuhn Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-685 Sales Assistant
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-585

Susanne.Boecker Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-759 Sales Assistant,
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-859 Customs Duty

Maren.Thielemann Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-648 Sales Assistant,
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-548 Customer Relations

Nina.Mueller Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-977 Marketing Coordinator
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-9977

Stefan.Thiesen Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-680 Technical Editor
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-580

PV Off-Grid Systems

Name / Email Telephone / Fax Function Languages

Inga.Paetsch Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-392 Sales PV Off-Grid Systems
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-492

Peter.Hoenen Phone: +49 (0) 6421 8007-336 Product Manager and
@wagner-solar.com Fax: +49 (0) 6421 8007-436 Technical Support
PV Off-Grid Systems

Preface

This 2nd edition of the Wagner & Co international technical handbook represents
a solid cross-section of our solar technology products and know how. The last
two years saw the introduction of the newly developed highly economical TRIC A
and F racking systems. The thought out and largely pre-assembled components
allow for flexible weather proof and efficient collector installation on any roof.
Another novelty is the new laser welded EURO L collector series, with the high
performance collector EURO L20 AR replacing its predecessor C20 AR. The EURO
L20 AR is the new Wagner & Co gold standard of flat-plate collector technology.
Over the last 2 years, many improvements of individual components as well
as fine tuned systems led Wagner & Co to three consecutive victories in major
comparative product tests in Germany. In addition we are proud to have been
nominated for the prestigious German Sustainability Award, so we feel confi-
dent that we are steering the right course, with visions also shared by our new
branches in Great Britain and the United States.
Remembering our roots in the environmental and civil rights movements of the
70s, for us solar energy is more than just another technology – it is an integral
part of a sustainable lifestyle. Wagner & Co is your one-stop total systems pro-
vider in the field of solar hot water and heating solutions and a major systems
integrator for solar power installations of any scale.
We hope you will find the information in this handbook to be useful. Not all
products and components on offer are described here. Please refer to the cur-
rent price list and feel free to inquire with us if you have questions and special
requirements.

How to use this handbook
The information in this handbook is divided into the main section “Solar Ther-
mal Energy“ and an additional section “Solar Electricity“. Besides that, there are
different categories of documents:
● Technical Information
● Installation Instructions
● Operation Instructions
● Planning Documents
● Certificates and Records

The table of contents will guide you through the handbook. We strive to keep
the information as complete and up-to-date as possible; however, innovation
often is faster than printed documentation. In order to always make the latest
documents available, we provide a download center in the partner area of our
website at www.wagner-solar.com. Follow the instructions on the website to
log in. There you will find the latest versions of the documents contained in this
handbook as well as numerous other documents as they become available. In
addition we equipped our distribution centre with a state of the art print-on-
demand (POD) system, thus assuring that always the latest version of technical
documentation will accompany your orders.
If you have any questions or suggestions regarding this handbook: don’t hes-
itate to contact the editorial team at editor_int@wagner-solar.com! We always
appreciate your feedback.

We wish you sunny times!

Your team at Wagner & Co, in Fall 2010

Overview

Content 4

Solar Thermal

Solar Collectors 9 1.1

Solar Storage Cylinders 133 1.2

Freshwater Units 201 1.3

Solar Circuit Components 247 1.4

Compact Solar Hot Water Systems 353 1.5

Planning, Start-up, Maintenance 415 1.6

Solar Electricity 469 2

General Business Conditions 517

Content Solar Thermal

1.1 Solar Collectors and Racking Systems
■ EURO Solar Collector L20 AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

■ EURO Solar Collector Type C20/C22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

■ Flat Plate Solar Collector EURO L42 HTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

■ LBM Solar Collector 6 AR / 10 AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

■ EURO Solar Collector L20 MQ AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

■ EURO TRIC A On-Roof Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

■ EURO TRIC F Free Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

■ EURO L20 MQ TRIC A and TRIC F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

■ EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Slate and Plain Tile Roofings . . . . . . . . 93

■ EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Pantile Roofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

■ Roof Bracket Kits (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

■ Roof Bracket Kit BS/SF (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

■ Roof Bracket Kit K A2 Hv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

■ Roof Bracket Kit P (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

■ Roof Bracket Kit PM A2 Hv (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

1.2 Solar Storage Cylinders and Components
■ ECO Solar Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

■ ECOplus Solar Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

■ ECOplus Solar Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

■ TERMO Combi Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

■ TERMO Combi Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

■ RATIO Buffer Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

■ RATIO Buffer Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

■ Convection Brake CONVECTROL III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

■ Thermostatic Mixing Valve BM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

■ Electrical Immersion Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

4

Content Solar Thermal

1.3 Freshwater Units
■ RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit –
Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

■ RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit –
Installation and Operations Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

■ RATIOfresh 200 Fresh Water Station –
Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
1.1
■ RATIOfresh 200 Freshwater Unit –
Installation and Operations Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

1.2
1.4 Solar Circuit Components and Accessories
■ CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
1.3
■ CIRCO 25/80 Solar Circulation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

■ SUNGOmini Solar Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

■ Solar Controller SUNGO S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
1.4
■ Solar Controller SUNGO SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

■ Solar Controller SUNGO SXL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

■ Expansion Vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 1.5
■ Heat Meter WMZ for SUNGO SL / SXL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

■ 2/3 Way Electronic Diverter Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

■ Twinflex TVA Rapid Piping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
1.6
■ Sensor Connection Box SP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

■ Solar Heat Transfer Liquid DC20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

■ External Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

1.5 Compact Solar Hot Water Systems 2
■ SECUSOL Solar Compact System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

■ SECUterm 200 P / 300 P (Free Standing Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

■ SECUterm 160 I / 200 I / 300 I (On-Roof Installation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

5

Content Solar Thermal

1.6 Planning, Start-up, Maintenance
■ Dimensioning List for Solar Thermal Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

■ Solar Thermal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

■ Dimensioning of a Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . 437

■ Sun Path Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation
Single Storage Cylinder System
with ECOplus Solar Storage Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation
ECOplus Solar Storage Cylinder Upstreamed
of Existing Hot Water Storage Cylinder
with Controlled Storage Cylinder Circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation
Downstreamed ECOplus Solar Storage Cylinder
and Existing Hot Water Storage Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation
and Swimming Pool Heating System
with ECOplus Solar Storage Cylinder and Plate Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . . . 447

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation and Heating Support
Single Storage Cylinder System with TERMO Combi Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation and Heating Support
System with TERMO Combi Cylinder in Combination
with Pellet Boiler XILO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation and Heating Support
Single Storage Cylinder System with Freshwater Unit RATIOfresh
and RATIO Buffer Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

■ Solar Installation for Hot Water Preparation and Space Heating Support
Dual Cylinder System with ECOplus Solar Storage Cylinder
and RATIO Buffer Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

■ Wagner-T*SOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

■ Installation Protocol Solar Heating Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

■ Maintenance Protocol Solar Heating Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

■ Cleaning of AR Solar Glass on EURO-Collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

■ Solar Thermal Functional Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

6

Content Solar Electricity

2. Solar Electricity
■ Off Grid Solar Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

■ Dimensioning of Photovoltaic Off Grid Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

■ Dimensioning a Grid Connected Solar Electricity Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

■ On Roof Module Mounting System TRIC A HDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

■ Free Standing Mounting System TRIC F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 1.1
■ Free Standing Mounting System TRIC F pro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

■ Commissioning Protocol for a PV-Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

■ Measuring Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

You can find up-to-date technical information about our solar modules and 2
grid-inverters at the following web addresses:

www.wagner-solar.com
www.bp.com
www.evergreensolar.com
www.recgroup.com
www.sanyo-component.com
www.schottsolar.com
www.sma.de
www.fronius.com

7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 ■ Roof Bracket Kit K A2 Hv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 ■ Roof Bracket Kit BS/SF (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The following pages offer technical information and installation instructions for solar collectors. . . . 23 ■ EURO Solar Collector L20 MQ AR . . . . . . . . . Racks and roof brackets are the result of careful structural calculations following the latest EURO- CODE EN 1992 for wind and snow loads. . . . . . . . . . . .1 of the TRIC A on-roof and TRIC F free standing series of collector racking sys- tems. 105 ■ Roof Bracket Kits (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . solar collector racking kits and roof fixing materials. . . . . . . . . . 69 ■ EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Slate and Plain Tile Roofings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 ■ Roof Bracket Kit PM A2 Hv (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ■ EURO TRIC A On-Roof Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It includes the new “top” installation carried out from above that now is implemented throughout the entire product portfolio 1. . . . . . . . . . The Wagner & Co construction philosophy for racking systems features ease of use with pre-assembled components and un- compromised safety and durability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ■ EURO Solar Collector L20 AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ■ LBM Solar Collector 6 AR / 10 AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ■ EURO Solar Collector Type C20/C22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 ■ Flat Plate Solar Collector EURO L42 HTF . . . . 93 ■ EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Pantile Roofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 ■ EURO L20 MQ TRIC A and TRIC F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 ■ Roof Bracket Kit P (Top) . . . . . . . . . . . .Solar Collectors and Racking Systems Wagner & Co is one of the leading developers and manufacturers of solar coll- ectors as well as collector racking systems for many different applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ■ EURO TRIC F Free Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . allowing safe installations on most roof types and at almost any location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

roof-integrated and flat-roof (free standing) mounting ● Serial connection of up to 5 collectors possible Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-L20-AR_TI-100119-11201R00 11 .1 Solar Keymark 011-7S481 F Figure 1 EURO L20 AR Product Features sunarc® anti reflection glass EPDM rubber sealing Anodized Powerful Highly selective aluminium frame ● Collector cover with sandy sunarc® anti-reflection glass vacuum coating for 96% light transmission Aluminium ● Laser fused aluminium absorber for optimized heat absorber Side transfer insulation ● 60 mm back-side insulation Durable High Quality Materials ● Anodized aluminium frame in silver or black ● Solid aluminium back ● Full-surface aluminium absorber sheet with copper pipe register ● Temperature resistant mineral wool with low binder Insulation content.TECHNICAL INFORMATION EURO Solar Collector L20 AR 1. heat conduction group 040 Aluminium back Sophisticated Construction Details ● Seamless all-around side insulation Figure 2 Collector cross-section ● Long lasting and safe flat sealing connections ● UV resistant EPDM glass sealing with vulcanized corner joints Flexible Mounting Options ● Suitable for on-roof.

k2 = 0. CE-mark.0165 W/m²K² Incident angle modifier (50°) kdir = 94. 10 bar Stagnation temperature ( acc. k1 = 3. Heat carrier: 40 % Glycol / 60 % Water at 30 °C. 12 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-AR_TI-100119-11201R00 .4 kN/m² Horizontal and vertical on-roof and free standing setup (10 – 85°).5 litres DC20 (propylene glycol with inhibitors). Heat carrier mixing ratio according to requirements (local climate)! Operational pressure max. Mounting options roof integration with vertical orientation (20° – 85°) Weight 48 kg Pressure loss [mbar] 500 5 EURO L20 serial connection 450 4 EURO L20 400 serial connection 350 3 EURO L20 300 serial connection 250 2 EURO L20 serial connection 200 150 1 EURO L20 100 50 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Volume flow [l/h] Figure 3 Pressure loss curves for several collectors connected in series. Blue Angel RAL – UZ 73 Allowable pressure/suction forces 3. kdiff = 88 % Annual collector yield (ITW 5 m²) 521 kWh/m²a Silver or black anodized aluminium frame.46 W/m²K. depending on volume flow. Collector encasing mineral wool insulation WLG 040 for back side and frame Specific heat capacity 4.39 m² Dimensions (L x D x H) 2151 x 1215 x 110 mm Collector efficiency (acc. τ = 96 % Pipe register absorber: Absorber aluminium heat conductor sheet and 12 closely spaced copper pipes. to EN 12975) ηo = 84.1. α = 95 %. ε = 5 % Absorber content 1. to EN 12975) 209 °C Solar sensor Receptacle. laser fused Absorber coating Highly selective vacuum coating.61 / 2. aluminium back sheet. Technical Data Table 1 Characteristic EURO L20 AR Total area/aperture area (acc.4 %. 6 mm internal diameter Collector connections ½" M – threaded connection Certificate/mark SolarKeymark.8 %.7 kJ/(m²K) Glass cover and light transmission 4 mm solar safety glass with sunarc® anti reflection surface. to EN 12975) 2.

215 EURO L20 AR Figure 5 Dimensions (mm) 2. maximum building height of 20 m.39 (kN/m²) 2 Roof bracket P STv KF. 10-20 800 6 185 260 Structurally the EURO L20 AR can be treated identically to 1 45° inclination.087 1. EN-XXX_EURO-L20-AR_TI-100119-11201R00 13 . 10 400 4 140 195 tions: inland continental Europe up to 800 m ASL. wind pressure at 10 m above ground qref ≤ 0. ballast height (m) installation (kg/m² total collector area) Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow (m) (no.1 Snow and Wind Loads Building Altitude On-roof Free standing. roof bracket quantities are guide values – round acc. brackets per Horizontal Vertical collector) 2 setup setup tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (snow loads). to field size and individual situation. installation in edge and corner areas of roofs not the C20 AR.151 1. ridge distance or distance to snow barrier above < 1 m. The standard in-roof system originally was designed for the following condi.h [%] 90 E = 800 W/m² 80 70 60 EURO L20 AR 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 Tm . considered. of roof and wind loads (within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind ac. Please contact our technical department for infor. to EN 12975 1. wind speed vref ≤ 25 m/s.Tu [K] Figure 4 Collector characteristics acc.1 110 2. all wind zones. unex- 10 800 6 140 195 posed location. 10-20 400 4 185 260 mation about other cases. Planning Notes Table 2 Dimensioning Examples for Snow/Wind Load Zones 1-2 1 2.

Solar sensor Solar sensor Solar sensor Figure 8 Serial connection of vertically mounted collectors at v = 35 l/m2h (serial connection of max.86 0. 2010 · www. Marten protection for sensor cable 192 040 10 for silver and 192 040 09 for black frame Collector carrying handles 188 005 02 Subject to modifications.21 6. Hereunto a special extension set for on-roof mounting (order no.66 m 6. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Depending on the geographical location the lower col- lector areas may therefore be affected by self-shadowing during winter months. 5 x EURO L20) tally mounted collectors at v = 35 l/m2h 2.10 m 2.2.00 2.26 3.56 6. 6) 35° 45° 50° 37° 45° 50° A 1.2 Free Standing Setup and Self-Shadowing The following table applies to a shadowing angle β of 25°. 190 202 40) and a special connection set (order no. 5 x EURO L20) Solar sensor Solar sensor Solar sensor 3. 190 202 30) are available.00 0.4 Accessories Table 4 Accessories Order No.30 6.38 Figure 6 Shadowing distances of collectors mounted one behind the C 3.78 1.56 3.30 other with collector inclination α and shadowing angle β 2. fig. A Table 3 Shadowing Distances Distance Collector inclination α in m Horizontal setup Vertical setup (s.53 B C B 1.com 14 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .78 3.52 1.49 3.15 m Figure 9 Serial connection of horizontally mounted collectors at Figure 10 Combination of serial and parallel connections of horizon- v = 35 l/m2h (serial connection of max.72 1.49 1.84 2.wagner-solar.3 Connection Options Solar sensor Figure 7 Parallel connection of 2 x horizontal EURO L20 at v = 35 l/m²h.

weather resistant EPDM rubber seals with vulcanised corner joints and ultrasound-fused. verti- Anodised aluminium profiles. Variable Mountings and Arrangements High-Quality Materials On-roof. aluminium back.1 Selective coating Side insulation without heat bridges Ultrasound fused copper absorber 60mm insulation TÜV . a 60 mm back insulation and the seamless side the CE label. roof integrated (in-roof) and free standing.TECHNICAL INFORMATION EURO Solar Collector Type C20/C22 Highly transparent EPDM rubber seal safety glass or anti with vulcanised corner joints reflection safety glass Anodised aluminium casing 1. Repeated awards from the Independent In- insulation.0036 Aluminium back Jur y U mweltzeichen Figure 1 The EURO C20/C22 – powerful. photo-instructions and the solar yield by an additional 6-10 % thanks to intelligent weldless connections to the solar circuit. very low heat losses. the EURO solar collector is characterized by stitute for Consumer’s Goods Testing “Stiftung Warentest”. Simple and Fast Installation ditionally features sunarc® anti reflection glass increasing Tried and tested installation kits. high-trans. versatile and rapidly installed Advantages High Efficiency through Perfect Details Excellent Price/Performance Ratio Thanks to its highly selective vaccuum coated flat plate Tested quality according to European norm EN 12975 and absorber. Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-C20-C22_TI-0801xx-11201000 15 . heat-resistant copper absorber ensure safe operation for decades. cally and horizontally. In addition it is equipped with highly transparent safety glass. parency safety glass cover. The EURO C20 AR variation ad. nano-technology based upon the moth-eye effect.

3 litre 1. pressure losses do not account for at 30 °C. 60 % water Volume flow v=30 l/m²h.24 / 2.1 litre Conductor fluid DC20 (Propylenglycol with inhibitors).8 % Efficiency (DIN 4757. 10 bar Idle temperature 232 °C 227 °C 232 °C 227 °C (according to DIN 4757-3) Sensor tube 6 mm internal diameter Connections ½" male CE lable TÜV certificate 0036. pressure losses do not account for connections and connection pipes.47 W/m²K k2 = 0. examples with v=30l/m²h. 60 % water at 30 °C.4 % ho = 81. heat transfer medium: 40 % glycol.85° for on-roof and free standing setup. heat transfer medium: 40 % glycol.0104 W/m²K² k2 = 0. Volume flow v=30 l/m²h. 16 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-C22_TI-0801xx-11201000 .61 / 2.85° for roof integration Weight 48 kg 43 kg * Calculated for 4 person household at Würzburg/Germany with 300 l solar cylinder and 5 m² collector area.7 kJ/(m²K) 4 mm solar safety 4 mm solar safety 4 mm solar 4 mm solar Glass cover glass with sunarc®.0101 W/m²K² kdir = 97 % kdir = 94 % kdir = 97 % kdir = 94 % Incident angle modifier 50° kdiff = 94 % kdiff = 88 % kdiff = 94 % kdiff = 88 % Annual collector yield 546 kWh/m²a 509 kWh/m²a 546 kWh/m²a 509 kWh/m²a (ITW 5 m² *) Collector housing 60 mm back insulated and frame insulated aluminium casing.4) k1 = 3. α = 95 %. Pressure losses (mbar) Pressure losses (mbar) 200 200 180 180 4 EURO in series 160 160 2 0 C2 C2 140 140 O O UR UR 4 EURO in series xE xE 120 120 2 C2 20 4 4 C O UR O 100 100 R E EU x 0 3 x C2 C2 2 3 80 3 EURO in series 80 R O O EU 3 EURO in series EUR 2x 2x 60 60 C20 C22 40 URO 40 URO 2 EURO in series 1xE 1xE 2 EURO in series 20 20 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow rate (litre/h) Flow rate (litre/h) Figure 2 Pressure loss EURO C20 in relation to the volume flow and Figure 3 Pressure loss EURO C22 in relation to the volume flow and and the number of collectors connected in series and the number of collectors connected in series. EC type test (Module B) in accordance with EU directive 97/23/EC Max. mixing ratio according to requirements Working pressure max.8 % ho = 85. glass with sunarc®- safety glass safety glass antireflex-coating antireflex-coating Transmission τ = 96 % τ = 91 % τ = 96 % τ = 91 % Absorber Heat conducting sheet and pipes made out of copper. connections and connection pipes.0104 W/m²K² k2 = 0.37 W/m²K k1 = 3. specific heat capacity 4.4 kN/m² (take wind and snow loads into account! Consider static capacity of roof!) Inclination range 10 .39 m² 2. max.47 W/m²K k1 = 3. Table 1 Technical Data EURO C20 / C22.4 % ho = 81. 27 . ε = 5 % Absorber capacity 1.37 W/m²K k1 = 3.0101 W/m²K² k2 = 0.1. allowed pressure/suction forces 3.02 m² Size W x H x D 2151 x 1215 x 110 mm 1930 x 1160 x 110 mm ho = 85. examples with v=30l/m²h. pressure 10 bar Absorber coating Highly selective vacuum coating. Technical Data Feature EURO C20 AR EURO C20 HTF EURO C22 AR EURO C22 HTF Total area / aperture area 2.

20 Also see guidelines for the planning of structural frame- works and standards EUROCODE 1.250 N/m². For more information refer to our installation manu- als and the upcoming leaflet “Notes on Snow and Wind safe Installation of Solar Collectors“. Note that wind suction spikes may occur on ∆T = Tm . (European guidelines 10 for structural planning). weight.η [%] 2. With combined snow and wind 0 loads the maximum strain for the EURO solar collector is 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 2. and screws. especially in regions with known weather extremes. especially related to snow and wind loads. depending on Tm – TU (E = 800 W/m²) as measured at the ISFH Hameln It is mandatory to follow best practice rules for static plan- according to DIN EN 12975. 110 2151 1215 1086 EURO C20 110 1930 1035 1160 EURO C22 Figure 5 Dimensions EURO C20/EURO C22. 50 Wind and snow loads affect the collectors and the instal- EURO C20/C22-HTF 40 lation system.1 Wind and Snow Loads EURO C20-AR 70 Snow and wind loads are a significant factor for structural 60 planning. albeit with- out specifically taking solar installations into account. ning. European norms were established. Different codes and regulations apply in different countries and re- gions. Planning 90 E = 800 W/m² 80 2. Depending on the conditions and height of the installation site as well as the collector inclination.Tu [K] roof edges! Please read the information in the applicable 1.1 Figure 4 Efficiency curves of EURO C20 / C22 HTF and EURO C20 AR guidelines for the planning of structural frameworks. the 30 mechanical loads on the system can vary considerably. In case of doubt and/or in absence of exact static calcula- tions (not recommended!) always allow for additional fix- tures. anchors. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-C22_TI-0801xx-11201000 17 .

2010 · www. The mounting rails run vertically. In-Roof Installation The attractive in-roof installation is possible for roofs with a minimum pitch of 27° and any tile cover. Roof brackets must be evenly distributed (the distances of brackets are approx.4 Vertical Collector Arrangement (On Roof and In Roof) Collector sensor Collector sensor Collector sensor Collector sensor Figure 7 Vertical collector arrangement: Up to 4 EURO in serial connection. We offer roof-anchors and rafter brackets for almost every roofing type.3 Horizontal Collector Arrangement (On Roof) Collector sensor Collector sensor Collector sensor Collector sensor Collector sensor = position of roof brackets Figure 6 Horizontal collector arrangement: Up to 4 EURO in serial connection. Dis- tribution pipes on the roof are not required.com 18 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . Subject to modifications. Free Standing Installation The free standing setup allows horizontal or vertical instal- lation with adjustable inclination. Up to 4 EURO collectors can be connected in series. the roofing remains almost completely unharmed. 2. values). The connection hoses with pre-assembled insula- tion also significantly simplify the on-roof pipeworks.2. Combinations of serial and parallel connection are also possible (see right). The mounting rails run vertically. 2.2 Arrangements and Installation Types On-Roof Installation The collectors can be installed above the roof surface with rafter brackets and mounting rails. either horizontally or vertically (horizontal preferred). Even during the installa- tion.wagner-solar. More than 4 EUROs are combined from fields with serial and parallel connections. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Concrete slabs or gravel covered aluminium trays can be used as foundation. In this case the collectors are installed vertically. with the connections pointing upwards. The aluminium and corrugated lead flashing can be joined without requiring soldering work in the roof. A EURO on-roof expansion kit is then required.

1 Figure 1 EURO L42 HTF Features at a Glance Solid and Powerful 3.TECHNICAL INFORMATION Flat Plate Solar Collector EURO L42 HTF 1. thermal conductivity class 040 Copper pipes Sophisticated Design Details ● Seamless all around side insulation Thermal insulation ● Durable and safe flat sealing connections Aluminum back ● UV-resistant EPDM glass sealings with vulcanized cor- ner joints Figure 2 Collector cross section Flexible Racking Options ● Suitable for on-roof and free standing / flat roof setup.2 mm solar EPDM rubber sealing ● Collector cover with highly transparent solar-safety saftey glass glass and 91 % light transmission Aluminum ● Single-plate aluminum absorber sheet Selektive frame coating ● 30 mm back side insulation Durable High Quality Materials Side ● Aluminum frame insulation ● Aluminum single plate absorber with copper pipe re- gister (harp type). laser welded Aluminum absorber ● Temperature resistant mineral wool with low binder content. roof integrated option is under preparation ● Vertical and horizontal collector orientation is possible ● Up to 5 collectors can be connected in series Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-L42-HTF_TI-101122-1WA10123 19 .

5 kJ/(m²K) Glass cover and light transmissivity 3. τ = 91 % Single-plate aluminum absorber with 4 and 5 copper pipes (8 x 0. Collector encasing frame style: uncoated shiny or anodized black Specific heat capacity 4.2 mm solar safety glass.4). 10 bar Stagnation temperature (expected) 191 °C Fixing of solar sensor Installation in receptacle. to EN 12975) Dimensions (L x D x H) 1933 mm x 1163 mm x 80 mm Collector efficiency ηo = 78. Absorber laser welded (double harp design) Absorber coating Highly selective vacuum coating. Racking options roof integration system under preparation Weight 33 kg Pressure Drop [mbar] 700 650 600 5 EURO L42 HTF in series 550 500 4 EURO L42 HTF in series 450 400 3 EURO L42 HTF 350 in series 300 250 2 EURO L42 HTF in series 200 150 1 EURO L42 HTF 100 50 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Volume flow [l/h] Figure 3 Pressure drop for several collectors in serial connection.95 W/m²K.1. Heat carrier mixing ratio according to application and local conditions! Operational pressure Max.85°). α = 95 %. pressure drop includes connection hoses and collector interconnections. a2 = 0. 6 mm internal diameter Collector connection ½" external thread Certificate / Mark Solar Keymark.01 m² (light collecting area acc. 20 EN-XXX_EURO-L42-HTF_TI-101122-1WA10123 . SRCC OG 100 pending Allowable pressure / suction forces 3.25 / 2. Annual collector yield (ITW 5 m²) Currently in test Aluminum with seamless side insulation and 30 mm back side insulation. eligible for state subsidies in Germany. a1 = 3. ε = 5 % Absorber volume 1. depending on volume flow.4 kN/m² On-roof and free standing / flat roof setup with vertical or horizontal orientation (10 .0139 W/m²K² Incident angle modifier (50°) kθ (50°) = 88 %. kdiff = 82 %.2 liters DC20 (propylene glykol with inhibitors).0 %. Heat transfer medium: 40 % glycol / 60 % water at 40 °C. Technical Data Table 1 Characteristic EURO L42 HTF Gross area / aperture area 2.

ridge distance or distance to snow barrier above < 1 m. installation in edge and corner sections of roofs not considered. [%] 90 G=800 W/m² 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 T = Tm-Ta [K] Figure 4 Collector characteristic curve 1. Planning Notes 2. of roof Structurally the EURO L42 AR can be treated identically brackets/ to the C22 or L22. wind pressure at 10 m above ground qref ≤ 0.8 194 10 800 5. collector ) 2) 10 400 2.1 194 10-20 400 2. EN-XXX_EURO-L42-HTF_TI-101122-1WA10123 21 .39 (kN/m²) 2) Roof bracket P STv KF.1 80 1933 EURO L42 HTF 1163 1035 Figure 5 Dimensions [mm] 2. numbers of roof brackets are guide values – round acc. Please contact our height (m) installation technical department for information about other cases. (no.1 Snow and Wind Loads Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow Table 2 Dimensioning Examples for Snow/Wind Load Zones 1-2 1) and wind loads (within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac- Building Altitude (m) On-roof Vertical setup tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads). to field size and individual situation. Wind speed vref ≤ 25 m/s.2 257 1) 45° Inclination.9 257 10-20 800 5.

93 m Figure 8 Serial connection with vertical collector arrangement at Figure 9 Serial connection of horizontally oriented collectors v = 35 l/m²h (max.54 1.36 1.82 m Solar sensor Solar sensor 1.4 3. 5 x EURO L42 HTF in series) at v = 35 l/m²h (max. see Horizontal installation Vertical installation figure 6 35° 45° 50° 37° 45° 50° B A 1.42 1.41 5. at v = l/m²h. 2010 · www.3 Collector Connection Examples The shown layouts are based upon a volume flow of v = 35 l/m²h (High-Flow) Solar sensor Solar sensor Solar sensor Figure 7 Parallel connection of 2 x EURO L42 HTF. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.95 0.75 1. An extension set for on roof installation is available.49 2.91 2. A Table 3 Min.65 5. 5 x EURO L42 HTF in series) Solar sensor Solar sensor Figure 10 Combination of serial and parallel connection at horizontal orientation at v = 35 l/m²h Subject to modifications.49 m 5. Occasional shadowing of lower collector sections during winter is acceptable.65 another.32 3. 3. horizontally orien- ted.82 0.wagner-solar.17 C B 0. with collector inclination α and shadowing angle β 2. Distance to Avoid Mutual Shadowing Distances Collector inclination α (m).com 22 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .93 3.24 Figure 6 Shadowing distance A of collectors installed one behind C 3.76 1.2 Avoiding Mutual Shadowing of Collectors on Free Standing Racks The following table is valid for a location at 50° latitude and a shadowing angle β of 25°.57 5.2.

Figure 2 Collector cross section Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_LBM-6-10-AR_TI-100127-11203500 23 . back port crating. ● Suitable for high-flow and low-flow applications.1 Figure 1 LBM – the large format Solar Keymark 011-7S643 F Product Features Ideal for Large Scale Solar Installations ● Collectors with a combined area of up to 50 m² can be Full surface absorber with mounted next to each other with hydraulic parallel con. Durable High-Grade Materials and Components ● Weather proof anodized aluminium frame with alumin- ium back. thanks to the innovative nano sur- face treatment utilizing the moth-eye effect! As a result the heat yield increases by 6-10 %. highly selective vacuum coating nection – no additional pipeworks required thanks to Removable aluminium Highly transparent sunarc® internal manifolds (22 mm copper pipes).TECHNICAL INFORMATION LBM Solar Collector 6 AR / 10 AR 1.5 mm PU foam ● Suitable for horizontal on-roof (roof parallel) and flat roof / free-standing installation for practically every roof 20 mm mineral wool type. ● 44 mm strong two-layer heat insulation. ● Laser fused full-surface serpentine absorber made from high-grade aluminium with highly selective vacuum coating. Aluminium frame ● All around seamless heat insulation without heat bridges 4 x 22 mm Cu pipe Seamless Solid Flexible Mounting Options side insulation aluminium ● Crane supported installation without additional trans. 23. ● UV-resistant EPDM glass sealing with vulcanized corner joints. cover strips anti reflection solar glass ● Two sizes for optimized field layouts. All-around EPDM sealing Powerful! ● Highly transparent sunarc®-anti reflection glass with 96 % transmissivity.

1 l Heat transfer medium DC20 (propylenglycol with inhibitor).1 m² (light collecting area acc. k1 = 3. kdiff = 95 %. aluminium absorber sheets and copper pipes. τ =96 % Absorber Serpentine absorber.1 kJ/(m²K) Glazing and glass transmissivity 4 mm solar safety glass with sunarc® nano anti reflection surfaces.Tu [K] Figure 3 Characteristic curve acc.012 W/m²K² Incident angle modifier (50°) kdir = 97 %.77 W/m²K. to EN12975) η0 = 83.8 %. Blue Angel ECO Label RAL . 10 bar Stagnation temperature (acc. to EN 12975) Dimensions (L x D x H. to EN 12975 24 EN-XXX_LBM-6-10-AR_TI-100127-11203500 .4 kN/m² Mounting options Horizontal on-roof (roof-parallel) and freee standing setup (inclination 10 – 85°) Total weight (with empty absorber) 130 kg 200 kg [%] 90 E = 800 W/m² 80 70 60 LBM6 AR and LBM10 AR 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 Tm . ktheta = 97 % Annual collector yield 517 kWh/m²a Aluminium frame and back side.UZ 73 Maximum pressure / suction loads 3. Collector encasing dual layer heat insulation made from 24 mm PU hard foam and 20 mm high-grade mineral wool Specific heat capacity 8.1 / 10.1 m² 11.8 °C Solar sensor Sensor sleeve with 7 mm Ø in 22 mm friction ring connection Collector connection 4 x 22 mm Cu pipe Certificate / mark SolarKeymark (DIN CERTCO). ε = 5 % Absorber volume 4.1.75 / 6. Technical Specifications Table 1 Characteristic LBM 6 AR LBM 10 AR Total area / aperture area 6. CE Mark. α = 95 %. k2 = 0. to EN12975) 216. mixing ratio depends on application! Operational pressure (bar) max.9 l 8. mm) 3468 x 1947 x 110 5762 x 1947 x 110 Collector efficiency (acc. laser fused Absorber coating Highly selective vacuum coating.

a serpentine absorber between the two traversing manifolds EN-XXX_LBM-6-10-AR_TI-100127-11203500 25 . 3468 LBM 6 AR 1836 1947 110 1.1 5762 LBM 10 AR 1836 1947 110 Figure 4 Collector Dimensions (mm).

building height of 20 m. We offer comprehensive plan- A 2.1 Snow and Wind Loads 2. (see figure 5) 30° 45° mation about other cases. distance from roof ridge or from upper snow stopper < 1 m 26 EN-XXX_LBM-6-10-AR_TI-100127-11203500 . Please contact our technical department for infor. max. with setup inclination α and shadowing angle β 2 Rafter bracket P STv KF. all wind Distances in m Collector inclination α zones.09 2. The standard in-roof therefore be shadowed during the winter months.95 ning support on a project base. without taking installation in corner and edge areas into account Figure 5 Shadowing of collectors standing one behind another. system originally was designed for the following condi- tions: inland continental Europe up to 800 m ASL.2. unex.71 Table 2 Dimensioning Samples for Snow / Wind Load Zones 1-21 Building Altitude On-roof installation Free standing height above (No. of rafter brackets / setup.2 Self Shadowing when Free Standing Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow The following table applies to shadowing angles β of and wind loads (within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (wind ac. See table 2 for some LBM related planning samples. B 1. area) (m) LBM 6 AR LBM 10 AR LBM 6 AR / 10 AR 10 400 8 12 160 10 800 16 24 160 10-20 400 8 12 200 B 10-20 800 16 24 200 C 1 45° inclination. ballast (m) sea collector) 2 requirements A level (kg/m² coll.46 5. Depending on the location the lower collector might tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (snow loads). Table 3 Shadowing Distances posed location.38 C 5. 25°.69 1. Planning Notes 2.

7) EN-XXX_LBM-6-10-AR_TI-100127-11203500 27 . 60 % water at 40 °C. into account. see fig. opposite of the exit (see upper piping in figure 7). we recommend plac- ● Heat carrier 40 % glycol. 6) T T Figure 7 Parallel setup with connection at one side Table 5 Pressure Loss for Connection with Single Sided Connection (mbar) Collector type LBM 6 AR LBM 10 AR Specific volume flow (l/m²H) 15 25 35 15 25 35 1 collector * 30 55 80 (85) 32 57 85 2 collectors * 32 59 89 (113) 39 74 113 3 collectors * 37 70 106 (–) – – – * Number of collectors with single side connection (manifold connected at top and bottom. T Figure 6 Parallel setup with alternating connection 1. replacing the resistances of required collector connectors are taken plug.1 Table 4 Pressure Losses for Parallel Connections‚ (mbar) Collector type LBM 6 AR LBM 10 AR Specific volume flow (l/m²H) 15 25 35 15 25 35 1 collector * 27 50 73 29 52 77 2 collectors * 29 54 81 35 67 103 3 collectors * 34 64 96 50 101 163 4 collectors * 41 79 125 75 161 269 5 collectors * 51 104 169 112 252 436 6 collectors * 66 130 231 166 382 – 7 collectors * 85 184 314 237 – – 8 collectors * 109 243 421 – – – 9 collectors * 138 316 555 – – – 10 collectors * 174 404 – – – – * Number of collectors installed next to each other with diagonal connection (manifold connected at top and bottom.2. see fig.3 Connection Options The pressure loss information applies under the following ● In order to avoid unnecessary pressure losses in large conditions: collector fields beyond 25 m². Individual ing the sensor in the unused connection.

wagner-solar. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Bleeder T Figure 8 Serial connection of two collectors Bleeder Figure 9 Two rows with 3 parallel connected collectors in each row Table 6 Pressure Loss for 2 Rows with Parallel Connected Collectors in Each Row Collector type LBM 6 AR LBM 10 AR Specific volume flow (l/m²H) 15 25 15 25 1 collector * 124 216 128 230 2 collectors * 134 242 168 325 3 collectors * 160 304 262 – 4 collectors * 202 410 425 – 5 collectors * 270 – – – 6 collectors * 364 – – – 7 collectors * 490 – – – * Number of collectors in parallel connection (diagonal pass through) Please contact our support for additional connection op- tions.com 28 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . 2010 · www. Subject to modifications.

Side insulation nection. Highly selective vac. Collector fields of up to 50 m² can be easily realized by combining groups in parallel and serial con. Serial connection of up to 10 collec.TECHNICAL INFORMATION EURO Solar Collector L20 MQ AR 1. Powerful ● Highly transparent low-iron solar glass ● Laser fused meander absorber with highly selective Riser vacuum coating pipe ● 60 mm backside insulation Aluminum absorber Durable High Quality Material ● Anodized aluminum frame in silver or black Back side ● Solid aluminum back sheet insulation ● Aluminum absorber sheet with copper pipe register Aluminum back sheet ● Temperature resistent mineral wool with low content of Figure 2 Collector cross-section binders and heat conducting group 040 Sophisticated Design Details Heat expansion O-ring connection with ● Straight forward connection method with o-ring and compensator clamping ring clamp ● All around seamless side insulation ● UV-resistant EPDM glass-sealing with vulcanized cor- ner joints Flexible Installation ● Suitable for on-roof and flat-roof (free standing) setup ● Horizontal orientation Figure 3 Collector connection Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-AR_TI-101007-1WA10055 29 .1 SolarKeymark 011-7S1404F Figure 1 EURO L20 MQ AR – first choice for long collector strips Product Features sunarc® anti EPDM rubber sealings reflective glass Collector with 4 pipe connectors for the simple setup of Anodized long collector strips. aluminum uum coating frame tors possible.

100 87 . to EN 12975 lel connection. Blue Angel RAL-UZ73 (application filed) Max.5 30 35 37. α = 95 %. SolarKeymark No. Figure 5 Efficiency characteristics acc. depending on the specific volume flow.016 W/m²K² Incident angle modifier (50°) kdir = 92. 10 bar Stagnation temperature (expected) 207 °C Solar sensor Receptacle. 6 mm internal diameter Collector connection Clamp with o-ring and fitting 22 mm Certificate / Mark CE-mark.5 45 Volume flow [l/m²h] Figure 4 Pressure losses for one collector and ten collectors in paral. 350 302 . Absorber LASER fused Absorber coating Highly selective vacuum coating. aluminium back.1. Heat carrier: 40 % glycol and 60 % water at 40 °C. to EN 12975) Dimensions (L x D x H) 2151 x 1215 x 110 mm ηo = 84. 30 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-AR_TI-101007-1WA10055 .62 W/m²K. allowable pressure / suction forces 3.2 %.8 kJ/m²K Glass cover and light transmissivity 4 mm anti reflective sunarc® solar safety glass. Collector encasing all-around seamless side insulation Specific heat capacity 6. 10 – 85°) Weight 50 kg Pressure drop [mbar] 550 497 500 450 10 EURO MQ parallel 400 389 . Technische Daten Table 1 Characteristic EURO L20 MQ AR Gross area / aperture area 2.3 liter DC20 (Propylen glycol with inhibitors). 60 mm back-side insulation. kdiff = 87 % Annual collector yield (ITW 5 m²) 502 kWh/m²a Anodized aluminium frame. Heat carrier mixing ratio depends on application and region (climate) Operational pressure max. 164 178 . k1 = 3. 300 . 200 224 .61 / 2.4 kN/m² Racking options On-roof and free standing (horizontally. 50 . 0 15 22. τ = 96 % Meander absorber made from aluminium heat absorber sheet and copper pipes. 011-7S1404F.37 m² (light collecting area acc. ε = 5 % Absorber volume 2.8 %. 150 103 131 . 250 231 1 EURO MQ . Collector efficiency (expected) k2 =0.

49 3. ternational standard 4354. Planning Notes 2. of EUROCODE 1).49 2. depending on location. “Wind actions on structures” as therefore parts of the collector can be shadowed in win- well as BS EN 1991-1-3 regarding snow loads (also part ter. mounting in corner and edge areas of roofs not considered A B C Figure 7 Shadowing distances of collectors set up behind one ano- ther with inclination α and shadowing angle β EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-AR_TI-101007-1WA10055 31 . of rafter.13 10 400 4 140 B 1.7 10 800 6 140 C 3.0 0.2 Mutual Shadowing of Free Standing Collectors Please make sure to conform to the Eurocode 1. Part 2-4: Wind actions (ENV 1991-2-4: 1994) and the ISO Draft In.53 10-20 400 4 185 10-20 800 6 185 * 45° inclination.1 2162 Figure 6 Dimensions (mm) 2. Please contact our technical support in case of doubt. 110 2151 1215 1056 EURO L20 MQ AR 1. The following table is based upon a solar altitude of 25°. setup 35° 55° (m) level (m) brackets / collector) (kg/m² collector area) A 1. Structurally the EURO L20 MQ can be considered identical to the C20 AR and C20 HTF. Table 2 Dimensioning Examples for Snow/Wind Load Zones 1-2 * Table 3 Shadowing Distances Building Altitude On-roof mounting Free standing Distances (m) Collector inclination α height above sea (no.1 Snow and Wind Loads 2.

10 max.3 Connection Options The collector strips consist of max.wagner-solar. only with Low-Flow. 30 mm space after the sixth collector to allow for thermal expansion. 10 collectors each collectors each Figure 12 Parallel connection of collector strips at V = 35 l/m²h Figure 13 Serial connection of 2 collector strips. order separately.2. 819 102 49). Figure 11 Connector strip with connections at one side with V = 35 l/m²h at V = 35 l/m²hh Solar sensor Solar sensor max. Piping layout and pump dimension must be planned on a project-by-project base. without considering protruding connec- tion parts on both outer sides 30 Figure 9 Leave approx. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.com 32 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . 2010 · www. 10 collectors each Figure 10 Collector strip diagonally connected at both ends. 2151 66 1215 Figure 8 Field dimensions. 10 collectors in parallel connection. Solar sensor Solar sensor max. Hereunto use the longer field compensator (part no. V = 15 l/m²h! Solar sensor max. 5 collectors each Figure 14 Parallel connection of two collector strips connected at one and the same side (max 5 EURO L20 MQ each) Subject to modifications.

. . . . EURO C22. . . .1 Figure 1 Vertical and horizontal on-roof installation Content 1. . . . . . 48 Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 33 . . . 36 3. . . . . . . . . Collector Connections . . . . . Vertical Installation . . . . . . General Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EURO TRIC A On-Roof Installation 1. 34 2. . . . . . . 41 Installation instructions valid for these collectors: 4. . . EURO C20. . . Sensor Installation . . EURO L22. . . Horizontal Installation . . EURO C32 6. . . . . . 47 EURO L20. . . . . Accessories . . . 46 5. . . . . EURO C30. . . . . . . .

Avoid scratches on glass panes by using spacers WARNING against material damage. Alter- tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads). humidity can enter the collec- NOTE as additional information tors through the air vents. underlay square timber). If incorrectly stored. als. the ● VDE 190 “Technical Information Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. wooden laths). regulations and accident prevention procedures. Empty Collector on Roof Snow and Wind Loads After being installed on the roof. 34 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . ● DIN 18382 Commissioning and Maintenance” must be followed to (Other regulations may apply. In absence of other ing support. Do not use cardboard as under- liner. use a minimum inclination of 15° and apply spacers. The installation process must reflect the on-site condi- tions as well as applicable rules. depending on your region. As operating mediums water (attention – risk regulations we recommend to follow the following norms: of freezing!) or an appropriate water-glycol mixture can be used in a closed circuit. country or territory. between collectors (e.) Especially the pipes in the lower parts of the building Preventing frost Damage must be connected electrically conductive. tions and must be adhered to: 1.3 Qualification of the Installer 1. The collector installation must be profession. Lightning pump. Avoid direct ground contact (e. unfilled collectors should Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow not be exposed to the sun for more than a few days. mal installations for hot water preparation and space heat- lation location must be adhered to. collectors cannot be standards. please filling the solar circuit.1 Symbols Setup. Non-compliance renders the warranty void. General Safety Notes 1. natively postpone the installation of gaskets to just before tions related to structural conditions and planning. avoid damage to the solar circuit.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury Proper Outdoor Storage of Collectors Remove protective film. Operational conditions under- Thermal Solar Systems and Components running the dew point within the collector for prolonged ● EN 12976 and EN V 12977 periods are not permitted! This can occur for example. conforming to After pressure testing and flushing. and lay down collectors with glass pane up. wise thermal stress on gaskets can result in damage. When leaning col- lectors against walls or similar.2 Norms and Regulations Scope and Limitations of Application The collector is intended for the application in solar ther- The standards and regulations applicable at the instal. Maintenance For maintenance notes and additional information about Work on Roofs setup and operation of the collector field. the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems”. within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac. installation and proper commissioning of the solar installation must be carried out by authorized profession- The following symbols are used throughout these instruc. Protection ● DIN EN 62305 Overheat Protection ● VDE 0185 part 305 For roof heating centrals and when 4 or more EURO col- ● DIN VDE 0100 part 540 lectors with anti reflective glass are installed vertically. 1. If you have ques. Potential Equalization. Installers must be qualified and - where applicable . Make sure that no pure water re- ally integrated with an existing or new lightning protection mains in collector during risk of frost! system.licensed to work on roofs.g. lated to roof works and roof sealing standards as well as professional codes for plumbing work. contact our technical department for information. when collectors are integrated in the brine circuit of a heat Electrical Work.g. Other- and wind loads.1. please refer to Make sure to observe country and territory regulations re. Storing collectors in plastic film package can damage the glass surface (see figure 2). We offer comprehensive planning support on a project base. completely emptied.

6 Recycling Note At the end of the long operational lifetime. 1. If recycling is not possible. Figure 4 Remove glass protection film before installing collector! EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 35 . the valuable Figure 2 Do not expose collector covered with protective film to rain. materials of the installation should be recycled in an en. ● Danger of open injuries when working with sharp edged metal sheets and components! ● Remove protective plastic caps from connections be- fore collector is exposed to the sun. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back.1 vironmentally sound manner. Figure 3 Collector connections heat up during solar irradiation. 1. 1.5 Pre Installation Notes ● Risk of burns at collector connections as soon as uncov- ered collector is exposed to the sun (figure 3). Risk of melting and damage to absorber! ● Remove glass protection PE-LD film before commenc- ing installation work! (figure 4).

250 mm length 1 6 Collector connection hose for solar circuit. C22. 1 collector clamp 4 Collector supporting rail connector 2 5 Collector interconnection hose.1 Scope of Supply 2 1 6 7 9 5 4 3 8 Figure 5 Basic set for on-roof installation (collectors are not included in delivery) Table 1 Figure no. C30) or 3 2 1168 mm (EURO L22. C20. C20. C30) or 2 2 1202 mm (EURO L22. 36 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . 2 Required number depends on structural load calculation. C32) incl. choose according to roofing type. 2 collector clamps Collector supporting rail 1223 mm (EURO L20.2. 900 mm length 2 7 Gasket ½" 6 8 Adapter fitting ½" – 18 mm 2 9 Wire strap 1 The included collector holders are not required for horizontal installation (4) 1 Not included in set. C32) incl. Components: Basic Set for On-Roof Installation Quantity 1 Roof bracket 1 (6) 2 Collector supporting rail 1257 mm (EURO L20. C22. Horizontal Installation 2.

Components: Extension Set for On-Roof Installation Quantity 1 Roof bracket1 (not included within the set) (2) 2 Collector supporting rail 1223 mm (EURO L20.1 4 5 2 1 Figure 6 Extension set for on-roof installation (collectors are not included in delivery) Table 2 Figure no.3 1. 250 mm length 1 5 Gasket ½" 2 The included collector holders are not required for horizontal installation (2) 1 Not included in set. C32) incl. 1 collector clamp 3 Collector supporting rail connector 2 4 Collector interconnection hose. 2 Required quantity depends on structural load calculation. Figure 6 Correct fixing of roof bracket type P Stv to rafter EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 37 . C30) or 2 2 1168 mm (EURO L22.2 Installation of Roof-Brackets The roof brackets shown in this manual are given as ex- amples only. C20. choose according to roofing type. The actual type varies and depends on the roofing. For more information refer to the installation in- structions included with the roof brackets. C22. 2.

3 Supporting Rail Installation C B A B Before commencing roof installation of the rails. C32 A min. rail “2” holds one collector clamp.2. Figure 8 Overview of rail installation (upper image. Table 3 Section Distance (mm) EURO L20. C20. C30 EURO L22. 1500 B 1000 – 1300 900 – 1200 C 20 – 200 20 – 200 38 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . collector clamps are pre-assembled). prepare rails on the ground by connecting them with the included rail connector. C22. 1600 min. 1 supporting rail “1” fixed with two roof brackets and holding two collector clamps 2 supporting rail ”2“ fixed with rail connector to upper rail and one roof bracket.

1 17 Nm Loosen collector clamp slightly. Badly positioned collectors can lead to insufficient Figure 9 Installation of first (uppermost) collector fixation! EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 39 .4 Collector Installation Mount uppermost collector first! 1. then push tightly against collector and tighten (17 Nm).2.

X Loosen collector clamp slightly. then push tightly against collector and tighten screw (17 Nm). Figure 10 Installation of the following collectors Badly positioned collectors can lead to insufficient fixation! 40 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 .

C32) incl. C22. Vertical Installation 3. Components: Basic Set for On-Roof Installation Quantity 1 Roof brackets 1 (6) 2 Collector supporting rail 1257 mm (EURO L20.1 Scope of Supply 8 3 4 5 1 9 2 7 6 1. C20. C30) or 3 2 1168 mm (EURO L22. C22. choose according to roofing type.1 10 Figure 11 Basic Set for on-roof installation (collectors are not included in delivery) Table 4 Figure no. 1 collector rail 4 Collector supporting rail connector 2 5 Collector interconnection hose. 2 collector clamps Collector supporting rail 1223 mm (EURO L20. 900 mm length 2 7 Gasket ½" 6 8 Adapter fitting ½" – 18 mm 2 9 Wire strap 1 10 Collector holder 4 1 Not included in set. EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 41 . C32) incl. 250 mm length 1 6 Collector connection hose for solar circuit. 2 Required number depends on structural load calculation. C20.3. C30) or 2 2 1202 mm (EURO L22.

C22. C32) incl. C30) or 2 2 1168 mm (EURO L22. 1 collector clamp 3 Collector interconnection rail connector 2 4 Collector connecting hose. Components: Extension Set for On-Roof Installation Amount 1 Roof brackets 1 (2) 2 Collector supporting rail 1223 mm (EURO L20. 1 2 5 4 3 6 Figure 12 Extension Set for on-roof installation (collector is not included in delivery) Table 5 Figure no. C20. Figure 13 Correct fixing of roof bracket type P Stv to rafter 42 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . 3. 2 Required number depends on structural load calculation. For more information refer to the installation instructions included with the roof brackets. The actual type varies and de- pends on the roofing. 250 mm length 1 5 Gasket ½" 2 6 Collector holder 2 1 Not included in set. choose according to roofing type.2 Installation of the Roof-Brackets The roof brackets shown in this manual are given as examples only.

C30 EURO L22.3. prepare rails on the ground by connecting them with the included rail connector. C20. 30 Nm 17 Nm Figure 14 Overview of rail installation (upper image.1 2 1 1 2 C Before commencing roof installation of the rails. C32 A 1600 – 1900 min. 1200 900 – 1200 C 20 – 200 20 – 200 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 43 . 1 supporting rail “1” fixed with two roof brackets and holding two collector clamps 2 supporting rail “2” fixed with rail connector to upper rail and one roof bracket. Table 6 Section Distance (mm) EURO L20. 1500 B max. collector clamps are pre-assembled).3 Supporting Rail Installation B B A 2 1 1. rail “2” holds one collector clamp. C22.

Badly positioned collectors can lead to insufficient Figure 15 Installation of first collector fixation! 44 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . then push tightly against collector and tighten (17 Nm).4 Collector Installation 1 X 2 X 17 Nm Loosen collector clamp slightly.3.

1.1 X X Place the second collectors frame ridge under the collector clamps on the side of the first collector. push towards collector and fasten the collector clamps (17 Nm). Slightly loosen on other side. Wrong or badly positioned collectors can lead to an insufficient fixation! Figure 16 Installation of following collectors EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 45 .

4. Sensor Installation Figure 17 Remove rubber plug from frame. 46 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 . sensor sleeve. Screw in rubber plug again. If necessary use screw Figure 18 Pull sensor through rubber plug and insert sensor top into driver to uncover sensor sleeve.

horizontal and next to each cuit inside the roof via adapter fitting ½"-18 mm. Figure 22 2 collectors installed on-roof.5.1 Figure 19 Use counter force to support collector interconnection hose Figure 20 Use counter force to support collector interconnection hose when tightening to protect connection and hose against damage. Figure 21 Connect the collector interconnection hose to the solar cir. EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-A_MA-11216A00_MA-100119-11216A00 47 . other can be connected with a special connection set (part no. 190 202 30). Collector Connections 1. when tightening to protect connection and hose against damage.

6 items. part no. 2010 · www.6. 192 030 25). 190 202 30) for connecting two collectors next to each other.wagner-solar. 188 005 02). part no. Figure 25 Height adjustable roof brackets P Alu Hv Top for flat Figure 26 Roof brackets BS Stv KF Top for slate and plane tiles for clay tiles for equalising uneven roofs (basic set includes 6 pieces. (part no.com 48 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . part no. horizontal. 192  040 09 for black collectors. 192 030 32). Accessories Figure 23 Collector handles for an easy transport Figure 24 Protection of sensor cable against marten bites (part no. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. 192 040 10 for aluminium coloured collectors). Subject to modifications. 2x horizontal (part no. Figure 27 EURO connection set. equalising uneven roofs (basic set incl.

. . . EURO C20. . . 56 4. . . . . .1 Figure 1 Horizontal and vertical free standing setup Content 1. . .INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EURO TRIC F Free Standing 1. . . . . . . . EURO C22. . . . . . . 63 5. Scope of Supply . . . . . 53 3. . . . . . 67 7. . . . . . Horizontal Collector Installation . . . EURO C32 8. . . . . . . Sensor Installation . . . . 50 2. . . . . . . . . . . . Collector Connections . . . . . . Accessories . . 64 Installation instructions valid for these collectors: 6. . General Safety Notes . EURO C30. . . . Vertical Collector Installation . . EURO L22. . . . . . . . . . . . 67 EURO L20. . . . 68 Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 49 . . . Installation of Racking Triangles. . . .

wise thermal stress on gaskets can result in damage. please filling the solar circuit. underlay square timber). Other- and wind loads. humidity can enter the collectors NOTE as additional information through the air vents. 1. As operating mediums water (attention – risk regulations we recommend to follow the following norms: of freezing!) or an appropriate water-glycol mixture can be used in a closed circuit. avoid damage to the solar circuit.1. contact our technical department for information. conforming to After pressure testing and flushing. 50 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 . Operational conditions under- Thermal Solar Systems and Components running the dew point within the collector for prolonged ● EN 12976 and EN V 12977 periods are not permitted! This can occur for example. Avoid direct ground contact (e. the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems”. ● DIN 18382 Commissioning and Maintenance” must be followed to (Other regulations may apply. Lightning pump. The collector installation must be profession. regulations and accident pre- vention procedures. Empty Collector on Roof Snow and Wind Loads After being installed on the roof. Make sure that no pure water re- ally integrated with an existing or new lightning protection mains in collector during risk of frost! system. Basic accident prevention principles are shown in figure 5. Potential Equalization. depending on your region. Alter- tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads). als. Storing collectors in foil package can damage the glass surface (see figure 2). In absence of other ing support. when collectors are integrated in the brine circuit of a heat Electrical Work. installation and proper commissioning of the solar installation must be carried out by authorized profession- The following symbols are used throughout these instruc. Protection ● DIN EN 62305 Overheat Protection ● VDE 0185 part 305 For roof heating centrals and when 4 or more EURO col- ● DIN VDE 0100 part 540 lectors with anti reflective glass are installed vertically. If you have ques. When leaning col- lectors against walls or similar. natively postpone the installation of gaskets to just before tions related to structural conditions and planning. unfilled collectors should Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow not be exposed to the sun for more than a few days. Non-compliance renders the warranty void. Avoid scratches on glass panes by using spacers WARNING against material damage. If incorrectly stored.2 Norms and Regulations Scope and Limitations of Application The collector is intended for the application in solar ther- The standards and regulations applicable at the instal. The installation process must reflect the on-site conditions as well as applicable rules. please refer to Make sure to observe country and territory regulations re. the ● VDE 190 “Technical Information Solar Thermal Systems – Setup.g. General Safety Notes 1. lated to roof works and roof sealing standards as well as professional codes for plumbing work. wooden laths). use a minimum inclination of 15° and apply spacers. collectors cannot be standards.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury Proper Outdoor Storage of Collectors Remove protective film and lay down collectors with glass pane up.) Especially the pipes in the lower parts of the building Preventing frost Damage must be connected electrically conductive. Maintenance For maintenance notes and additional information about Work on Roofs setup and operation of the collector field. mal installations for hot water preparation and space heat- lation location must be adhered to. Installers must be qualified and – where applicable – licensed to work on roofs. Do not use cardboard as under- liner. between collectors (e. tions and must be adhered to: 1. within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac.g. We offer comprehensive planning support on a project base.3 Qualification of the Installer 1.1 Symbols Setup. country or territory. completely emptied.

You can find additional information in the “Partner Area” of our website at http://www. 1. If recycling is not possible.1 vironmentally sound manner. the valuable Figure 2 Do not expose collector covered with protective film to rain. ● Danger of open injuries when working with sharp edged metal sheets and components! ● Remove protective plastic caps from connections be- fore collector is exposed to the sun.com Figure 3 Collector connections heat up during solar irradiation.5 Pre Installation Notes ● Risk of burns at collector connections as soon as uncov- ered collector is exposed to the sun (figure 3). Risk of melting and damage to absorber! ● Remove glass protection PE-LD film before commenc- ing installation work! (figure 4). 1. materials of the installation should be recycled in an en. 1. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back.wagner-solar. Figure 4 Remove glass protection film before installing collector! EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 51 .6 Recycling Note At the end of the long operational lifetime.

fro m 60 ° fro m 45 ° from 3 m Figure 5 Accident prevention guidelines for work on roofs. 52 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 .

free-standing installation (collector not included in delivery) Table 1 Figure no. Scope of Supply 2.2. horizontal.4 4 7 Hexagonal screw M8 x 30 4 8 Gasket ½" 2 9 Interconnection (screw to solder) ½" – 18 mm 2 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 53 . Horizontal Quantity 1 Pre-assembled racking triangle 2 2 Hexagonal screw M8 x 40 2 3 Nut M8 interlocked 2 4 Collector clamp – lower side 4 5 Collector clamp – top 4 6 Washer Ø 8. Components: Basic Set.1 Horizontal 8 1.1 9 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 Figure 6 Basic Set.

Vertical Quantity 1 Pre-assembled racking triangle 2 2 Hexagonal screw M8 x 40 2 3 Nut M8 interlocked 2 4 Collector rail 1257 mm (EURO L20. C32) incl.4 4 7 Hexagonal screw M8 x 30 4 8 Collector holder 2 9 Gasket ½" 2 10 Interconnection (screw to solder) ½" – 18 mm 2 54 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 . Components: Basic Set. vertical. C22.2 Vertical 4 10 9 7 6 5 3 2 1 8 Figure 7 Basic Set. C30) or 1202 mm (EURO L22. 2 collector clamps 2 5 Clamping angle 4 6 Washer Ø 8. free-standing installation (collector not included in delivery) Table 2 Figure no.2. C20.

C32) incl. Components: Extension Set. 1 collector clamp 2 5 Clamping angle 2 6 Washer Ø 8.4 2 7 Hexagonal screw M8 x 30 2 8 Collector holder 2 9 Rail connector 2 10 Gasket ½" 2 11 Collector connection hose. C22.1 9 8 Figure 8 Extension Set. 4 7 6 11 5 10 3 2 1 1. Vertical Quantity 1 Pre-assembled racking triangle 1 2 Hexagonal screw M8 x 40 1 3 Nut M8 interlocked 1 4 Collector rail 1223 mm (EURO L20. free-standing installation (collector not included in delivery) Table 3 Figure no. C20. vertical. 250 mm length 1 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 55 . C30) or 1168 mm (EURO L22.

Installation of the Racking Triangles 3.1 Possible Inclination Angles 12 57 0 -20 20 14 90 0 -20 20 Figure 9 EURO TRIC F horizontal for 35° – 50° 19 00 22 00 Figure 10 EURO TRIC F vertical for 37° – 50° 56 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 .3.

3 Determining the Collector Inclination α Table 4 Collector Type α [°] A [mm] B [mm] 35° 863 10 EURO TRIC F 40° 940 147 All EURO- horizontal collectors 45° 1009 311 35° – 50° 50° 1070 521 37° 1471 0 EURO L20.3.1 3 2 1 Figure 11 Unfold racking triangle and fix 3. 40° 1410 153 EURO C22 and EURO C32 45° 1522 458 B 50° 1619 920 Figure 12 Collector inclination and setup dimensions EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 57 .2 Setting up the Racking Triangle 17 Nm M8 x 40 17 Nm 1. 40° 1553 153 EURO C20 and EURO C30 45° 1679 458 A EURO TRIC F 50° 1782 920 vertical 37° – 50° 37° 1338 0 EURO L22.

4 Positions of the Ground Fixations max. please contact our technical support for more information. 200 Figure 13 Max. 200 max.5 Figure 14 Fixing the racking triangles on steel beams 58 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 . If unsure.5 Installation on Steel Beams Ø 10 . distance from ground fixations (mm) The number of clamping angles required for fixing the racking triangles depends on the type of surface.3. 3.

6 Installation on Concrete Slabs Ø 12 1.3.1 Figure 15 Fixing the racking triangles on concrete slabs placed on protective underlay. EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 59 .

At the front (magnifying glass 2) use one angle on each side. no. 192 020 75). Provide protective underlay to avoid damage to roofing! 60 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 .7 Installation on Gravel Board Set 1 2 3 Figure 16 Gravel board basic set for vertical installation (prod. At the supporting profile of the triangle use 4 clamping angles to encompass the ground rail on both sides (magnifying glass 1).3.

no. 192 020 74) EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 61 . 1. no.1 Figure 17 Gravel board basic and extension sets for vertical installation (prod. 192 020 76) Figure 18 Gravel board set for horizontal installation (prod.

1 2 Do not damage the roofing when drilling! max 30 Ø5 3 2/3 1/3 4 30 max 30 Ø5 max 5 Ø 5. 62 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 .2 Figure 19 Fixing the racking triangles on gravel boards.

Horizontal Collector Installation 1.4. Finally push collector clamps to collector and tighten. Use rivet nut above lowest for EURO L22. C20 and C30 X use lowest rivet nut.1 For lower fixation of EURO L20. X Loosely pre-install the collector clamps and then place collector. Incorrectly positioned collector clamps may result in insufficient stability! Figure 20 Connecting collector and racking triangles EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 63 . C22 and C32.

Vertical Collector Installation 5. C 20 – 200 mm B 2 B A C 1 2 1 3 4 17 Nm Figure 21 Overview supporting rail installation 1 rail with two collector clamps 2 rail with one collector clamp 64 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 .5.1 Installation of the Collector Supporting Rails 2 Table 5 Section Indications 17 Nm A 1700 mm (drilling hole distance) Position the central supporting triangle centred under the butt B joint of the collector supporting 1 rails.

2 Collector Installation 1 1. in insufficient stability! EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 65 . then push collector clamp tightly against collector and tighten (17 Nm) Incorrectly positioned collector clamps may result Figure 22 Installation of the first collector.5.1 X 2 X 17 Nm Place collector.

On the other side loosen collector clamps slightly. Incorrectly positioned collector clamps may result in Figure 23 Installation of following collectors insufficient stability! 66 EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 . X 1 2 X Position the frame ridge of the 2nd collector under the fixed collector clamps at the side of the first collector. then push tightly against collector and tighten screw.

free standing Figure 27 Installation dimensions for connection set prod. 7. Sensor Installation 1. Screw in rubber plug again. sensor sleeve. Collector Connections 0 16 4 24 Figure 26 Counter collector connection hose (vertical. tion hose against damages. EN-XXX_EURO-TRIC-F_MA-100118-11216C00 67 .1 Figure 24 Remove rubber plug from frame. no.6. 30. Possibly use screwdriver Figure 25 Pull sensor through rubber plug and insert sensor tip into to lay open sensor sleeve. 190 202 set-up) during tightening to protect collector connection and connec. Cut to size for compression or solder connections.

part no. no. lectors: 2 insulated T-connector pieces with 2 x ½" swivel nuts and 1 x 188 005 02) ¾" M thread. 192 040 09 for black collectors. Subject to modifications. no 190 202 30 for 2 horizontal col. 192 040 10 for aluminum colored collector frames). Figure 29 Collector handles for easier collector transport (prod.8. 2010 · www.com 68 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . Accessories 2x Figure 28 Connection set prod. Figure 30 Optional sensor protection against marten bites (part no. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.wagner-solar.

. 80 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIC F – Free Standing Installation . . 91 6. . . . . . . . . 73 3. . . . . .INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EURO L20 MQ TRIC A and TRIC F Free Standing and On Roof Installation 1. . . . . TRIC A – On Roof Installation . . . . . . . Accessories . 70 2. . . . . . Collector Connections . . . . . General Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 5. . . . Sensor Installation . . . 92 Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 69 . . . .1 Figure 1 EURO L20 MQ TRIC A Content Figure 2 EURO L20 MQ TRIC F 1.

) Especially the pipes in the lower parts of the building Preventing frost Damage must be connected electrically conductive. conforming to After pressure testing and flushing. installation and proper commissioning of the solar installation must be carried out by authorized profession- The following symbols are used throughout these instruc. If you have ques. Non-compliance renders the warranty void. lated to roof works and roof sealing standards as well as professional codes for plumbing work. the ● VDE 190 “Technical Information Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. please refer to Make sure to observe country and territory regulations re. country or territory. natively postpone the installation of gaskets to just before tions related to structural conditions and planning. within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac.2 Norms and Regulations Scope and Limitations of Application The collector is intended for the application in solar ther- The standards and regulations applicable at the instal. and lay down collectors with glass pane up. use a minimum inclination of 15° and apply spacers. between collectors (e. unfilled collectors should Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow not be exposed to the sun for more than a few days. humidity can enter the collec- NOTE as additional information tors through the air vents.g. Lightning pump. Protection ● DIN EN 62305 Overheat Protection ● VDE 0185 part 305 For roof heating centrals and when 4 or more EURO col- ● DIN VDE 0100 part 540 lectors with anti reflective glass are installed vertically. General Safety Notes 1. If incorrectly stored.3 Qualification of the Installer 1. avoid damage to the solar circuit.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury Proper Outdoor Storage of Collectors Remove protective film. ● DIN 18382 Commissioning and Maintenance” must be followed to (Other regulations may apply. Installers must be qualified and - where applicable . Make sure that no pure water re- ally integrated with an existing or new lightning protection mains in collector during risk of frost! system. When leaning col- lectors against walls or similar. Potential Equalization. als. collectors cannot be standards. contact our technical department for information. Maintenance For maintenance notes and additional information about Work on Roofs setup and operation of the collector field. mal installations for hot water preparation and space heat- lation location must be adhered to. when collectors are integrated in the brine circuit of a heat Electrical Work. Avoid scratches on glass panes by using spacers WARNING against material damage.g. Storing collectors in plastic film package can damage the glass surface (see figure 3). regulations and accident prevention procedures. the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems”. 1. underlay square timber). As operating mediums water (attention – risk regulations we recommend to follow the following norms: of freezing!) or an appropriate water-glycol mixture can be used in a closed circuit. Empty Collector on Roof Snow and Wind Loads After being installed on the roof. Do not use cardboard as under- liner.licensed to work on roofs. We offer comprehensive planning support on a project base. Alter- tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads). please filling the solar circuit. Operational conditions under- Thermal Solar Systems and Components running the dew point within the collector for prolonged ● EN 12976 and EN V 12977 periods are not permitted! This can occur for example.1 Symbols Setup. Avoid direct ground contact (e. In absence of other ing support. Other- and wind loads. The collector installation must be profession. completely emptied. tions and must be adhered to: 1.1. The installation process must reflect the on-site condi- tions as well as applicable rules. depending on your region. 70 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 . wooden laths). wise thermal stress on gaskets can result in damage.

materials of the installation should be recycled in an en.5 Pre Installation Notes ● Risk of burns at collector connections as soon as uncov- ered collector is exposed to the sun (figure 4). Figure 5 Remove glass protection film before installing collector! EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 71 . Risk of melting and damage to absorber! ● Remove glass protection PE-LD film before commenc- ing installation work! (figure 5).6 Recycling Note At the end of the long operational lifetime. ● Danger of open injuries when working with sharp edged metal sheets and components! ● Remove protective plastic caps from connections be- fore collector is exposed to the sun. Figure 4 Collector connections heat up during solar irradiation.1 vironmentally sound manner. If recycling is not possible. the valuable Figure 3 Do not expose collector covered with protective film to rain. 1. 1. 1. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back.

fro m 60 ° fro m 45 ° from 3 m Figure 6 Accident prevention rules for working on roofs 72 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .

2215 mm 2 3 EURO collector holder L34 2 4 EURO MQ connection set 1 5 Collector connection set. Please observe the instructions accompanying the brackets. TRIC A – On Roof Installation 2. insulation 900 mm 2 6 Collector (not included in delivery) The roof bracket is shown as an example – the ac- tual type depends on the roofing. Figure 8 Installation of roof bracket EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 73 . Part Quantity Roof bracket or roof anchors (not included in delivery).2. 1 4-6 quantity according to structural requirements 2 EURO collector supporting rail. pre assembled.1 Scope of Supply. Basic Set 4 2 1 1.1 6 3 4 5 Figure 7 Basic set for on roof installation Table 1 Figure No.

2.215 mm 2 3 TRIC A rail connector set 2 4 EURO collector holder L34 2 5 EURO MQ connection set 2 6 Collector (not included in delivery) 74 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 . 1 (4-6) quantity according to structural requirements 2 EURO collector supporting rail. pre assembled.2. Extension Set 2 1 6 5 4 3 Figure 9 Extension set for on roof installation Table 2 Figure No. Part Quantity Roof bracket or roof anchors (not included in delivery).2 TRIC A – Scope of Supply.

1000 10-20 800 6 B 1815 .2. EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 75 . to field size and individual situation. ridge distance or distance to snow barrier above < 1 m.2175 1 45° inclination.1 C 1 2 30 Nm Figure 10 Overview of supporting rail installation with indicated roof bracket spacings for 4 roof brackets per collector (for structural limits see table 4.200 above ground qref ≤ 0. wind speed vref ≤ 25 m/s. Table 4 Dimensioning Examples for Snow / Wind Load Zones 1-2 1 Building Altitude above On-roof installation (no. of roof height (m) sea level (m) brackets per collector) 2 10 400 4 10 800 6 Table 3 Section Length [mm] 10-20 400 4 A ca. installation in edge and corner areas of roofs not considered. wind pressure at 10 m C 20 .3 TRIC A – Installation of Rails A B 1. roof bracket quantities are guide values – round acc. In other cases our technical support provides assistance).39 (kN/m2) 2 Roof bracket P STv KF.

819 102 49). 30 mm is re- quired to accommodate thermal expansion. Take care that the collector supporting rails are precisely aligned.4 TRIC A – Connecting Basic and Extension Sets 3 30 Nm 2 17 Nm 1 Figure 11 Connecting basic and extension set 30 Figure 12 After the 6th collector a spacing of approx.2. For this please order the additional longer field compensator (order no. 76 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .

2.1 Figure 13 Warning labels of the first and last collector must be on inner side (absorber geometry!) EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 77 .5 TRIC A – Placing of the First Collector 1.

1 X 2 X 17 Nm Slightly loosen collector clamp. Then push towards collector and tighten (17 Nm) Incorrectly positioned collector clamps may Figure 14 Installation of the first collector result in insufficient stability! 78 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .

1 2 3 4 Figure 15 Installation of the next collector EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 79 .2.6 TRIC A – Placing of the Next Collector 1 1.

A2 4 EURO collector supporting rail. 2 Screw M8x40. A2 2 7 2 pre-assembled. Basic Set 4 5 6 2 3 9 10 1 9 7 8 Figure 16 Basic set free standing installation Table 5 Figure No.3. A2 2 8 EURO collector holder L34 2 4 Clamping bracket 4 9 EURO MQ connection set 1 5 Washer Ø 8. TRIC F – Free Standing Installation 3.4 4 10 Collector (not included in delivery) 80 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 . 2215 mm 3 Nut M8 with locking teeth. Part Quantity Figure No.1 TRIC F – Scope of Delivery. Part Quantity 1 EURO MQ racking triangle 2 6 Screw M8x40.

Extension Set 2 3 7 1.3.2 TRIC F – Scope of Delivery. A2 1 9 EURO collector holder L34 2 4 Clamping bracket 2 10 EURO MQ connection set 1 5 Washer Ø 8.4 2 11 Collector (not included in delivery) 6 Screw M8x40. 2215 mm 2 Screw M8x40. A2 2 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 81 . Part Quantity EURO collector supporting rail. 1 Racking triangle 1 7 2 pre-assembled. A2 1 8 TRIC A rail connector set 2 3 Nut M8 with locking teeth.1 1 10 4 5 6 11 9 8 10 Figure 17 Extension set for free standing installation Table 6 Figure No. Part Quantity Figure No.

55° 45° 224 1018 50° 360 1077 55° 539 1127 82 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .4 TRIC F – Possible Inclinations A 10 50 C Figure 20 Collector inclination and setup dimensions 11 90 Table 7 α [°] C [mm] A [mm] 35° 12 879 40° 110 952 Figure 19 Dimensions of racking triangle EURO L20 MQ 35° .3 TRIC F – Unfolding of Racking Triangles M8 x 40 3 2 1 Figure 18 Unfolding and locking racking triangle 3.3.

3. Ø 10 . 200 max.5 Figure 22 Fixing racking triangles on steel beams EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 83 .6 TRIC F – Installation on Steel Beams The number of clamping brackets required to fix the tri- angles depends on the ground conditions. For additional information.5 TRIC F – Position of Ground Fixations max. 200 1.1 Figure 21 Projecting lengths 3. please contact our technical support.

3.8 TRIC F – Installation on Gravel Boards Figure 24 Overview TRIC F for 2 collectors 84 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .7 TRIC F – Installation on Concrete Slabs Ø 12 Figure 23 Fixing racking triangles on concrete slabs 3.

1 2/3 1/3 3 4 3 Figure 25 Fixing of racking triangles Enclose ground rail at the supporting leg of the triangle with 4 clamping brackets (magnifying glass 3). glass 4) EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 85 . For the frontal part use 2 brackets (mag. 1 Do not damage the roofing when drilling! max 30 Ø5 2 3 Ø 5.2 1.

installation in edge and corner areas of roofs not considered.200 1 2 3 17 Nm Figure 26 Installation of the rails 86 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .9 TRIC F – Connecting Racking Triangles and Collector Supporting Rails B C Table 9 Section Length [mm] B 1815 . wind speed vref ≤ 25 m/s.2175 C 20 . Table 8 4 Dimensioning Examples for Snow / Wind Load Zones 1-2 1 Building Altitude above Free standing ballast (kg/m² height (m) sea level (m) collector area) 10 400 90 10 800 90 10-20 400 120 10-20 800 120 1 45° inclination.39 (kN/m2) 3. wind pressure at 10 m above ground qref ≤ 0.

Figure 27 Extension of basic set EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 87 .10 TRIC F – Connecting Basic and Extension Sets 3 17 Nm 2 17 Nm 1.1 1 Position the central racking triangle in the area of the rails’ butt joint.3.

3. Then push towards collector and tighten (17 Nm) Incorrectly positioned collector clamps may Figure 28 Connecting collector and racking triangles result in insufficient stability! 88 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 .11 TRIC F – Placing of the First Collector X 1 2 X 17 Nm Slightly loosen collector clamp.

12 Placing of the Next Collector 1 1.1 2 3 4 Figure 29 Installing the next collector EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 89 .3.

192 040 11) 90 EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 . 192 040 16) Figure 33 Plug set (order no. and tighten with 4 mm Allen key. Sample connection layouts you can find in the technical information “EURO Solar Collector L20 MQ AR”. For connections in Figure 30 and 32 make sure that the connector connection is not twisted when tightening the friction ring connection. 2x Figure 30 Fitting set for connection to the solar circuit (order no. Rotate the clamp into its proper position on the parts that have to be connected. until the bracket arms almost touch each other. Figure 31 Connection set (order no. 192 040 13) 192 040 12) Figure 32 Air bleeder set (order no.4. Collector Connections Push cylindrical end of the connection piece with O-ring into the collector connection.

5. into the sensor sleeve. Figure 36 Secure sensor cable at connection hose with a cable binder. If necessary. Then screw in rubber plug again. Sensor Installation 1. Figure 35 Pull sensor through the rubber plug and insert sensor tip driver to expose sensor sleeve.1 Figure 34 Remove rubber plug from frame. EN-XXX_EURO-L20-MQ-TRIC-A-TRIC-F_MA-100119-1WA10024 91 . use screw.

19204009 for black). 188 005 02). 19204010 – for silver coloured frame or order no.6. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Subject to modifications. Accessories Figure 37 Sensor protection kit against marten/animal bites optionally Figure 37 Collector handles for easier transport of collectors (order available (order no.com 92 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .wagner-solar. 2010 · www. no.

. . General Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The 1. . . . 95 installation with slates is very similar. . . . . . . . . . Installation . . . 96 work. . . . . . . . . . . .1 Symbols . . . . but the installer 2. . . . . 100 Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 93 . .4 Intended Use and Application . . 95 The installation is shown for round cut plain tiles. . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Extension Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 1. . . . . . . . . . . .5 Pre Installation Notes . . . . . . 94 1. .3 Qualification of the Installer . . . 98 4. . . 94 panels and aluminum skirting 1. 2. . . . . . Installation Field Preparation . . . . . . . .1 Basic Set . 97 3. . . . . . . 94 ● Pipe connections protected under upper cladding 1.INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Slate and Plain Tile Roofings (straight and round cut) 1. . . . .1 Figure 1 EURO-roof integration in plain tile roof (round cut) Content ● For roof pitch > 25° 1. . Scope of Supply . . . . . 94 ● Weather proof integration thanks to aluminum cladding 1. .6 Recycling Note . . . . . . . 96 should have previous experience with slate roofing 2. . . . . . .2 Norms and Regulations . . . . .

please refer to Make sure to observe country and territory regulations re. Especially the pipes in the lower parts of the building must Preventing Frost Damage be connected electrically conductive. Avoid direct ground contact (e. The collector installation must be professionally completely emptied. The installation process must reflect the on-site conditions as well as applicable rules. avoid damage to the solar circuit. wooden laths). unfilled collectors should Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow not be exposed to the sun for more than a few days. collectors cannot be dards. tions and must be adhered to: 1. Make sure that no pure water re- integrated with an existing or new lightning protection mains in collector during risk of frost! system. Do not use cardboard as underli- ner. Potential Equalization. Installers must be qualified and . In absence of other re. and lay down collectors with glass pane up. when collectors are integrated in the brine circuit of a heat Electrical Work. ● DIN 18382 Commissioning and Maintenance” must be followed to (Other regulations may apply. We offer comprehensive planning support on a project base. Non-compliance renders the warranty void.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury Proper Outdoor Storage of Collectors Remove protective film.1 Symbols Setup. nals.g. use a minimum inclination of 15° and apply spacers. Alter- tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads). conforming to stan. contact our technical department for information. 94 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 . Other- and wind loads. 1.licensed to work on roofs. the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems”. Maintenance For maintenance notes and additional information about Work on Roofs setup and operation of the collector field. Operational conditions under- Thermal Solar Systems and Components running the dew point within the collector for prolonged ● EN 12976 and EN V 12977 periods are not permitted! This can occur for example. wise thermal stress on gaskets can result in damage.whe- re applicable . Storing collectors in plastic film pa- ckage can damage the glass surface (see figure 2). mal installations for hot water preparation and space hea- tion location must be adhered to. the ● VDE 190 “Technical Information Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. If you have questi.3 Qualification of the Installer 1. If incorrectly stored. within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac. Avoid scratches on glass panes by using spacers WARNING against material damage between collectors (e. As operating mediums water (attention – risk gulations we recommend to follow the following norms: of freezing!) or an appropriate water-glycol mixture can be used in a closed circuit.2 Norms and Regulations Scope and Limitations of Application The collector is intended for the application in solar ther- The standards and regulations applicable at the installa.1. underlay square timber). depending on your region. regulations and accident pre- vention procedures. Protection ● DIN EN 62305 Overheat Protection ● VDE 0185 part 305 For roof heating centrals and when 4 or more EURO coll- ● DIN VDE 0100 part 540 ectors with anti reflective glass are installed vertically. installation and proper commissioning of the solar installation must be carried out by authorized professio- The following symbols are used throughout these instruc. humidity can enter the collectors NOTE as additional information through the air vents. ting support. lated to roof works and roof sealing standards as well as professional codes for plumbing work. Empty Collector on Roof Snow and Wind Loads After being installed on the roof. When leaning coll- ectors against walls or similar. please filling the solar circuit. After pressure testing and flushing. country or territory).g. Lightning pump. General Safety Notes 1. natively postpone the installation of gaskets to just before ons related to structural conditions and planning.

5 Pre Installation Notes ● Risk of burns at collector connections as soon as unco- vered collector is exposed to the sun (figure 3). Risk of melting and damage to absorber! ● Remove glass protection PE-LD film before commenci- ng installation work! (figure 4). the valuable Figure 2 Do not expose collector covered with protective film to rain. 1. materials of the installation should be recycled in an en.1 vironmentally sound manner. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back. ● Danger of open injuries when working with sharp edged metal sheets and components! ● Remove protective plastic caps from connections befo- re collector is exposed to the sun. Figure 4 Remove glass protection film before installing collector! EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 95 . If recycling is not possible. 1.6 Recycling Note At the end of the long operational lifetime. Figure 3 Risk of burns: Collector connections heat up during solar ir- radiation. 1.

12) 35 188 53 3 Wooden support 2 819 920 46 Self tapping screw 4 x 35 4 Collector connection hose 2 130 26 26 819 501 86 (for no. no. 3 and 8) 5 Collector interconnection hose 1 130 000 10 Self tapping screw 5 x 120 4 819 501 88 6 Foam rubber sealing tape 3 819 450 20 (for no. lower left 819 720 95 The actually required number depends on the roofing 11 1 (2-parts) 819 721 06 and slate size. lower side 4 819 721 02 96 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 . 3) 7 Cellular rubber sealing tape 2 110 101 23 Sheet metal screw with washer. lower right 819 720 98 12 1 (2-parts) 819 721 07 13 Cladding panel. lower left 1 819 720 96 14 Cladding panel. (not shown) 18 819 721 01 Sets for plain tiles and slates (except welsh slates) are 10 Silicone T-profile 1 819 721 50 delivered with the same number of side panels (no. Component Qty Part no. 3) 8 Collector fixing clip 4 190 102 15 Silicone sealant 1 120 100 20 9 Side panels. Cladding corners. upper left 1 819 721 62 Solder fitting ½"-18 mm 2 801 90 (for no. welsh sl. upper right 1 819 721 64 Felt nails (for no. 4 819 501 87 5x25 (for no. Cladding corners.2. Basic Set (Part. lower side 4 819 721 03 16 Retainer clip. Flat gasket ½" (for no. Scope of Supply 2. plain tile / slate 28 819 720 99 9a Side panels. no. 4) 2 Flashing sheet. lower right 1 819 720 97 15 Collector holder. 4 and 5) 6 190 201 52 1 Flashing sheet.1 Basic Set 2 6 5 1 3 4 7 8 10 9 12 16 14 15 13 Figure 5 Components of basic set 11 Table 1 Scope of Supply. 9). 192 010 70) Table 1. continued Fig.

2) EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 97 . 192 010 72) Fig. upper side 1 819 721 63 2 Wooden support 1 819 920 46 3 Collector interconnection hose 1 130 000 10 4 Foam rubber sealing tape 2 819 450 20 5 Cellular rubber sealing tape 1 110 101 23 6 Collector fixing clip 2 190 102 15 7 Silicone T-profile 1 819 450 10 8 Cladding panel.1 9 8 10 Figure 6 Components of extension set Table 2 Scope of Supply. 1 Flashing sheet.2 Extension Set 4 3 1 7 2 6 5 1. lower side 1 819 720 96 9 Collector holder. no. lower side 2 819 721 03 10 Retainer clip. Component Qty Part no. lower side 1 819 721 02 Flat gaskets ½" (for no.2.5 x 25 (for no. 2) Sheet metal screw with washer 2 819 501 87 4.‘s 2 and 6) Self tapping screws 5 x 120 mm 2 819 501 88 (for no. Extension Set (Part no. 3) 2 190 201 52 Felt nails 10 188 53 Self tapping screws 4 x 35 12 819 501 86 (for no.

Additionally required laths are highlighted in grey (5 pieces). Length of lath ≥ A (installation field width). Otherwise Table 3 Installation Dimensions [mm] additional humidity might enter the collector vents at No. roof components or extensions like vents. lower part). field (see also figure 8. ● For roofings with slates on solid wood boards. an unda. All laths that are part of the collector supporting stalled. and roof re 8 A) has to extend for at least 35 mm above the collector vents should be integrated approx. ● For best results properly utilize the flexible space below quisites have to be fulfilled: the collector (distance to lower tile row between 60 and ● For plain tile (or similar) roofings on laths. A 26 33 23 58 21 18 60 -1 00 35 Figure 7 Dimensions for installation field and position of installation laths. Choose lath strength according to the strength of existing laths. If requi. and affix the additional laths required for the ventilation.3. approx. 98 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 . Width. Installation Field Preparation To warrant permanence of the installation. field. a waterproof 100 mm). every 90 cm. If proper backside ventilation cannot be installation according to the dimensions given in figure 7 provided via ridge and eaves. collector field Width installation field A the collector frame. of Coll. The installation field between the cladding elements (figu- maged diffusion proof sarking must be placed. on tile size). The collector field should be positioned so that the ● Keep a distance of at least 1m between collectors and side claddings can be comfortably cut to size. 4 Collectors 4875 4945 red. the roof tiles have to be cut to size. 90 cm above and below the collector structure must be solidly screwed onto the rafters (min. chim- neys or roof windows that emit humid air. and diffusion reducing film or sarking with at least 24 Leave the existing roof battens in place as supporting mm counter-lathing must be present to assure proper construction. turrets. screws 4x70). a venting tile must be in. various prere. ● The roof tile row above the collector should extend for 3 Collectors 3655 3725 at least 100 mm over the upper flashing sheets. 1 Collector 1215 1285 ● There should be at least 2 to 3 rows of roof tiles above 2 Collectors 2435 2505 and below the collector field (dep. and 8.

three and max. 2 Counter battens. four collectors in serial connection. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 99 . Connection of more than four units by combination of parallel and serial connection. 1. 4 Rafter. 3 Sarking. 1 Roof battens. 5 Diffusion proof film. 6 Venting space Solar sensor Solar sensor Solar sensor Figure 9 Vertical orientation for two.1 1 2 3 6 4 5 Figure 8 In-roof installation longitudinal cut (upper image) and cross-ection (lower image).

Alternately fix each with 2 self tapping screws 4 x 35 (max. hammer. with approx. on each side. Phillips. propriate tape. Then push collectors towards each ector edge. 100 mm dist. cutter knife. from coll. 100 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 . Shorten projections of T-profile to approx 2 cm collector corner and 200 mm from the next rafter. Figure 11 Pipe lead with sarking membrane: make a T-shape cut into Bit PZ 2 and 3. 1 2 00 x3 ma 00 x1 ma Figure 12 Place two collector holders per collector on roof batten and Figure 13 Insert silicone T-profile between collectors. Then place the collectors other until flush. 19. lead through the connection hose and close cuts with ap- silicone gun (where required angle grinder with stone cutter).4. Figure 14 Screw on upper collector fixing clip at both collector edges Figure 15 Apply thin layer of silicone seal between wings of T-profile with 2 self tapping screws 4 x 35 each at max. and max. pushing and pulling eases work. 300 mm from rafter) (1). the sarking. 100 mm distance from and collector frame. 8 mm spacing (2). Installation Figure 10 Tools for installation: folding rule. 24. open spanner sizes 16. drilling machine.

2 1 Figure 20 Cut tiles below collector to size. then fold tapping screws 4 x 35. Use 2nd wrench to secure connection Figure 17 Connect collectors to solar circuit. 4 x 35 and 5 x 120 self tapping screws.1 Figure 16 Connect collectors. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 101 . Afix with self Figure 21 Afix retainer clips for lower cladding panel (1). Later check for leak tight- and avoid damage. ATTENTION: risk of burns at connections during ness! ATTENTION: risk of burns at connections during solar irradiation! solar irradiation! Figure 18 Slip rubber seal over cable. 1. onto tile (2) . close opening with rubber seal and lead cable through roof. if required. insert solar sensor into sensor Figure 19 Position wooden support along collector and fasten with sleeve.

1 2 Figure 24 Attach the corner piece and cut off above batten (1). the tiles may have to be narro- fix with felt nails (2). Then alternately install panels upper edge of the next batten and nail on. seam between tile and collector and fold vertical sheet flat onto roofing (see arrow). Drill holes into very narrow tiles and afix with screws. 102 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 . adjust along Figure 27 Cover sheet fitting with a tile. and tiles from bottom to top in the same way. place groove at the collector (1 + 2) and slide together (3). then Figure 25 Alongside the side panels. wed. Figure 26 Place following panels as in figures 22 and 23. 2 3 1 Figure 22 Insert the two pieces of the corner wedge into deeper Figure 23 Insert side panel in lower groove of collector frame.

1. 2 3 1 Figure 32 Additional flashing sheets are connected by sticking them Figure 33 Push upper flashing sheets to collector corners (1). battens (2) and adjust standing up sheet section at the corners as de- scribed before. nail onto together. Figure 31 Push upper left flashing sheet to collector. The flashing sheet must lock into the upper groove of the frame (see details). Figure 29 Fix lower cladding panel with retainer clips. Figure 30 Glue cellular rubber tape to upper collector edge.1 Figure 28 Insert lower cladding panel. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Slate_MA-100902-1WA10143 103 .

com 104 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .wagner-solar. Subject to modifications.Figure 34 Afix black foam rubber strip along the upper edge. 2010 · www. Figure 35 Fix every flashing sheet with two sheet metal screws (with washer). errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Figure 36 Completed EURO in-roof installation on plain tile roof with rounded tiles.

. . . . . . . 106 1. . . . . . .2 Norms and Regulations . . . General Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . 106 1. 106 1. . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . 106 1. 106 1. . . . . . . . . . . .6 Recycling Note . . .3 Qualification of the Installer . . . . . . . . . .2 Extension Set . . . . . . . . .INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EURO C20/L20 In-Roof Installation for Pantile Roofing (version 2010) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Solar Thermal / Solar Collectors EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 105 . . . 109 panels and aluminum skirting 3. Scope of Supply . . . . . . .4 Intended Use and Application . . 108 ● For roof pitch > 20° 2. .1 Basic Set . . . . .1 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ● Pipe connections protected under upper cladding 4. . . 107 2. Installation Field . . . . . 107 1. . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ● Weather proof integration thanks to aluminum cladding 2. . .1 Figure 1 EURO roof integration on pantile roof Content 1. . . . . . . .5 Pre Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

wooden laths). contact our technical department for information. depending on your region. The installation process must reflect the on-site condi- tions as well as applicable rules. lated to roof works and roof sealing standards as well as professional codes for plumbing work. Non-compliance renders the warranty void. In absence of other ing support.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury Proper Outdoor Storage of Collectors Remove protective film. When leaning col- lectors against walls or similar. please refer to Make sure to observe country and territory regulations re. country or territory. unfilled collectors should Comply with local regulations and norms related to snow not be exposed to the sun for more than a few days. Avoid direct ground contact (e. As operating mediums water (attention – risk regulations we recommend to follow the following norms: of freezing!) or an appropriate water-glycol mixture can be used in a closed circuit. Lightning pump. Do not use cardboard as under- liner. the ● VDE 190 “Technical Information Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. conforming to After pressure testing and flushing. wise thermal stress on gaskets can result in damage. 1. Empty Collector on Roof Snow and Wind Loads After being installed on the roof. when collectors are integrated in the brine circuit of a heat Electrical Work. Protection ● DIN EN 62305 Overheat Protection ● VDE 0185 part 305 For roof heating centrals and when 4 or more EURO col- ● DIN VDE 0100 part 540 lectors with anti reflective glass are installed vertically.1 Symbols Setup. Make sure that no pure water re- ally integrated with an existing or new lightning protection mains in collector during risk of frost! system. Operational conditions under- Thermal Solar Systems and Components running the dew point within the collector for prolonged ● EN 12976 and EN V 12977 periods are not permitted! This can occur for example. als. Other- and wind loads.3 Qualification of the Installer 1. Potential Equalization. Avoid scratches on glass panes by using spacers WARNING against material damage. use a minimum inclination of 15° and apply spacers. the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems”. We offer comprehensive planning support on a project base. Installers must be qualified and - where applicable .g. 106 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 . General Safety Notes 1. natively postpone the installation of gaskets to just before tions related to structural conditions and planning. If incorrectly stored. installation and proper commissioning of the solar installation must be carried out by authorized profession- The following symbols are used throughout these instruc.1. humidity can enter the collec- NOTE as additional information tors through the air vents. collectors cannot be standards. Maintenance For maintenance notes and additional information about Work on Roofs setup and operation of the collector field. regulations and accident prevention procedures. ● DIN 18382 Commissioning and Maintenance” must be followed to (Other regulations may apply. Alter- tions) and EN 1991-1-3 (Snow Loads).2 Norms and Regulations Scope and Limitations of Application The collector is intended for the application in solar ther- The standards and regulations applicable at the instal. If you have ques.licensed to work on roofs.g. avoid damage to the solar circuit. Storing collectors in plastic film package can damage the glass surface (see figure 2).) Especially the pipes in the lower parts of the building Preventing frost Damage must be connected electrically conductive. tions and must be adhered to: 1. within the EU to EN 1991-1-4 (Wind Ac. mal installations for hot water preparation and space heat- lation location must be adhered to. completely emptied. please filling the solar circuit. underlay square timber). between collectors (e. The collector installation must be profession. and lay down collectors with glass pane up.

● Danger of open injuries when working with sharp edged metal sheets and components! ● Remove protective plastic caps from connections be- fore collector is exposed to the sun. If recycling is not possible.5 Pre Installation Notes ● Risk of burns at collector connections as soon as uncov- ered collector is exposed to the sun (figure 3). the valuable Figure 2 Do not expose collector covered with protective film to rain. 1. Figure 4 Remove glass protection film before installing collector! EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 107 . 1. 1. Risk of melting and damage to absorber! ● Remove glass protection PE-LD film before commenc- ing installation work! (figure 4). Figure 3 Collector connections heat up during solar irradiation.1 vironmentally sound manner. materials of the installation should be recycled in an en.6 Recycling Note At the end of the long operational lifetime. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back.

1 and 2) 13 Cladding panel. 3 and 8) 8 Collector fixing clip 4 190 102 15 Self tapping screw 4 x 70 10 819 500 55 9 Side panels. Component Qtty Order No. No. 4 and 5) 4 Collector connection hose 2 130 26 Solder fitting ½"-18 mm (for no.3 x 13 with 4 819 501 85 14 Cladding panel. 15 and 16) 10 Side Panels. left 1 819 721 49 (for no. 192 010 63) Table 1 continued Fig. 3) 11 Silicone T-profile 1 819 450 10 Sheet metal screw 4. 14) 108 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 . 4) 2 801 90 5 Collector interconnection hose 1 130 000 10 Felt nails (for no. upper left 1 819 721 43 16 Supporting lath 200 mm 1 190 102 19 2 Flashing sheet. 15 Supporting lath 1205 mm 2 190 102 18 1 Flashing sheet. lower right 1 819 721 53 gasket (for no. 12) 12 188 53 6 Foam rubber sealing tape 7 819 450 20 Self tapping screws 4 x 35 7 Cellular rubber sealing tape 2 110 101 23 12 819 501 86 (for no. lower left 1 819 721 51 Drilling screw 4. Scope of Supply 2. 13 u.1 Basic Set 2 17 5 10 1 3 4 7 11 8 12 18 6 9 14 15 13 Figure 5 Components of basic set Table 1 Scope of Supply. upper right 1 819 721 45 17 Roof tile supporting bar 2 819 721 57 3 Wooden support 2 819 920 53 Flat sealing gasket ½" 6 190 201 52 (for no. Basic Set (Order No.5 x 25 12 Sheet fixing clips 10 181 060 00 4 819 501 87 (for no. right 1 819 721 50 Self tapping screw 5 x 120 (for 4 819 501 88 no.2.

3 x 13 with gasket (for no. 8) 2 188 53 Self tapping screws 4 x 35 (for no.2 Extension Set 1. 1 Flashing sheet.5 x 25 (for no. 3) 2 190 201 50 Felt nails (for no. 10) 5 819 500 55 Self tapping screws 5 x 120 (for no. top 1 819 721 44 2 Wooden support 1 819 920 53 3 Collector interconnection hose 1 130 000 10 4 Foam ruber sealing tape 2 819 450 20 5 Cellular rubber sealing tape 1 110 101 23 6 Collector fixing clip. 1) 2 819 501 87 Drilling screw 4. Component Qtty.2. 9) 2 819 501 85 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 109 . 192 010 60) Fig. top 2 190 102 15 7 Silicone T-profile 1 819 450 10 8 Sheet fixing clip 2 181 060 00 9 Cladding panel. lower 1 819 721 52 10 Supporting lath 1205 mm 1 190 102 18 11 Roof tile supporting bar 1 819 721 57 Flat sealing gasket ½" (for no. 6) 8 819 501 86 Self tapping screws 4 x 70 (for no.1 Figure 6 Components of extension set Table 2 Scope of Supply. 2) 2 819 501 88 Sheet metal screw 4. 2 u. Order no. Extension Set (Order No. no.

If proper backside ventilation cannot be Ideally determine the width of the collector field in such a provided via ridge and eaves. No. Otherwise ad. Choose lath strength according to the strength of existing laths. If re- quired. of collectors Width of collector Width of installation neys or roof windows that emit humid air. the roof tiles have to be shortened. 110 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 . field field (A) ditional humidity might enter the collector vents at the 1 Collector 1215 1245 collector frame. field (see also figure 8. turrets. 90 cm above and below the collector roofing is approx 15 mm. Additionally required laths are highlighted in grey (5 pieces). way that on one side the spacing between collectors and stalled. Installation Field To warrant permanence of the installation. ● There should be at least 2 rows of roof tiles above and 2 Collectors 2435 2465 below the collector field. ventilation.3. chim. 3 Collectors 3655 3685 ● The roof tile row above the collector should extend for 4 Collectors 4875 4905 at least 100 mm over the upper flashing sheets. Leave the existing roof battens in place as supporting uisites have to be fulfilled: construction. a venting tile must be in. A 26 45 24 52 21 11 60 -1 30 15 0 10 Figure 7 Dimensions for installation field and position of installation laths. lath length = A (width of installation field). various prereq. lower part). approx. ● Keep a distance of at least 1m between collectors and Table 3 Dimensions for Installation [mm] roof components or extensions like vents. Width of installation field =n x collector width + (n-1) x 5 mm (collector spacing) + 2 x 15 mm (distance from side). ● For best results properly utilize the flexible space below the collector (distance to lower tile row between 60 and 130 mm). On the other side cut tiles to fit. and affix the additional laths required for the ● A waterproof and diffusion reducing foil with at least 24 installation according to the dimensions given in figure 7 mm counter-lathing must be present to assure proper and 8.

three and max. four collectors in serial connection. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 111 . 3 Sarking. 2 Counter lathing. 5 Low diffusion foil.1 45 24 52 21 11 60 -13 0 1 2 3 6 4 5 Figure 8 In roof installation longitudinal section (upper drawing) and cross section (lower drawing). 4 Rafters. 26 20 -2 69 0 21 51 26 1. Connection of more than four units by combination of parallel and serial connection. 6 ventilation space Solar sensor Solar sensor Solar sensor Figure 9 Vertical orientation for two. 1 Roof batten.

Then push collectors at each other tance between collectors). Alternately projecting approx. propriate tape. Shorten projections of T-Profile to approx 2 cm on each side. the sarking. Phillips. Installation Figure 10 Tools for installation: folding rule. open spanner sizes 16. and collector frame. 1 2 Figure 12 1. 112 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 . until flush. Figure 14 Screw on upper collector fixing clip on both collector edges Figure 15 Apply thin layer of silicone seal between wings of T-profile with 2 self tapping screws 4 x 35 each. ends Figure 13 Insert silicone T-profile between collectors. 100 mm 2. 8 mm dis. lead through the connection hose and close cuts with ap- silicone gun (where required angle grinder with stone cutter). Figure 11 Pipe lead with sarking membrane: make a T-shape cut into Bit PZ 2 and 3. hammer. 19. cutter knife. 24. drilling machine. Place Collectors (approx. Affix supporting laths with self tapping screws 4x70.4. pushing and pulling eases work.

Use 2nd wrench to secure connection Figure 17 Connect collectors to solar circuit. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 113 . 4 x 35 and 5 x 120 self tapping screws. 1. with the corner edges.1 Figure 16 Connect collectors. Later check for leak tight- and avoid damage.2 x 16 each (with washer gasket). insert solar sensor into sensor Figure 19 Position wooden support along collector and fasten with sleeve. Figure 20 Insert lower aluminum panels into the deeper rear groove Figure 21 Affix the lower cladding panels with 2 self tapping screws of the collector frame (see highlighted details). ATTENTION: risk of burns at connections during ness! solar irradiation! Figure 18 Slip rubber seal over cable. close opening with rubber seal and lead cable through roof. Proceed the same way 4.

lector frame. The upper Figure 27 Additional flashing sheets are connected by sticking them locking bar of the flashing sheet must latch into the outer groove of the together. 1 Figure 22 Insert the pushed together side panels into the rear groove Figure 23 Push lower panel section downwards. Figure 25 Affix cellular rubber tape to the upper collector edge. latch of the lower corner. collector frame (see highlighted details). 114 EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 . Figure 26 Push upper left flashing sheet into left side panel. until it snaps into the of the frame in such a way that the upper notch (1) snaps into the col. Figure 24 Nail on side panels with 4 fixing clips. The panel sheet must lay evenly on the battens.

as well.1 Figure 28 Fix upper flashing sheets on the batten using 2 fixing clips. EN-XXX_EURO-C20-L20-In-Roof-Pantile_MA-100503-1WA10141 115 . Then affix with metal strips to roof battens. so that later the tile row will be aligned with the tiles on the sides. additional sheet metal screws each. Figure 30 Affix black foam rubber tape along the fold to the upper Figure 31 In storm prone regions secure every flashing sheet with 2 flashing sheet. 1. and screw to bat- tens. Drill holes into the pieces that have to be attached. Figure 29 Position the roof-tile supporting bar by vertically shifting it. Figure 32 Affix foam rubber tape along the folds of the side panels Figure 33 Roof tiles above the collectors may have to be cut to size.

the retaining edge of the roofing tiles Figure 35 Remove adhesive protection foil from lower aluminum skirt- may have to be removed.com 116 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .Figure 34 Along the side panels. Figure 36 Readily installed EURO in roof installation on pantile roof. ing and press to surface of tiles. tion if necessary via drilling (wire or screw). errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. Subject to modifications. Fixa. lateral size reduction may be required. 2010 · www.wagner-solar.

126 41 102 162 140 P Alu Hv Top 60 81.1 P A2 Hv Top 200 86 .EN TECHNICAL INFORMATION Roof Bracket Kits (Top) ES DOCUMENTATIÓN TÉCNICA Kit de anclajes (Top) IT INFORMAZIONI TECHNICHE Kit di fissaggio al tetto (Top) 1.192 39-60 98 40 mm 182 Printed on 100 % recycled paper Mounting systems XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kits-Top_TI-100804-11205Z00 117 .117 45 45 136 .

105 120 .140 11 229 358 mm BS Stv KF Top 50 BS Stv IRL Top 98 11 229 358 mm 118 XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kits-Top_TI-100804-11205Z00 . P Stv KF Top 220 60 145 40 100 162 40 mm 220 60 145 40 100 162 40 mm 63 BS A2 Hv Top 50 40 78 .

SF Stv Top 50 88 229 358 mm PM A2 Hv Top 220 1.1 60 110-140 145-175 22 120 192 40 mm M A2 40 55 .95 85 a a b K A2 Hv 180 180 25-45 b K A2 Hv 200 200 45-65 12 K A2 Hv 300 300 50-150 mm XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kits-Top_TI-100804-11205Z00 119 .95 85 372 232 mm K A2 Hv 40 55 .

63 38 35 min 25 mm KK 55 40 65 65 KS 150 40 55 57 . errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. 2010 · www.wagner-solar.com 120 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 6421 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-22 . TR 25 t min 0.72 mm Subject to modifications.

ES Observaciones importantes ● Hay que realizar el dimensionamiento del sistema de montaje (número de anclajes de tejado etc. carico di vento e di neve) che si verranno a creare Printed on 100 % recycled paper Mounting systems XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-BS-SF-Top_MA-100804-1WA20080 121 . wind and snow loads). carga eólica y por nieve) es siempre condición de utilización IT Informazioni importanti ● Il dimensionamento del sistema di montaggio (numero delle staffe di ancoraggio.EN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Roof Bracket Kit BS/SF (Top) BS A2 Hv / BS Stv KF / BS Stv IRL / SF Stv ES INSTRUCCIÓNES DE MONTAJE Kit de anclajes BS/SF (Top) BS A2 Hv / BS Stv KF / BS Stv IRL / SF Stv IT ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO 1. ● Un subsuelo de fijación adecuado que puede absorber las fuerzas surgiendas (fuerza de peso.1 Kit di fissaggio al tetto BS/SF (Top) BS A2 Hv / BS Stv KF / BS Stv IRL / SF Stv EN DE Important Notes ● The dimensioning of the mounting system (number of mounting triangels) should be specifically carried out for each individual project. following the specified structural engineering standards and regulations. ● Deve essere garantita un‘adeguata sottostruttura per il montaggio cioè di una sottostuttura in grado di sosten- ere le forze (peso proprio. ● Prerequisite for the proper application always is a solid mounting base that can accommodate the occurring forces (weight. portata delle guide etc) deve essere eseguito considerando le norme rispettive.) orientado al proyecto y conforme con las normas.

63 50 40 78 .105 120 .140 11 229 358 mm BS Stv KF Top 50 BS Stv IRL Top 98 11 229 358 mm SF Stv Top 50 88 229 358 mm 122 XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-BS-SF-Top_MA-100804-1WA20080 .

1 BS BS 5 5 BS 5 SF SF XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-BS-SF-Top_MA-100804-1WA20080 123 . BS SF 1.

wagner-solar.com 124 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 6421 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-22 . 2010 · www. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. BS A2 Hv b a Dimensions only for module installation Medidas sólo para la montaje de módulos Dimensioni per l‘installazione dei moduli a min 900 mm b max 450 mm Subject to modifications.

1 EN DE Important Notes ● The dimensioning of the mounting system (number of mounting triangels) should be specifically carried out for each individual project. ● Prerequisite for the proper application always is a solid mounting base that can accommodate the occurring forces (weight.EN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Roof Bracket Kit K A2 Hv ES INSTRUCCIÓNES DE MONTAJE Kit de anclajes K A2 Hv IT ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO Kit di fissaggio al tetto K A2 Hv 1. ● Un subsuelo de fijación adecuado que puede absorber las fuerzas surgiendas (fuerza de peso. following the specified structural engineering standards and regulations. carico di vento e di neve) che si verranno a creare.) orientado al proyecto y conforme con las normas. carga eólica y por nieve) es siempre condición de utilización IT Informazioni importanti ● Il dimensionamento del sistema di montaggio (numero delle staffe di ancoraggio. ES FR Observaciones importantes ● Hay que realizar el dimensionamiento del sistema de montaje (número de anclajes de tejado etc. ● Deve essere garantita un‘adeguata sottostruttura per il montaggio cioè di una sottostuttura in grado di sosten- ere le forze (peso proprio. wind and snow loads). h K A2 Hv 180 25-45 mm K A2 Hv 200 45-65 mm K A2 Hv 250 90-110 mm h K A2 Hv 300 100-150 mm Printed on 100 % recycled paper Mounting systems XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-K-A2-Hv_MA-100804-12211A00 125 . portata delle guide etc) deve essere eseguito considerando le norme rispettive.

com 126 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 6421 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-22 . errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. 2010 · www. ∅ 15 mm ∅ 9 mm m 35m m in S9 S15 S19 9 mm 15 mm S19 45Nm S9 80 mm 1 2 S15 30 Nm Dimensions only for module installation Medidas sólo para la montaje de módulos b Dimensioni per l‘installazione dei moduli a min 900 mm b max 450 mm a Subject to modifications.wagner-solar.

following the specified structural engineering standards and regulations. carico di vento e di neve) che si verranno a creare Printed on 100 % recycled paper Mounting systems XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-P-Top_MA-100804-1WA20079 127 . portata delle guide etc) deve essere eseguito considerando le norme rispettive. ● Deve essere garantita un‘adeguata sottostruttura per il montaggio cioè di una sottostuttura in grado di sosten- ere le forze (peso proprio. ● Prerequisite for the proper application always is a solid mounting base that can accommodate the occurring forces (weight. ● Un subsuelo de fijación adecuado que puede absorber las fuerzas surgiendas (fuerza de peso.) orientado al proyecto y conforme con las normas. ES Observaciones importantes ● Hay que realizar el dimensionamiento del sistema de montaje (número de anclajes de tejado etc. wind and snow loads). carga eólica y por nieve) es siempre condición de utilización IT Informazioni importanti ● Il dimensionamento del sistema di montaggio (numero delle staffe di ancoraggio.1 Kit di fissaggio al tetto P (Top) P Alu Hv / P A2 Hv / P A2 / P Stv KF / PS Stv EN DE Important Notes ● The dimensioning of the mounting system (number of mounting triangels) should be specifically carried out for each individual project.EN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Roof Bracket Kit P (Top) P Alu Hv / P A2 Hv / P A2 / P Stv KF / PS Stv ES INSTRUCCIÓNES DE MONTAJE Kit de anclajes P (Top) P Alu Hv / P A2 Hv / P A2 / P Stv KF / PS Stv IT ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO 1.

60 98 40 mm 182 220 60 145 40 100 162 40 mm 128 XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-P-Top_MA-100804-1WA20079 .117 45 45 136 .192 39 .185 41 102 40 mm 162 140 P Alu Hv Top 60 81 . P A2 Top 200 50 134 41 101 161 40 mm P A2 Hv Top 200 50 86 .126 145 .

1 5m m 5m m XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-P-Top_MA-100804-1WA20079 129 . PS Stv Top 220 60 145 40 100 162 40 1.

2010 · www.com 130 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 6421 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-22 .wagner-solar. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. b a Dimensions only for module installation Medidas sólo para la montaje de módulos Dimensioni per l‘installazione dei moduli a min 900 mm b max 450 mm Subject to modifications.

110-140 ● Deve essere garantita un'adeguata sottostruttura per il 145-175 montaggio cioè di una sottostuttura in grado di soste- nere le forze (peso proprio. carga eólica y por nieve) es siempre condición de utilización IT Informazioni importanti ● Il dimensionamento del sistema di montaggio (numero delle staffe di ancoraggio. ● Prerequisite for the proper application always is a solid mounting base that can accommodate the occurring forces (weight. carico di vento e di neve) che si verranno a creare.EN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Roof Bracket Kit PM A2 Hv (Top) ES INSTRUCCIÓNES DE MONTAJE Kit de anclajes PM A2 Hv (Top) IT ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO Kit di fissaggio al tetto PM A2 Hv (Top) 1.) orientado al proyecto y conforme con las normas. ES FR Observaciones importantes ● Hay que realizar el dimensionamiento del sistema de montaje (número de anclajes de tejado etc. 22 120 192 mm 220 60 40 mm Printed on 100 % recycled paper Mounting systems XB-INT_Roof-bracket-kit-PM-A2-Hv-Top_MA-100804-1WA20083 131 . ● Un subsuelo de fijación adecuado que puede absorber las fuerzas surgiendas (fuerza de peso. portata delle guide etc) deve essere eseguito considerando le norme rispettive. following the specified structural engineering standards and regulations. wind and snow loads).1 EN DE Important Notes ● The dimensioning of the mounting system (number of mounting triangels) should be specifically carried out for each individual project.

450 mm Subject to modifications. 900 mm b max.wagner-solar.com 132 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 6421 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-22 . 2010 · www. Tx40 S15 30 Nm 5m m 5m m Dimensions only for Module installation Medidas sólo para la montaje de módulos Dimensioni per l'installazione dei moduli a min. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . campgrounds. . . . . . . . . The programme includes fresh- water cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 ■ RATIO Buffer Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . Our series of auxiliary electric immersion heaters and tank-installation kits for freshwater units and solar circulation units complement the Wagner & Co storage line. . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 ■ RATIO Buffer Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . .2 the new high-quality polyester fiber fleece insulation introduced for some sto- rage lines in 2010 or the new CONVECTROL III convection brake. . they would still be inefficient if the provided energy were lost in other components of the solar energy system. . large buffer tanks and tank-in-tank combi-cylinders. . . small single storage solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . livestock farms etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 ■ ECOplus Solar Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . 199 133 . . . . . . . . Wagner & Co therefore understood early that well designed hydronic components – especially effici- ent solar storage cylinders – are a key element for an optimized solar yield. . . . . . . . . The storage cylinders designed by Wagner & Co therefore are specifically developed and dimensioned for various applications and system sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . car washes. . . . . . . . . . . . Although our collectors are among the world‘s most effective Flat Plate Collectors. ranging from highly effective small-scale single family home hot water systems to large scale resi- dential installations with heating support and commercial applications (hotels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solar Storage Cylinders and Components It is common sense knowledge that a system can only be as good as its indivi- dual components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ■ ECO Solar Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . 185 ■ Convection Brake CONVECTROL III. . . . Special attention is paid to reducing energy loss for example with 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the latter combining the advantages of both worlds in one compact unit. . . . . . . . . . . 193 ■ Thermostatic Mixing Valve BM . . . 135 ■ ECOplus Solar Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . .). . . . . 163 ■ TERMO Combi Cylinder – Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 ■ Electrical Immersion Heater . . . . . . . . 155 ■ TERMO Combi Cylinder – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

. . . . . . . . . . 144 3. . . . . . . 142 7. . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION / INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ECO Solar Cylinder 1. . 142 6. . . . . . . . 142 3. . .1 Preparations . . . .5 Connecting Auxiliary Heating Unit . . . 146 3. .2 Setting Up Cylinder . . . . . . . . . Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . 146 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Installing Domestic Water Unit . . . 141 5.4 Connecting Solar Circuit . . . . . . . 146 3. . . . . . . . . . 146 2. . 136 4. . . .2 Figure 1 ECO solar cylinder Content 1. Installation . Advice for the User . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . General Safety Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . Problem-Solving . . . . . . 142 3. . . . . 144 3. .6 Connecting Temperature Sensor . . . 145 Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 135 .

Before beginning the installation. D O H G N F M E J C K L I B A Figure 2 ECO solar cylinder / installation measurements (drawing not to scale) 136 EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 . please check that all components presented in table 3 are present. Technical Information Contents of Kit The ECO solar cylinder is supplied standing and screwed down on a pallet. It is surrounded by a pro- tective PVC hull with additional soft PU insulation foam. fixed to the cylinder and cannot be removed. The insulation is glued on.1.

¾" male 3 (mm) J/F 780 / 990 945 / 1215 965 / 1261 1020 / 1325 Heat exchanger surface area (m²) 0.8 1.7 7. if temperature of the cylinder is set at 60 °C. flat tightening EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 137 .6 Solar heat exchanger (High quality steel St 37-2.5 9.8 1.6 0.1 (17) 2. (mm) M 930 1146 1166 1225 Performance Data Insulation material (glued-on PU foam.4 (10) 1.0 1. heat.2 < 3. ambient temperature = 15 °C. welded to the cylinder) Performance index NL / related boiler output2 -/kW 1.5 (21) Continuous performance 2 litre/h 460 605 720 830 Aux.2 1.3 Recommended collector area (m²) up to 5 m² up to 7 m² up to 9 m² up to 13 m² Auxiliary heating heat exchanger (high quality steel St 37-2.8 (14) 2.3 < 2. Table 1 Technical Data ECO 200 ECO 300 ECO 400 ECO 500 Part no. the boiler flow and return temperatures are 80 °C and 60 °C. relative to auxiliary heat exchanger. 130 140 81 130 140 82 130 140 83 130 140 84 Volume domestic water (litre) 199 286 394 498 Auxiliary heating volume above connection D (litre) 64 99 127 168 Maximal allowed pressure (bar) 10 Maximal allowed temperature (°C) 95 Total height including insulation (mm) H 1232 1697 1660 1783 Tilting height including insulation (mm) 1396 1827 1816 1952 Diameter including insulation and PVC hull (mm) D 610 610 710 760 Total weight including insulation (kg) approx.5 Remarks: 1 Calculations according to DIN EN V 12977 – T3: Temperature of entire cylinder = 60 °C.5 1. PVC-hull: 55 mm Heat losses according to DIN EN V 12977 -3 1 W/K < 2.8 5.4 11. welded to the cylinder) Solar flow / return connections ¾" male 3 (mm) B/C 180 / 630 180 / 580 205 / 635 205 / 685 Heat exchanger surface area (m²) 0. incl.8 < 3. 215 Cold and hot water connections 1" male 3 (mm) A/G 110 / 1257 110 / 1722 127 / 1685 128 / 1808 Circulation return ¾" male 3 (mm) 880 1045 1065 1125 Access flange. the supply temperature is 45 °C. opening diameter = 110 mm (mm) l 272 272 278 285 Socket for electric heating coil 1 ½" female 3 (mm) K 705 770 770 870 Anode 1 ¼" female 3 O Size complies with DIN 4753 Analogue thermometer (mm) N 919 1384 1325 1441 Collector temperature sensor positioning (mm) L 330 380 420 445 1. 85 approx. flow / return conn.2 Maximum allowed pressure (bar) 16 Maximum allowed temperature (°C) 110 Volume of water contained in exchanger (litre) 3. 166 approx.8 Maximum allowed pressure (bar) 16 Maximum allowed temperature (°C) 110 Volume of water contained in exchanger (litre) 5.2 Auxiliary heating temperature sensor pos. 3 Threads according to DIN ISO 228-1. 114 approx. 2 Calculations according to DIN 4708.0 6.3 7. PVC wrapping with zipper Thickness of insulation.

5 kW / 230V / 260 mm. 139 000 66 Cylinder safety unit S22 including safety valve 10 bar. optimized yield and reduced electricity consumption. 4 x combi fitting ¾" x 18. cap and seals Part no. consumption 2. 230V. including ball valves and non-return valve. up to 55 °C – 22 mm solder connection fittings Part no. Single storage system with ECO cylinder and auxiliary heating by gas or oil boiler. 139 001 42 6 kW / 400V / 550 mm. 150 300 75 Replacement sensor fixing clamp 139 00 118 Recommended System Solutions Some system solutions including locations of connections are shown in the following schematics. This ensures continuous operation. 2 x combi fitting 1". 139 001 44 Check cylinder diameter before ordering! Thermostatic mixer. one-way valve. 9 kW: Part no. 160 102 14 mm copper pipe Electric immersion heater 1. – 22 mm soldericonnection fittings Part no. connection ½" M or solder to 15 Part no. 6 kW: Part no. 100 89 – ¾" connection with screw thread Part no. P1 : Solar circuit pump Solar collector P2 : Auxiliary heating pump for cylinder P3 : Heating pump BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve Solar control SUNGO Central heating circuit P1 CIRCO P3 ECObasic P2 Oil or gas boiler Domestic hot water BWM Domestic water Figure 3 Solar thermal system for domestic hot water preparation. The SUNGO controls the speed of the solar circuit pump depending on solar irradiation and cylinder temperature. maintenance-free corrosion protection. 130 100 56 – ¾" connection with screw thread Part no. 139 001 43 9 kW / 400V / 600 mm. 1. 138 EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 .5 kW: Part no.5 kWh per year Part no. Table 2 Accessories Part Numbers ECO connection set “combi”. 139 000 35 CORREX-UP anode. 3 kW: Part no. 139 001 45 3 kW / 230V / 400V / 360 mm. 130 101 26 Circulation pump BW 152.

Switching between central heating and auxiliary domestic hot water heating is by means of a 3-way valve in the flow pipe. Solar collector Solar control SUNGO P1 : Solar circuit pump V1 : 3-Way valve (auxiliary domestic hot water heating OR central heating) BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve Boiler P1 CIRCO Central heating circuit ECObasic V1 1. This ensures continuous operation. Solar collector Solar control SUNGO P1 : Solar circuit pump BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve ECObasic P1 CIRCO Electrical immersion heater Domestic hot water BWM Domestic water Figure 5 Solar thermal system for domestic hot water preparation. The central heating controller is in charge of the control. optimized yield and reduced electricity consumption. EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 139 . Single storage system with ECO storage cylinder and a wall-mounted con- densing gas boiler. During periods of insufficient solar radiation. The SUNGO controller controls solar circuit pump speed depending on solar irradiation and cylinder temperature. optimized yield and reduced electricity consumption. Single storage system  with ECO cylinder and immersion heater. the upper third of the cylinder can be heated with an electric immersion heater. This ensures continuous operation. The SUNGO controller controls the solar circuit pump speed depending on solar irradiation and cylinder temperature.2 Domestic hot water BWM Domestic water Figure 4 Solar thermal system for domestic hot water preparation. The integrated thermostat can be set to the required temperature.

This type of pipe layout can be used in connection with an existing cylinder. Auxiliary heating of the solar cylinder is done by oil. Solar collector P1 : Solar circuit pump P2 : Auxiliary heating pump for cylinder P3 : Heating pump Solar control V1 : 3-Way valve (cylinder heating) SUNGO BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve Central heating circuit P1 CIRCO P3 ECObasic P2 Oil or gas boiler V1 Domestic hot water BWM Domestic water Figure 6 Solar thermal system for domestic hot water preparation. Serial connection of the ECObasic cylinder and a single-coil cylinder. 140 EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 . etc. Supply is taken from the priority-heated solar cylinder. The solar energy is distributed optimally by the SUNGO control. gas. The single-coil cylinder serves as a buffer storage pre-heating the water.

if the system has not to the cylinder. water filters must be installed in the supply Please note that the guarantee is void. 1. 2. The cylinder is only suitable for the storage of drinking water and must be secured against pressures above 10 bar by installing a safety valve. on this page and special advice which can be found in the ● you comply with rules and regulations about electrical texts of the instructions. country regulations and legislation. Corrosion protection accord- trade which will make the installation and operation of the ing to DIN 4753-3 / 4753-6 is achieved through enamel- solar circuit easier. iliary heating as shown in system solutions figure 3 to 6 (Chapter 1: Technical Information). to instructions. ● Declaration of compliance with EC rules: The ECO so- lar cylinder has been designed and produced following Additional information current EC regulations. installation and commissioning of the ECO ● The safety valve must be checked regularly to be free of solar storage cylinder must be carried out by a qualified obstructions and in functioning condition.2 Use and Application ● Electric connections must be carried out according to Function local codes and standards. if installed according a qualified person in the commissioning protocol. Watch out for the symbols! connections. The solar storage tank ECO is a suitable cylinder for the bi- valent heating of domestic hot water. General Safety Instructions The following safety advice is deemed to protect against System Environment dangers that can arise from improper handling of devices.2 ment manufacturer.3 Standards and Codes Risk of material damage Please comply with all standards and codes related to the This symbol indicates that damage may be done to com. integration of the solar storage tank in drinking water and ponents of the solar circuit or the function of the same may heating circuits as well as the electric connections of con- be impaired seriously. please ensure com- the installation procedure step by step as instructed. We recommend connection of solar installations with aux- er health hazards are possible during installation. ● you comply with installation requirements of the pro- ducers of auxiliary heating equipment (oil boiler etc. burns. If you install auxiliary heating. ● If required. The auxiliary ● Please note that it is mandatory to observe local and heating of the upper third of the cylinder can be accom. Live-threatening electrical shocks. installer.1 Qualification of the Installer to local regulations Setting up. 2. does fulfil the requirements of EN 806-1 and prEN 1717:1999. The installation location must never be exposed to frost and connecting pipes must be kept as short as possible. ling and the use of anodes. as certified by ● The solar storage cylinder ECO. Water can be heated 2. ● you comply with local regulations about the connection We distinguish between general advice which we refer to of the solar cylinder to the local water supply.4 Local Regulations through the integrated solar heat exchanger. coil or an optional electric immersion heater. ● Water supply to the cylinder must be done according 2. Please ensure that whether knowingly or unknowingly. been properly installed and commissioned. Operational Limits Please note that the ECO storage cylinder must not be placed outside and must be operated within the limita- tions specified in table 1. which may divert plished by an external heating device via the secondary from current European standards.2. EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 141 .). ● you comply with rules about lightning protection as Danger of personal injury laid-out in EN 60335-1. The cylinder complies with all This symbol points to practical advice and tricks of the conditions of DIN 4753-1. bruising and oth. Please make sure that you follow trollers. pliance with the installation requirements of the equip.

If supply pressure is likely to be above 10 bar. pipe wrench. Cold and hot water connections must be carried out ac- 1 cording to the rules and regulations of your local water in place. We recommend the connection as shown in fig- Plug (6). adjustable span- ner. Required Tools Tools for pipe connections. 7) Quantity Wooden pallet (3) 700 X 700 mm 1 ECO steel cylinder with foam insulation (1). a pressure reducer must be installed between water meter and cyl- inder. Allow enough space for comfort- 9 able working. black supplier. 1 ure 8. Figure 7 Removal of transport packaging Table 3 Scope of Supply (see fig. bubble wrap (4) and plastic 1 each ● The hot water line should be shaped to create a siphon cover (5) in order to prevent convection movement inside the Sensor fixing clamp 2 pipe work (length of legs at least 200 mm). If the water pressure is sufficient. 8 tions (see table 1) 4 ● Thermostatic mixer (optional) ● Safety valve unit for the cold-water feed (optional). ● Ensure that there is no shut-off valve between cylinder and safety valve. fixed to pallet ● Connect the safety unit (2) to the cold water supply. ● Remove pallet fixing and carry cylinder to its final posi- tion. The safety valve must be designed to release pressure at the maximum operating pressure. There are circular indentations near the top and bottom of the insulation which can serve as grips. water may drip from the safety valve which should be guided to a drain. Please ensure that the placement area is dry and has suf- ficient structural carrying capacity. Alternatively an expansion vessel suitable for drinking water can be installed. Transportation cover. 142 EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 . supplied loose 1 3. When the cylinder is heating up.2 Setting up Cylinder Please observe the following when setting up the cylinder: ● Start with the removal of the transport protection (4) and (5) 7 1 ● Remove lid (2). put in a safe place. to close immersion heater inlet.3. a non-return valve can be used instead. Installation 2 3. Phillips screw driver 5 3. in place 1 Hot and Cold Domestic Water Polystyrene cover (2) for top of cylinder. thermometer (8). male 1 ½" galvanized steel.1 Preparations The cylinder must be placed in a frost-safe location and must be connected with short pipe lengths to the taps. 1 ½" plug (6) and the flange cover (7) and sensor fixing clamps (9). 1 fixed with 3 bolts to pallet PVC-Cover with zip (wrapped around cylinder) 1 Thermometer (8). ● Caution! Weight up to 120 kg (264 pounds)! Knocks and banging can cause damage to the enamel coating 3 on the inside! ● Turn cylinder until connections face the wall to which 6 the pipes will be fixed.3 Fitting of Domestic Water Unit Polystyrene cover (7) for flange. Required Materials In order to complete the installation of the ECO solar cyl- inder the following materials are required: ● Pipe connections to fit 1" and ¾" male cylinder connec.

● Close the immersion heater inlet (8) with the 1½" plug (7) using hemp and compound. (2) Safety unit including connectors. (23) Circulation pump. (7) Plug. (3) T-junction. If no thermostatic furthest away tap and with a timer. (8) 1½" inlet for electrical immersion heater. (10) Siphoning of hot water connection. 5 1. (9) Ac- cess flange. mixer is fitted. (25) Copper T-junction. as Circulation temperatures during the summer months can reach ● If circulation is required (21) then the return should be up to 95 °C on the hot water outlet (5). (21) Circulation line. Please read details in the section about auxiliary heating.● It is absolutely necessary to fit a thermostatic mixer. maximum vessel temperature must be limited to 65 °C at the solar controller. (6) Thermostatic mixer. There is seri. (24) Temperature sen- sor. The circu- ous danger of scalding! The thermostatic mixer can be lation pump (23) should govern circulation according connected via a T-connection (3) between safety unit to water temperature at a measuring point (24) at the and cold-water inlet of the vessel (4). Alternatively you may fit a 1½" electrical immersion heater. taken from close to the tapping point (22). (26) Circulation connection of vessel. (4) Supply inlet includ- ing connectors. EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 143 . and close off again with cover.2 10 26 26 23 B 6 8 7 24 25 22 21 9 23 4 3 1 2 Figure 8 Drinking water connections at the ECO cylinder (1) Supply. ● Retighten bolts around flange cover (9) to ensure leak- age-free operation. (22) Hot water tap. (5) Hot water outlet including connectors.

an auxilliary electric heater (9) is avail. 9 11 Figure 10 Connections for auxiliary heating devices. gas. Warning: On sunny days it is quite possible that storage temperatures of up to 95 °C or higher can be reached in 5 the solar circuit. then the return should be taken to the circulation inlet (26) of the vessel. Close taps after filling cylinder with water. 1 3. if required. (7) Return pipe. ● Push 1" nut (3) over copper pipe. boiler is required. and check all connections and joints. 8 Please observe instructions supplied with the heating device. (1) Flow pipe. 144 EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 . etc. ● Please note. There is serious danger of scalding! Figure 9 Connecting solar circuit 3. (10) 1½" inlet. (2. bottom connec- tion. 1 able that can be installed in the 1½" socket on the side. that circulation can cause significant loss of heat. 4 3 2 ● As an option. Against common practice we recommend the following circuit- ry: Connect the return pipe of the heating device (1) with the fitting (2. Pressure Test of Drinking Water Circuit Please carry out a pressure test after all drinking water pipes and fittings are connected.● We recommend that the circulation. however. then this device should be connected to the auxiliary heating coil in the top of the vessel (5).5 Auxiliary Heating The auxiliary heating of drinking water can be done in vari- ous ways. Figure 10 shows the connection options: ● If auxiliary heating with the help of an oil. If. 3 lar (lower) coil (4) and the return pipe to the bottom of same (5). then put washer into 4 place (1) and tighten connection. Please observe 6 5 the instructions of the supplier of your heating device. 3. (9) Immersion heater. 7 If no immersion heater is fitted. (8) Auxiliary heating coil. is car- ried out as shown in figure 8 and should be returned to the T-junction (25) in the cold feed to the thermostatic mixer valve.4 Connecting Solar Circuit 2 ● Connect flow pipe of solar circuit to the top of the so. Connect the flow pipe (7) in the same way to the bottom of the auxiliary heating coil (8). 3. then solder on flange fitting or fix screw thread fitting (2). the inlet must be closed 10 with the supplied 1½" plug (11). (6) Auxiliary heating coil. (11) P lug. 4) to the top of the auxiliary heating coil. 4) Fittings. the circulation is done by a non- regulated pump. top connec- tion.

● Connect the sensor cable (1) of the lower cylinder sen- sor to the solar controller. (2) Sensor tube. (4) Sensor tube. 3 ● Temperature checking can be done for the top half of the cylinder by reading the thermometer (5). etc. (5) Thermometer. upper half. Please 5 observe the instructions of the supplier. boiler. as illustrated in figure 11. 1 2 2 1 1. lower half. Connect the cable (3) of the 4 upper cylinder sensor to the auxiliary heating. (3) Auxiliary heat- ing sensor.3. then insert the sensor of the boiler-control device (3) into the sensor tube (4) at the top half of the cylinder.6 Installing Temperature Sensors ● Please install the temperature sensor of the solar con- troller (1). If auxiliary heating is done by an oil. by inserting it into the sensor tube (2) at the bottom half of the cylinder. EN-XXX_ECObasic-Solar-Cylinder_TI-MA-0810xx-11204500 145 . gas.2 Figure 11 Connections of the temperature sensors: (1) Solar control sensor.

some residues of the processes. It may be necessary to re- 4.g.com 146 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .4 Filling. the vessel and the heat exchangers. Leaks quired standards? Leaks can be caused by insufficient pressure on wash- ● Are the temperature sensors in the correct positions? ers which are made out of best quality material but may Do the controllers display reasonable values? change their density during the first few months of opera- tion and may lead to dripping. for example by switching on the boiler. and maintained at least every two years by a qualified per- son. Heat the content of the storage cylinder.1 Checking the System After fitting all components. Please ensure that the set. Advice for the User Setting up.4. make sure they are not obstructed. aux. ● If a magnesium anode is fitted. nance Protocol by a qualified person in order to render Carry out a pressure test after the system has been com. Periodical maintenance must be certified in the Mainte- ing). Before reaching maximum allowed level. dislodged and may need to be removed. ● Check for visible leakage of the vessel and fittings. If nec- 4. Check for lime-scale or moisture at the insulation. devices should be installed at convenient points in the sys. pletely installed. in order ren- der the warranty agreement valid. opened. In spite of careful production methods. We recommend a service contract. 4. connected or fitted with the proper fittings and mountings (e. is a pressure regulator fitted and can production methods and installation. These can 7.2 Rinsing of the System tighten those fittings after a few weeks. check all fittings and connections for leaks. Be aware that the test pressure must not exceed 10 bar. the system must be rinsed be. Therefore. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.wagner-solar. open one hot-water tap until water appears and reaches a steady flow. 2010 · www. may remain inside the pipes. In order to release air from the cylinder. heat. Flange washers may not seal properly if re- used. vessel must never be exceeded. Start Up 5. Air Release and Pressure Check ● Check safety valves. Maintenance and Care cause problems during operation of the system and may lead to damage. this should be checked tem. 4. openings for emptying. should be carried out every 2 years.5 Final Check Protocol The correct startup of the system must be certified by a qualified person in the Final Check Protocol.3 Setting the Solar and Auxiliary Heating Controller essary retighten fittings. 4. While checking pressure is applied. Subject to modifications. Also filtering/retaining be carried out every two years. please make sure that before ● Cleaning of the vessel and checking of the system filling and startup of the system. installation and startup must be carried out by Please note that the storage vessel should be inspected a qualified installer. If necessary retighten. as even later some production residues may become and replaced if necessary. venting. all openings are closed. Troubleshooting ● Are all components fitted correctly? ● Are all safety units installed? Is the 10 bar safety valve It is quite possible that problems occur despite careful fitted? If necessary. The cleaning and maintenance of the solar vessel should fore permanent operation starts. and keep checking the pressure. please carry out the following checks: 6. the safety valve must come into operation to release pressure. Some possibilities it be closed off from the vessel? are the following: ● Are all fittings and connections safe and tight? ● If present – were all electrical connections made to re. circulation. To avoid water damage. ● Remember to replace the washers if fittings were tings are correct. including metal slack. The temperature limitation of 95 °C for the solar storage ● Release air from the vessel if necessary. the warranty agreement valid.

horizontal attachment of the connection pipes made possible by CONVECTROL III. This reduces heat losses at the pipe connections by up to 50 %. 100-mm thick PU soft foam jacket insula- tion. combi-fittings. the new close-fitting. Quick Installation with flat-sealing screw connections.time and space saving and neat appearance. removable heat insulation with hook closure. heating cir- cuit. Lime-Scaling Resistant Heat Exchanger made from plain pipe coils for solar and aux. sensor terminal block. Double Corrosion Protection with durable high-quality enamel coating and magne- sium protection anode. energetically optimized design. 500 and 750 liters. Options for circulation pipe and electrical im- mersion heater. Manufactured and inspected in accordance with DIN 4753. Figure 1 The ECOplus solar cylinder with volumes of 300.2 Optional Mounting Kit for Solar Station to minimize piping effort . Connection option for CONVECTROL III – the Effective Convection Brake Technically optimized barriers separate the water cooled in the pipes safely from the hot storage tank water.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ECOplus Solar Cylinder Minimized Heat Loss due to convection brakes in the pipe connections. With cleaning flange. 150-mm thick and close fitting lid insulation and 50- mm thick floor insulation. 400. with robust polystyrene shell. 1. generously sized. Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 147 . High Quality Only high-grade and environmentally friendly materials are used. Stable Thermal Stratification due to slim column design with stabilized cold water inlet and hot water outlet flows.

heating return 1¼" M (recommended) 8 Hot water connection 1¼" M 9 Bleeder ½" IG 4 10 Cleaning flange DN 100 Figure 2 Top view of ECOplus solar cylinder * Numbers for image details from figures 3 to 6. 1¼" F * 6 Protective magnesium anode CORREX-UP Tilted dimension. 1 Bleeder ½" M.6 m² / 15. in liter at 50 °C *1 Coefficient of performance NL / 1.5 kW 3. heating heat exchanger *5 Surface area m² / volume 1.7 / 17. continuous power output *1 10 kW 13 kW 14 kW 18 kW 6 1 Table 2 Cylinder Connections (figures 3 to 6) No.0 l 1. permissable operational pressure 16 bar Max.4 m² / 8.29 W/K 4.0 l Pressure drop at 60 °C / volume flow 4 mbar / 450 l/h 6 mbar / 550 l/h 11 mbar / 700 l/h 26 mbar / 1000 l/h Max.0 l 1. operational temperature 95 °C Usable hot water volume with indicated aux. operational pressure 16 bar Max. 3 Pipe connections (compare table 2).59 W/K 2.3 / 8. to DIN ENV 12977-3 *3.* Connection type 2 1 Cold water connection 1" M 2 Solar circuit return 1¼" M 5 3 Solar circuit flow 1¼" M 3 4 Flange for screw-in immersion heater 1½" IG 5 Auxiliary heating flow 1¼" M (recommended) 6 Circulation connection ¾" M 7 Aux. recommended collector area 8 m² 10 m² 13 m² 18 m² Aux.0 l 1. 130 140 01 130 140 11 130 140 21 130 140 31 Total volume 313 l 391 l 490 l 755 l Auxiliary heating volume 135 l 165 l 220 l 310 l Max.6 / 10 kW 2.0 / 6.7 m² / 10. *4 2. 4 Sensor connection terminal. operational pressure 10 bar Max.5 kW 5.38 W/K Anode.5 l 1.9 m² / 12.0 l 1. Thermal insulation lid 150 mm and floor 50 mm PU soft foam Heat loss rate acc.5 kW assoc.1.88 W/K 3.4 / 12.2 / 7.7 / 10.0 l 2. 2  Protective anode 1¼" F. Technical Data Table 1 Solar Cylinder Feature 300 l 400 l 500 l 750 l Part no.5 / 13. 5 Cleaning flange DN 100. 6 Hoisting lug 148 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 . without insulation 130 kg 170 kg 230 kg 295 kg Solar circuit heat exchanger * 5 Surface area / volume 1.0 l Pressure loss at 40 °C / volume flow 2 mbar / 200 l/h 3 mbar /280 l/h 5 mbar / 360 l/h 7 mbar / 400 l/h Max. without insulation 1600 mm 1680 mm 1800 mm 2050 mm Weight. boiler output *1 Jacket insulation 100 mm PU soft foam with polystyrene shell. 138 l 162 l 215 l 260 l*2 heating temp.

vertical section with dimensions. Ø 800 9 8 7 6 5 Ø 600 4 1775 1625 3 1440 1340 1115 1000 845 10 690 2 1 296 220 120 Figure 4 ECOplus 400. vertical section with dimensions. pipe connections are on the right side G 1¼". EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 149 .2 803 10 675 2 1 280 205 110 Figure 3 ECOplus 300. for legend see table 2. pipe connections are on the right side G 1¼". Ø 750 9 8 7 6 5 4 1695 Ø 550 1545 3 1370 1270 1050 930 1. for legend see table 2.

pipe connections are on the right side G 1¼". for legend see table 2. 150 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 . vertical section with dimensions. Ø 950 9 8 7 6 5 4 Ø 750 2132 3 1982 1763 1663 1373 1223 1092 10 960 2 1 380 280 157 Figure 6 ECOplus 750. vertical section with dimensions. Ø 850 9 8 7 6 5 1885 Ø 650 4 1735 1541 3 1440 1120 1020 863 10 705 2 1 380 225 130 Figure 5 ECOplus 500. for legend see table 2. pipe connections are on the right side G 1¼".

EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 151 . S22 acc.5 kW (230 V) 139 001 45 Electrical screw-in immersion heater 3 kW 139 001 42 (230/400 V) Electrical screw in immersion heater 6 kW (400 V) 139 001 43 1. ECOplus connection kit combi STANDARD 139 000 55 with combi fittings ECOplus connection kit combi CONVECTROL III 139 002 07 with combi fittings CIRCO 6 cylinder mounting kit 150 302 01 Cylinder height adjustment unit. No.. for 750 l 4 pcs. (up to 139 000 16 500 l-cylinder 3 pcs. The CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit. This results in a reduction of total an- nual storage heat losses by 10 to 20 %. 500) Electrical screw-in immersion heater 1. required) Cylinder safety subassembly. Figure 7 CONVECTROL III combined connection set. to DIN 1988 130 100 56 CORREX-UP impressed current anode 130 101 26 Protective magnesium anode (for ECOplus 300) 130 101 27 Protective magnesium anode 130 101 65 (for ECOplus 400 u.2 EHK 9 kW (400 V) 139 001 44 DHW mixer with insulation shells 150 303 50 3 way actuator diverter valve (1" M) 160 101 44 Convection Brake CONVECTROL III The patent protected design of the easy to install com- ponent separates the water that cooled down in the Figure 8 Storage cylinder with attached cylinder mounting kit and connection pipes from the hot storage content. CONVECTROL III reduces heat losses at storage connec- tions by up to 50 %. Accessories Table 3 Accessories Prod.2.

see figures 3 to 6 for real position of connections). The solar installation does not only take over the larger part of the hot water preparation. which reduces the electricity consumption of the pump (principle representation.3. Single storage system with solar hot water storage cylinder ECOplus and auxil- iary heating by oil or gas boiler. System Solutions . it also in- creases the annual use efficiency of the boiler by avoiding the boiler‘s low summer time efficiency for hot water production. Figure 10 Solar installation for DHW preparation. Single storage system with solar hot water cylinder ECOplus and auxiliary heating with oil or gas boiler. This way a continuous operation of the system can be assured.Examples Figure 9 Solar installation for hot water preparation. 152 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 .

1. The solar cylinder is integrated in the form of a draw-off cylinder and is loaded with priority by the solar controller.solar DHW storage cylinder ECOplus and demand regulated auxiliary heating with oil or gas boiler. The solar controller SUNGO operates the solar circuit pump speed controlled. The monovalent cylinder (only one heat exchanger) serves as preheating tank. This way a continuous operation of the system can be assured. This type of layout can be used with an existing hot water cylinder and is characterized by reduced storage tank and system losses (principle representation. which reduces the electricity consumption of the pump (principle representation. see figures 3 to 6 for real position of connections). The solar en- ergy is distributed optimally to both cylinders by the SUNGO controller. see figures 3 to 6 for real position of connections). depending on solar irradiation and storage tank temperature.2 Figure 11 Solar installation for DHW preparation. Serial connection of ECOplus solar cylinder and monovalent hot water storage. Figure 12 Solar installation for DHW preparation. EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204200 153 . The auxiliary heating with oil or gas boiler also is loaded to the solar cylinder. The auxiliary domestic water heating is regulated by the boiler controller. Single storage system .

Subject to modifications.wagner-solar.com 154 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . 2010 · www. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.

10 bar magnesium connection anode strip Hot water connection. Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 155 . IT 1½" Inlet Solar heat exchanger.INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ECOplus Solar Cylinder Piping Diagram Hot water consumer Optional Backflow CORREX-UP Optional preventer impressed circulation current anode pump Protective Sensor Safety valve. OT ¾" heat exchanger. 1.2 OT 5/4" Convection brake Optional Optional safety subassembly thermostatic Outlet mixing valve Cold water Odor cap supply Auxiliary heating Circulation connection. Drain pipe Cap OT 5/4" Optional immersion Inlet heater. Components with grey background are optional. OT 1" Figure 1 ECOplus solar cylinder sample piping diagram. OT 5/4" Plug IT 1 ½" Outlet Optional Cylinder Optional Drain valve connection kit Storage tank CONVECTROL III connection kit with combi fittings Cold water connection.

160 102 14) with integrated shutoff valve and backflow preventer as well as the piping depicted in fig. and the solar cylinder. In case of 10 bar and higher waterline pres. 1. Collect this water with a siphon funnel and lead away. Assembly 1. The valve must be designed for a blow-off pressure that Solar Cylinder Connections corresponds to the permissible working overpressure of All connections require flat seals. connections (e. sion. the cylinder. 600 l/h). If the suggested circulation control with thermostat and timer cannot be realized because of local circumstances. least at room temperature. Do not install insulation below 20 °C and allow insulation Cold and Hot Water Line stored at cold temperatures to reach room temperature Make sure there is no shutoff between the safety valve before installing. it is also pos. for example.1 Preparation Please install the solar cylinder ECO plus as depicted in Insulation the illustrations and take note of the following important The solar cylinder insulation consists of PU foam with a information first: laminated polystyrene cover layer and hook closure. The circulation return should be integrated between safe- ty subassembly and cold water supply of the thermostatic mixing valve to realize a circuit. In case of polystyrene. the more flexible the PU foam. Service Water Circulation Line When a service water circulation line has been installed. 5/4" – 22 mm) with flat gasket seals. apply the circulation line to the connection (¾" M) at the flange of the drinking water solar cylinder. the breakage tendency drops with sible to use threaded connections (5/4" – 1") or solder a rising temperature. The circulation pump should have a rather low throughput (max. the circulation pump must be controlled with a timer and a thermostat to reduce heat losses. As an alternative to the convection brakes.1. the potable water connections may be subject to corro- sure. The described functions are already integrated in the SUNGO controller. If raised seals are used. We recommend the circulation pump BW152 (Part no. Water drips from the safety valve when the cylinder is heated. Please consult the age behavior of the cover layer. install a pressure reducer behind the water meter. The timer ensures the pump is operated only during those times when hot water is needed. 156 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 . these must be applied at assembly instructions included with the kit. Alternatively use a membrane expansion vessel cer- tified for for use with drinking water. and due to the shrink- TROL III solar cylinder connection kit. ture. The properties of plastics are subject to significant tem- Convection Brake CONVECTROL perature fluctuations! The higher the ambient tempera- The convection brakes are included in the CONVEC.g. The thermostat switches the pump off whenever the temperature in the circulation line exceeds 30 °C.

S 46 S 24 Figure 6 Place gasket between cylinder connection and combined Figure 7 Connect flow and return legs of aux. set aside. 1. 24. set up at installation location. 37. Figure 3 Open insulation at hook closure. If circulation and electrical immersion heater connections are not TROL III in combined connection so that key and slot fit snugly.2 Figure 4 Tilt solar cylinder and insert inner section of the floor insula. The inlet connection. Assure right position when screwing on (TOP marking for the auxiliary heating heat exchanger is at the bottom and the outlet up!). 13. utilized. close off with plug or cap. Figure 5 When installing the convection brakes. heating circuit. wrench).1. secure with wrench S24 at the top (recommended). unscrew solar inder: Wrench sizes 10. insert CONVEC- tion. 30.2 Hydraulic Installation Figure 2 The following tools are required for installing the solar cyl. EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 157 . and monkey wrench (or pipe cylinder from pallet.

tap) at the bottom of the solar cylinder. Figure 9 Connect cold water line (with cold water filling and emptying Please consult the information included with the immersion heater. the solar cylinder instead of the shutoff. the last hot water tapping point as possible. 158 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 . check. Figure 10 Option: Install the safety group in the cold water line above Figure 11 Connect hot water line at top of solar cylinder. install hot water circulation pump ac- temperature.Figure 8 Option: If needed. now install the electrical auxiliary heating. cording to the piping diagram and install the pipe sensor as close to Then insulate pipes. No shutoff between safety subassembly and solar cylinder! Figure 12 Insert thermostatic mixing valve into hot water line to limit Figure 13 Option: If desired. Refer to the markings on the unit for correct connections. and safety valves.

1. first. Table 1 Height of sensor position from floor (mm) Temperature ECOplus ECOplus ECOplus ECOplus sensor 300 400 500 750 Thermost. EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 159 . No reduction needed with CORREX® 5/4" thread. Green light signals correct operation. solar cylinder top sensor 1100 1170 1255 1490 (aux. heat) Figure 14 Screw on the temperature sensor for the solar controller below the terminal bar at the solar cylinder.2 Figure 15 Option: Screw CORREX® impressed current anode into Figure 16 Fasten one cable of the CORREX® electronics device to the socket on lid of solar cylinder. Remove an existing magnesium anode grounding screw and plug the other one into the electrode. Observe the positions given in Table 1. solar cylinder bottom 230 245 250 305 sensor (solar circuit) Thermost. When the light flash- es red consult the operating manual. Figure 17 Option: Install wall socket and plug in CORREX® electron- ics device.

3 Cylinder Insulation After setting up the solar cylinder and before connecting Please do not use tools or tightening straps and do not the potable water. the insu. circulation. and heating lines.. This could damage the lation must be applied at the installation location. i. insulation in place for easier handling. First snap into weakest Figure 21 Insert upper circular insulation panel and attach lid. During Installation: ● Place insulation loosely around solar cylinder and press into place opposite the row of connections. close the hook closure by force. ● Make sure the heat insulation is tightly fitted to the wall of the solar cylinder. 2 1 Figure 18 Now place the insulation ring around the bottom of the Figure 19 For cylinders from 500 l: use wire hook to lock left side of solar cylinder. insulation and diminish its effectiveness. Figure 20 Close insulation with hook closure.1. then tighten alternately. ● Adjust the insulation by tapping with the flat of your hand. ● Retighten the hook closure starting at the top until the heat insulation fits tightly against the cylinder. position. tap or stroke from the rear in the direction of the hook closure until the rows of the hook closure are lined up properly and can be closed by applying slight pressure.e. 160 EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 .

g. ● When connecting to water lines. ● Before filling and commissioning make sure. observe and comply with the corresponding regional and national regula- tions and guidelines as well as the specifications of your water utility or provider.2. Make sure the correct settings are set at the solar controller (max. ● Setup. solar cylinder temperature al. fill solar cylinder with cold water using ply line. electric heater) are tightly closed! ● After the initial startup. Open cock at the hot water side to allow air to escape.2 ready preset with SUNGO S / SL / SXL) and at the boiler controller (max. check all connections (including at Figure 25 Insulate pipes connected to the solar cylinder and press convection brakes). EN-XXX_ECOplus-Solar-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214200 161 . Commissioning ● Please observe the instructions in the “Commissioning the System” manual. circulation connections. temperature in the solar cylinder must not exceed 90 °C. Figure 22 For commissioning. Please consult the solar installation’s operating manual – especially concern- ing frost protection within the solar circuit! Figure 24 After the initial startup. ● The max. and anode screw connection for leaks down insulating tubes firmly onto the insulation of the solar cylinder. flanges. and proper commissioning as well as maintenance of the solar cylinder must be carried out by an accredited company. sleeve for aux. the shutoff valve at the safety group in the cold water supply. check all screw connections and flanges for leaks and retighten as needed. filling draining tap. ● The cylinder must be installed in a frost-free room with short lines to the consumer. and retighten as needed. ● A corresponding water filter meeting current technol- ogy standards is to be installed into the cold water sup. installation. vents. ● Observe regional and national regulations and guide- lines as well as the specifications of your electric utility company when performing electrical connections. that all openings (e. 1. boiler temperature). Figure 23 Thoroughly flush and vent solar and heating circuit. The correct commissioning must be certified on the ac- ceptance and inspection record by a technically trained person to ensure that a warranty claim can be filed should this become necessary.

3 mil- liampere. ● The solar cylinder must be cleaned and serviced at least every 2 years. 2010 · www. Subject to modifications. Maintenance ● The solar system and the solar cylinder must be ser- viced every 2 years. ● The protection anode made from magnesium must be checked after two years and then at regular inter- vals and replaced by a qualified service technician if required. ● The functionality of the safety valve must be checked regularly (once or twice a month) by lifting up as out- lined by DIN 4753 or relevant local regulations. The regular service and maintenance must be certified on the acceptance and inspection record by a technically trained person to ensure that a warranty claim can be filed should this become necessary. Inspect and possibly replace if measurement yields less than 0.3. The ex- haust vent must never be closed or restricted. Unplug cable and measure current with multimeter.com 162 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .wagner-solar. Figure 26 Check the factory-installed magnesium protection anode every two years. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.

Available in two sizes 700 l (160 l domestic water storage) and 1000 l (230 l domestic water storage). Time and space-saving. High Quality thanks to high-grade and environmentally friendly mate- rials. clear visual appearance. CONVECTROL III and horizontal installation of the connection pipes. 1. Flow Flue for effective potable water heating and to reinforce ther- mal stratification in the buffer storage.2 Minimal Heat Losses thanks to tightly fitting. For integration into the heating circuit as return flow booster or hydraulic compensator. Optional Convection Brake CONVECTROL III Technically and hydro dynamically optimized barriers separate the water that cooled in the pipes safely from the hot storage tank water. Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204400 163 . Optional Mounting Kit for Solar Station Mounting kit for the solar circuit unit with minimized pipe work. Produced and inspected in Germany according to Figure 1 The TERMO combi cylinder DIN 4753 and DIN ENV 12977-3. sensor terminal strip. Stable Thermal Stratification due to stabilized cold water inlet and inflow brakes in the buffer storage. Heat losses at pipe connections thus are reduced by up to 50 %. Options for circulation line. Quick Installation with flat-sealing screw connections. electrical immersion heater and cleaning flange.TECHNICAL INFORMATION TERMO Combi Cylinder Tank-In-Tank System using solar energy for hot water and heating support. heat insulation with hook ratchet closure. CFC-free 120-mm polyester fiber fleece jacket insulation. Double Corrosion Protection with high-quality and durable enamel and magnesium protection anode (option: maintenance free impressed current anode). tight 150-mm strong cover lid and 50-/30-mm floor insulation with scratch and impact resis- tant polystyrene shell.

1 l 164 EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204400 . operating temperature 10 bar / 95 °C Total capacity / in auxiliary heating area (above P2) 163 l / 108 l 229 l / 161 l Usable hot water volume 118 l (49 °C) 200 liter (49 °C) with indicated aux. 1) Feature TERMO 700 TERMO 1000 Part No. 130 150 07 130 150 10 h/H Total height (with/without insulation)  1805 mm / 1905 mm 2105 mm / 2205 mm Tilted dimension (without insulation) 1830 mm 2230 mm d/D Diameter (without/with insulation) 750 mm / 990 mm 800 mm / 1040 mm Total weight (with insulation) 230 kg 270 kg Total capacity (without solar heat exchanger) 698 l 982 l Coefficient of performance NL / assoc. 1700 mm Polyester fiber fleece insulation jacket Insulation jacket / outside cover (polystyrol) 120 mm / 1. (1¼" M x 45) 3) 825 mm 890 mm Sleeve for electr. Technical Data Table 1 Technical Data Ident. (1¼" M x 45) . height  745 mm / 133 mm 765 mm / 150 mm Fluid volume of solar heat exchanger 12.6 / 15 kW 3. height 3) 5) 1525 mm / 1100 mm 1840 mm / 1260 mm L/N Aux. heating temp. to DIN 4753 T3 (St 37-2) Permissible working overpressure / perm.2 m² 2. immersion heater (1½" F x 40) 3) 6) I 1100 mm 1260 mm closed with plug. (1¼" M x 45) 3) 5). operating temperature 3 bar / 95 °C Net volume (without DHW part and heat exchanger) 535 l 753 l Auxiliary heating volume (above P2) net 170 l 238 l Heating buffer volume net (between P2 and P4) net 105 l 162 l Solar buffer volume (below P4) net 260 l 353 l O/F Aux. heat flow (P3) / return (P5).63 W/K Solar heat exchanger. smooth pipe. boiler output 1. heat.1.9 l 14. height S/Q Emptying / bleeding (½" F x 33 for filling cock. made from high grade steel (St 37-2). length ca. sensor (inner Ø 15 mm. to DIN EN V 12977-3 7) 9) 2. operation temp. height 1020 mm / 315 mm 1140 mm / 375 mm M Heat return (P4). lenght) 550 mm 700 mm Air vent / ½" IG x 33 for filling tap or manual bleeder Buffer part made from high grade steel (St 37-2). 1400 mm ca.87 W/K 3. welded into buffer cylinder Heat transfer area 2. height 3) 8) J Cleaning and inspection opening (inner diameter) Ø 115 mm E Connection for circulation (OT ¾" x 45) 3) 8) Flange K Brass protection anode acc.4 m² Permissible working overpressure in bar / max. 2) 152 l (60 °C) 256 liter (60 °C) Cold / hot water connections A 1775 mm 2085 mm (stainless steel and brass. aux. 10 bar / 110 °C Pressure loss (with indicated volume flow) 7 mbar (400 l/h) 12 mbar (550 l/h) C/B Solar flow / solar return (1¼" M x 45). temp. OT 1¼" x 45). to DIN 4753 T6 4) Flange U Immersion sleeve f. height) 100 mm / 1680 mm 110 mm / 2010 mm R Flow flue (diameter x height) 500 x 520 mm 540 x 520 mm T Sensor terminal block.3 mm Cover lid (two parts) 100 + 60 mm Bottom (two parts) 50 mm / 30 mm Heat loss rate acc.2 / 20 kW DHW internal cylinder made from high grade steel with high quality enamel acc. primed on outside Permissible working overpressure / perm. heat flow (P1) / return (P2).

flat-sealing 4) For union assembly (1" F). when the aux. to DIN EN 12977-3:2001 D d J 1.2 E P0 K U P1 T P2 P3 Q H P4 h R A O F L M C I P5 N B P6 S Figure 2 Cross section of the TERMO combi cylinder with dimensions marked (see table 1) EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204400 165 . P4. measurements based on DIN ENV 12977-3:2001 3) Pipe thread DIN ISO 228-1 (cyl. insulated installation. and P5 equipped with convection brakes 6) Max. immersion length of immersion heater: 630 mm or 650 mm 7) Measurements acc. removable ground wire 5) Connections P2. electr. Legend for Table 1 1) Dimension indications and identifications from figure 2 2) The volume of hot water that can be drawn from the storage at a temperature of 45 °C. to test reports of the ITW Stuttgart based on DIN ENV 12977-3:2001 8) Cold water and circulation connection inside the cylinder are made from plastic approved for potable hot water (test acc. heating temperature (at cold water temp. to KTW recommendations) 9) Calculated acc. heating section of the storage was heated to the indicated aux.). 10 °C).

The total annual storage losses thus can be reduced by 10 % to 20 %. No. Figure 5 Thermostatic mixer with insulation shell Figure 4 CONVECTROL III combined connection set. Combined connection set standard. 6 connection for circulation. req. internal tank. Accessories Table 2 Accessories Prod. 7 venting flange. 5 protec- tive anode.10 1 9 2 8 7 3 Figure 3 Top view of the storage: 6 1 cold water connection.) 139 000 16 Electric immersion heater 3 kW 139 001 42 Electric immersion heater 6 kW 139 001 43 Electric immersion heater 9 kW 139 001 44 Cylinder mounting kit CIRCO 6 /6E 150 302 01 CORREX-UP impressed current anode 130 101 18 Protective magnesium anode 130 101 25 Thermostatic water mixer (DHW) with insulation shells 150 303 50 3-way actuator switching valve (1" M) 150 470 13 Convection Brake CONVECTROL III The patented and easily installed component separates the water that cooled down in the connection pipes from the hot water contained in the storage. CONVECTROL III 139 002 06 Combined connection set standard 139 000 63 Storage height adjustment units (4 pcs. 8 venting flange. external tank. 10 cleaning flange 2. 4 flange for immersion heater. Figure 6 3-way actuator valve 166 EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204400 . 9 receptacle for temperature 5 sensor. The CONVECTROL III can reduce heat losses at the stor- age connections by up to 50 %. 2 hot water connection. 3 connections at 4 cylinder side (see table 1).

Solar controller Collector field heating mode – aux heating (domestic water) BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve (domestic water) Hot water Cold water Gas boiler Figure 8 Solar installation for hot water heating and heating support.2 Oil. heating V2: 3-way switching valve. EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_TI-100126-11204400 167 . Solar energy for heating is fed to the return pipe of the heating circuit via the 3-way valve Vr. return boost V2: 3-way switching valve. P1: Solar circuit pump V2: 3-way switching valve. Single storage system with combi cylinder TERMO and oil or gas boiler and a mixed heating circuit (hydronic heating system with pipes and radiators). return boost Solar controller Collector field M1: Heating circuit mixer BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve (domestic water) Hot Water Cold Water 1. The switching valve V2 for heating mode or hot water heating is located within the flow pipe of the heat source.3. System Solutions – Examples P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump P3: Pump for domestic water aux. Solar energy for heating is fed to the return pipe of the heating circuit via the 3-way valve Vr. Potable water is heated in the corrosion-resistant inner container of the combination cylinder.or gas boiler Figure 7 Solar installation for hot water heating and heating support. A storage system with combination cylinder TERMO. a gas hot water heater and hydronic heating circuit.

heating M1: Heating circuit mixer V2: 3-way switching valve. The oil/gas boiler then has to supply much less heat – or none at all.or gas boiler Figure 10 Solar installation for hot water heating and heating support. 2010 · www. an oil or gas boiler or a solid fuel boiler. The buffer volume of the TERMO reduces partial load operation and irregular clocking of the pellet boiler. and the entire combination cylinder is loaded. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. return temperature BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve (domestic water) Hot water Cold water Figure 9 Solar installation for hot water heating and heating support.wagner-solar. Single storage system with combi cylinder TERMO. During solid fuel operation mode. a pellet boiler and a hydronic mixed heating circuit.com 168 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . the three-way switching valve Vr switches from position AB-B to AB-A. During oil/gas operation mode and sufficient solar energy. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump P3: Pump for domestic water aux. the heating return is routed through the combi cylinder. return boost V2: 3-way switching valve for oil/gas boiler bypass Collector field during solid fuel operation Solar controller KAG: Boiler connection group with return flow temperature increase BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve (domestic water) Hot water Cold water Relay Solid fuel boiler Oil. The oil/gas boiler is then circumvented via valve V3. To achieve this. the relay RL is used to switch valve Vr to position AB-A. The combination cylinder is integrated into the heating system like a hydraulic bypass. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Boiler circuit pump P3: Heating circuit pump Solar controller Collector field M1: Heating circuit mixer Vm: Thermostatic mixing valve for keeping the min. Subject to modifications. Single storage system with combination cylinder TERMO.

CW.INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TERMO Combi Cylinder Circulation pump Hot water Top view TERMO Combi Cylinder Return-flow Safety valve 10 bar check valve HW Cold water filling-and- draining tap CW 1. ET 1¼" external thread ¾" Receptacle Ø 15 mm P1 Magnesium anode Convection brakes P2 P3 Caps.2 Safety unit Domestic water mixer Cold water feed Cold water filling-and-draining tap Drain pipe for venting Air trap Circulation. Socket for internal thread 1¼" electrical heating element P4 Thermostatic Threaded joints mixing valve on 22 mm copper pipe Solar heat exchanger P5 Cold water filling-and-draining tap Figure 1 TERMO Combi Cylinder connection diagram for the system solution example “Return-flow temperature boost”. HW. Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 169 .

The functions described are and 1 fleece strip). by your electricity provider must be adhered to. Prior to installation. An in-tank tube is mounted in the flange of the domestic tion set. already integrated into the SUNGO SXL controller. trol with the thermostat and timer. creasing temperature. The cir- culation pump should be operated with a flow as low as For polystyrene the tendency to break decreases with in- possible.1. As an alternative to the convection brakes. The expansion ves. The timer ensures that the pump only runs when fleece with polystyrene cover layer and a hook closure). In order to avoid damage to the inner tank. Contact our technical office on tel. If a domestic water circulation pipe has been installed. please follow the instructions included with the connec. The circulation should be integrated between the safety unit and the domestic hot water mixer in order to achieve a cycle. are correct. connecting the auxiliary-heating sensor. Installation 1. During operation. ● For the water connection the relevant regional and country regulations and recommendations and the Safety Valve and Expansion Vessel regulations stipulated by your water supplier must be Make sure that the safety valve in the heating circuit has a complied with. hot water is required. ● The sacrificial magnesium anode must be checked and der temperature in the SUNGO S/SL/SXL is set in the fac. a siphon funnel connected to the drain. the SUNGO SL or SXL (not available everywhere) can be used. ● An appropriate state-of-the-art water filter must be in- stalled properly commissioned in the cold water feed Domestic Water Circulation Pipe pipe. for example. functioning by airing. the circulation pump must under all circumstances be con. water storage tank for this purpose. Temperature Limitation ● Cleaning of the cylinder and a system check should be The temperature in the cylinder must not exceed 95 °C. For The convection brakes are contained in the CONVEC. flat-sealing 5/4" – 1" threaded or soldered return-flow temperature boost or for acting as a hydraulic connections. e. Check that the settings on the solar controller (max. Install a pressure reducer behind the flow meter the cylinder must be carried out by a certified specialist where water-pipe pressure is 10 bar and above. The vent-valve opening must nev- er be closed off or constricted. and the cylinder. The thermostat always switches the the ground insulation (insulating ring and ground insula- pump off when the temperature in the circulation pipe tion disk) and the cover insulation (2 cover insulation disks exceeds. insu- 160 102 14) with integrated shut-off valve and return-flow lations stored in cold must be warmed to room tempera- check valve. carried out every 2 years. company. Insulation trolled via a timer and a thermostat. it is essential to note the follow. 5/4" – 22 mm can be used. in order to reduce heat The cylinder insulation consists of the jacket (polyester losses. It is normal that water drips from the safety valve when the ● The system must be installed in a frost-proof room with cylinder is heated and no expansion vessel for the domes. The valve must be configured for a blow-off pressure General Safety Information matching the permissible excess operating pressure of the ● Setting-up. switch. affix the circulation pipe ing important information: to the connection (¾" external thread) on the flange of the drinking water storage tank. ture. boiler temperature) vals after that. Don’t install insulations at temperatures below 20 °C. follow the installa- TROL  III cylinder connection set. always trans- port the TERMO cylinder in an upright position! Controller The auxiliary heater for the back-up part of the TERMO CONVECTROL III Convection Brake Combi Cylinder is regulated by the heating controller. renewed if necessary after 2 years and at regular inter- tory) and the boiler controller (max. +49 6421 Hot and Cold Water Pipe 8007-0 to find out which is the ideal type of controller for Make sure that there is no cutoff between the safety valve your applications. the relevant regional and sel must be large enough to also accommodate the heat country regulations as well as the regulations stipulated expansion of the cylinder’s buffer volume (see table 2). ● For electrical connections. tion instructions provided by the controller manufacturer.g. there must be no cutoff between the ● The safety valve must be checked regularly for proper expansion vessel and the cylinder. installation and correct commissioning of cylinder. combi-fittings For regulating the solar-heating system and control of the 5/4" – 22mm. please follow the pictorial instruc. connected as in figure1. 170 EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 . cylin. 30 °C. tic water circuit is in place. short pipe-work runs to the consumer. Channel this water away using ● The heating circuits must be diffusion-proof. We recommend the BW152 circulation pump (Article No. When installing them. maximum blow-off pressure of 3 bar. If it is not possible to set up the proposed circulation con- tions.1 Preparation To install the cylinder.

1. EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 171 . 24. wrench) and Phillips screwdriver.2 Hydraulic Installation Figure 2 You need the following tools to assemble the solar cylinder: Figure 3 Open insulation at ratchet closing strip. 19. valve wrench (or pipe cylinder from pallet and set up in required location. put aside. 30. 37. Figure 7 Place gasket between cylinder connection and combined TROL III in combined connection so that key and slot fit snugly. connection. Assure right position when screwing on (TOP marking up!). S 46 S 24 Figure 6 When installing the convection brakes. Figure 5 Screw the cold water filling-and-draining tap into the bottom connection. secure with wrench S24.2 Figure 4 Slightly tip cylinder and insert bottom insulation disk. unscrew open-ended spanner SW 13. insert CONVEC. 1.

install drinking water circulation pump pipe to limit the temperature. See attached notice for connection con. non-return and safety valves. the cylinder instead of the stop. and connect left (red mark. in accordance with the connection diagram and mount the clamp-on figuration. No shut- off between the safety unit and the cylinder! H = hot C = cold Flow direction Mix = Mixing temperature Figure 10 Option: Insert thermostatic mixing valve in the hot water Figure 11 Option: If desired.Figure 8 Install elbow pieces flat sealing. electric installation refer to the manual included with the heating ele- ment. Figure 12 Screw the cold water filling-and-draining venting tap onto Figure 13 Option: If necessary. install electric auxiliary heating. pipe temperature sensor as close to the last hot water tapping location as possible. Figure 9 Optional: Install the safety unit in the cold water pipe above ing) to hot and right (blue marking) to cold water. For the cover at the top. 172 EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 . Then insulate the pipe work. slide on hose and secure with a pipe clamp.

Figure 14 Connect the solar circuit to the inlet and return pipes. The Figure 15 Option: With “Return-flow temperature boost” system solu- inlet for the heat exchanger in the solar-heating circuit is at the top and tion install the switch-over valve as per connection diagram (Figure 1).5 bar 130 l 185 l 3 bar 1. EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 173 . Insert the sensor for the auxiliary heater into the in-tank tube on the flange. Table 1 Position of Temperature Sensor on the Cylinder Temp.2 Figure 16 Depending on which system you have. the outlet at the bottom.5 bar 1.5 bar 80 l 110 l Observe manual of external anode.5 bar 1.0 bar 65 l 95 l 2. the cylinder clamp bar tight (see table 2 for positions). Make sure that the contact is good. Attach one cable to grounding screw and plug the other onto the electrode. 3 bar 1.0 bar 50 l 70 l Figure 18 Option: CORREX® anode. sensor Height of sensor position from the floor in mm TERMO 700 TERMO 1000 T (bottom) 220 240 T (centre) 900 980 T (top) 1200 1400 Auxiliary heater Receptacle in flange Table 2 Additional Volume for Expansion Vessel in Heating Circuit Blow-off pressure Admission TERMO of heating-circuit pressure (Nominal volume in l) safety valve (= filling pressure) 700 1000 2. mount the other Figure 17 Screw the temperature sensor for the solar controller under connections or screw on the caps. 1.

read the operating be installed in the heating circuit (see table 2). fill and vent the solar-heating circuit. first connect the To do this. If the green light comes on after the cylinder has the contents of the storage tank. instructions for further information. first fill the drinking water storage tank. Figure 24 Thoroughly rinse. 174 EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 . a suitably sized expansion vessel must been filled. Please adhere to the operating instructions for commissioning the system.Figure 19 Option: Install electrical socket and plug in the CORREX Figure 20 Please note that in order to accommodate the expansion of electronic device. Figure 21 For commissioning. Figure 23 Open fill and drain valve on top to remove air. hose and let the water flow in. everything is OK. first open the stopcock of the safety unit and then turn on cold water filling-and-draining tap at the bottom of the cylinder to a the tap on the hot water side so that air can escape. Figure 22 For commissioning the buffer storage tank. If a red light flashes.

EN-XXX_TERMO-Combi-Cylinder_MA-100127-11214400 175 . lation tightly fits the cylinder. ● Loosely place insulation jacket around the cylinder. into the loosest slot position and then gradually tighten. First slot for easier handling. ● Adjust insulation jacket by thumping it with your flat hand. the insulation has to be ● Make sure that insulation is fitted tightly to cylinder wall mounted at the installation location before installing the ● Tighten hook closure from top to bottom until the insu- drinking water. the closing strip violently.3 Storage Cylinder Insulation After setting up the cylinder. and Please don’t use tools or tightening straps and don’t close securely press against cylinder on opposite side of con. thump or stroke from rear to front in the direction of the hook closure. No. If necessary. 2 1 Figure 27 Use included wire hook to lock left side of insulation in place Figure 28 Close the insulation with the front hook closure. until the two sides of closing strip are so close to each other that they can be closed with slight pressure 1.2 Figure 25 Now position the insulating ring around the bottom of the Figure 26 Lock in the hook closure on the insulation jacket opposite cylinder. and reduced effectiveness of the insulation.1. use the mounting accessory (Art. 130 00 239) or secure the hooked strip with screws. the connections. since this might result in damage nections. circulation and heating circuits.

Figure 29 Place fleece insulation into the space between cover lid and Figure 30 Insert both cover insulation discs and put on the cover. Insu-
insulation jacket, waterproof surface on outside. late all connected pipe work and press insulating hose firmly onto the
storage-tank insulation.

2. Start-Up
● First fill the domestic water storage tank If the desired hot water temperature is frequently not
In order to avoid damage caused by excess-pressure (wa- reached during operation, set the required temperature
ter hammer), it is essential to fill the domestic water stor- for the auxiliary heater at a higher level.
age tank first. Only after filling the drinking water storage ● Vent the cylinder again
tank you should fill the heating part. Check the hot- and Generally required to remove remaining air from circuit
cold water connections to the cylinder for air and water (s. fig. 23). Then replace the insulation lid.
tightness. ● Complete the acceptance report
● Fill the heating circuit Correct commissioning must be certified in the accep-
Open the vent tap on the storage tank (figure 23). If water tance report by an expert, so that in the case of any com-
flows out, close the tap. Depending on the water pressure plaint you can make a claim under the guarantee.
and the size of the storage tank, it can take between half
an hour and two hours to fill the tank.
● Commissioning the solar-heatig system 3. Maintenance
Please follow the instructions for commissioning the sys-
tem. Maintenance of the cylinder and the solar-heating system
● Check all cylinder screws for tightness! should be carried out at intervals of 2 years.
Check that all connections on the cylinder and flange are ● Venting the cylinder.
airtight and watertight and tighten where required. See “Commissioning“ for individual steps.
● Setting heater control ● Check the sacrificial magnesium anode
Mount the auxiliary-heating temperature sensor in the im- See figure 32 for individual steps.
mersion pocket on the flange of the domestic water stor- ● Complete the service report
age tank. Set the required auxiliary-heater temperature on Correct servicing must be certified in the servicing report
the heating controls in accordance with the manufacturer’s by an expert, so that in the case of any complaint you can
instructions. make a claim under the guarantee.

Figure 31 After commissioning the System check all connections (in- Figure 32 Check factory installed sacrificial magnesium anode every
cluding convection brakes), flanges, anode and screwings for tight- 2 years. Remove cable and measure the current with multimeter: Less
ness, and tighten if required. than 0.3 milliampere = check anode and renew if necessary.

Subject to modifications, errors excepted · © Wagner & Co, 2010 · www.wagner-solar.com
176 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎
+49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

RATIO Buffer Cylinder

Versatile Applications
● Steel storage for space heating and solar thermal in-
stallations.
● Optionally with up to 2 plain-pipe heat exchanger coils
● Option for electrical immersion heater
● Hydronic versatility with many connections
● Prepared for installation of a freshwater unit (DHW
preparation by flow-through principle)

Energetically Optimized
● Close fitting environmentally compatible polyester fi- 1.2
ber fleece jacket insulation
● 100 or 120 mm thick insulation
● Exceptionally low connection losses with the
CONVECTROL III convection brakes (accessory)
● With vertical heat conductor sheet and deflector plate
to support stable stratification

Simple Installation
● Flat sealing 1¼" connections
● Storage connection kit with combined fittings for sol-
der or pressing connections available as accessory
● Flexible polyester fleece for easy fitting of insulation
● Sensor connection bar for variable sensor positions
● Ratchet hook closure
● Storage insulation can be removed

Robust and Durable
● Scratch and impact resistant polystyrene shell
● Made in Germany acc. to DIN 4753

Figure 1 RATIO buffer cylinder

Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090 177

1. Technical Data
Table 1 300-G 1) 500-G 1) 700 / 1000 / 1500 /
Features 700-2G 2) 1000-2G 2) 1500-G 1)
130 102 80 / 130 102 84 / 130 102 86 /
Product no.: 130 102 85 130 102 81
130 102 82 130 102 83 130 102 87
Material High quality steel St 37-2 (inside untreated, outside primed)
1451 mm / 1765 mm / 1655 mm / 2147 mm / 2055 mm /
Total height, without / with Insulation jacket
1506 mm 1840 mm 1730 mm 2222 mm 2130 mm
550 mm / 650 mm / 790 mm / 800 mm / 1000 mm /
Diameter without / with insulation
750 mm 850 mm 1030 mm 1040 mm 1240 mm
Max. tilted height 1550 mm 1810 mm 1720 mm 2210 mm 2160 mm
Weight of tank (without insulation) 91 kg 125 kg 109 kg / 168 kg 153 kg / 237 kg 205 kg / 265 kg
Total net capacity 296 l 513 l 719 l / 690 l 980 l / 939 l 1443 l / 1413 l
Volume fraction, above layer A
138 l 136 l 299 l / 229 l 369 l / 307 l 488 l
(compare figures 3 - 7)
Max. operation pressure 3 bar
Max. operation temperature 90 °C
Heat insulation Lid and jacket 100 mm Lid and jacket 120 mm
(Polyester fiber fleece, polystyrene exterior) bottom 50 mm bottom 50 mm
Heat loss rate 3.1 W/K 3.2 W/K 3.3 W/K 3.7 W/K 4.4 W/K
Connection stubs, vertical row 7 - 11 pipe threads DIN ISO 228-1 (cylindrical, flat sealing), G 1¼"
RATIOfresh 200 /
RATIOfresh 200, RATIOfresh 200 RATIOfresh 200
Attachment of freshwater unit (optional) RATIOfresh 200 RATIOfresh 200
and 250/400 and 250/400 and 250/400
and 250/400
Optional Solar Coil Heat Exchanger 300-G 500-G 700-2G 1000-2G 1500-G
Material High quality steel St 37-2
Heat exchanger surface 1.38 m² 1.96 m² 2.16 m² 3.45 m² 3.45 m²
Liquid volume 8.67 l 12.31 l 13.76 l 21.67 l 21.67 l
1.4 mbar 3.5 mbar 8.2 mbar 17.3 mbar 24 mbar
Pressure drop at 40 °C with 40 % DC20
at 250 l/h at 350 l/h at 500 l/h at 600 l/h at 700 l/h
Max. operational pressure 10 bar
up to up to up to up to up to
Recommended total collector surface
approx. 8 m² approx. 11 m² approx. 12 m² approx. 20 m² approx. 20 m²
Option Aux. Coil Heat Exchanger 700-2G 1000-2G
Material High quality steel St 37-2
Heat exchanger surface 1.29 m² 1.51 m²
Liquid volume 8.23 l 9.49 l
Pressure drop at 60 °C and 800 l/h 13 mbar 15 mbar
Max. operation pressure 10 bar
Max. continuous thermal power output 14 kW 16 kW
1) G = Model with solar heat exchanger
2) 2G = Model with solar heat exchanger and aux. heat exchanger coil

3

4
2

1

5

Figure 2 RATIO buffer cylinder – view from top:
1 Connection stub (row, 7-11 pieces) 1 ¼" M; 2 Sensor connection
bar; 3 Connection stubs top 1 ¼" M; 4 Threaded socket for electri-
6 cal immersion heater; 5 Fixing bolts for storage add-ons; 6 Hoisting
loop

178 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090

750
G5/4”

550

A
G11/2”

1451
1321
1156
1.2
776
650
280
180
95

Figure 3 RATIO 300-G cross-section with dimensions;
A = reference plain in table 1 for aux. heating volume, connection row on right side 1¼" M.

850
G5/4”

A

650

G11/2”
1765
1618
1513
1260
1160
960
880
760
290
210
112

Figure 4 RATIO 500-G cross-section with dimensions;
A = reference plain in table 1 for aux. heating volume, connection row on right side 1¼" M.

EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090 179

1030

G5/4”

A

1653
790

1480
G11/2”

1400
1315
1015
935
850
815
700
495
300
220
140

Figure 5 RATIO 700 and 700-2G cross-section with dimensions;
A = reference plain in table 1 for aux. heating volume, connection row on right side 1¼" M.

1040
G5/4”

A

800

G11/2”
2147
1971
1866
1780
1400
1301
1201
1041
801
331
251
141

Figure 6 RATIO 1000 and 1000-2G cross-section with dimensions;
A = reference plain in table 1 for aux. heating volume, connection row on right side 1¼" M.

180 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090

1240

G5/4”

A

G11/2”

1000

2055
1825
1720
1.2

1280
1180
900
780
385
305
195

Figure 7 RATIO 1500 and 1500-G cross-section with dimensions;
A = reference plain in table 1 for aux. heating volume, connection row on right side 1¼" M.

Figure 8 Lower storage section (cut) with internal flow guide deflec-
tor plate.

EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090 181

2. Accessories
Table 2 Accessories Prod. No.
Combined connection set standard
139 002 06
with CONVECTROL III
Combined connection set standard 139 000 63
Storage height adjustment unit (for 300- and 500 l
139 000 16
version 3, for all others 4 are required)
Electrical immersion heater 3 kW 139 001 42
Electrical immersion heater 6 kW 139 001 46
Electrical immersion heater 9 kW 139 001 44
Tank mounting kit for RATIOfresh units 250/400 * 139 000 28
Tank mounting kit for RATIOfresh unit 200 139 002 42
Tank mounting kit for CIRCO 6 / 6E 150 302 01
3 way actuator valve (1" M) with insulation shells 150 303 51
* Cannot be used with RATIO 300-G, 700

Convection Brake CONVECTROL III
The patented and easily installed component separates
the water that cooled down in the connection pipes from
the hot water contained in the storage.
The CONVECTROL III can reduce heat losses at the stor-
age connections by up to 50 %. The total annual storage
losses thus can be reduced by 10 % to 20 %.

Figure 9 RATIO buffer cylinder with attached RATIOfresh 250

Figure 10 CONVECTROL III combined fittings.

182 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090

3. System Solutions Examples

P1: Pump, solar circuit
P2: Pump, heating circuit

Output

Inputs
P3: Pump, aux. heating DHW
P4: Pump, RATIOfresh primary circuit
P5: Pump: DHW recirculation
Collector field
M1: Mixer, heating circuit

Oil- or gas
boiler
1.2

Recirculation

Cold water

Hot water

Figure 11 Solar Installation for DHW preparation using the hygienic flow-through heating principle. System solution with RATIO buffer cylinder,
freshwater unit RATIOfresh 250/400 and an oil- or gas boiler. The controller of the freshwater unit assures constant hot-water tapping tempera-
tures and controls the recirculation pump. The performance control of the freshwater unit also assures low temperatures for the buffer storage
return, thus increasing the solar yield.

P1: Pump, solar circuit SUNGO SXL, system 1211
P2: Pump, heating circuit
Outputs

Inputs

P3: Pump, aux. heating DHW
P4: Pump, RATIOfresh primary circuit

M1: Mixer, heating circuit Collector field
V1: 3-way actuator valve, storage loading

HW: Hydronic switch

Recirculation

Cold water

Hot water

Figure 12 Solar installation for DHW preparation and space heating support: System solution with RATIO buffer cylinder and freshwater unit
RATIOfresh 250/400 and a gas boiler in a mixed heating circuit. DHW preparation uses the hygienic flow-through heating principle. Solar energy
is utilized for the heating circuit by means of return boost.

EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_TI-100722-1WA10090 183

P1: Pump, solar circuit SUNGO SXL, system 1221
P2: Pump, heating circuit

Outputs

Inputs
P3: Pump, aux. DHW heating via buffer

M1: Mixer, heating circuit Collector field
V1: 3-way actuator valve, storage loading
V2: 3-way actuator valve, return boost
V3: 2-way valve parallel to P3, closed when power off
V4: Thermostatic mixing valve

HW: Hydronic switch

Hot water

Cold water

Figure 13 Solar installation for DHW preparation and space heating support: 2-storage system with ECOplus solar DHW cylinder, RATIO buffer
cylinder, gas boiler and mixed heating circuit. The solar energy is optimally distributed to both storages by the solar controller. It is utilized for the
heating circuit by means of return boost. Additional solar heat from the buffer is available for DHW.

P1: Pump, solar circuit, primary SUNGO SXL, system 1212
P2: Pump, solar circuit, secondary
Outputs

Inputs

P3: Pump, solid fuel boiler circuit

P4: Pump, heating circuit
P5: Pump, RATIOfresh primary circuit Collector field
P6: Pump: DHW recirculation

M1: Mixer, heating circuit
V1: Thermostatic mixing valve
for keeping a minimum return temperature

PWT: Plate heat exchanger Recirculation

Cold water

Hot water

Solid fuel
boiler

PWT

Figure 14 System solution with RATIO buffer cylinder, freshwater unit RATIOfresh 250/400, solid fuel boiler, mixed heating circuit and larger
collector surface. DHW preparation by flow-through heating. Solar energy is loaded to the buffer cylinder via a powerful plate heat exchanger.
The solid fuel boiler utilizes the entire buffer volume. With a built in electrical immersion heater the heating operation can be assured during a
longer absence.

Subject to modifications, errors excepted · © Wagner & Co, 2010 · www.wagner-solar.com
184 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎
+49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

RATIO Buffer Cylinder

1.2

Figure 1 Cross section of RATIO buffer cylinder

Content
1. General Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 4. Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.1 Signs and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 4.1 Filling, Venting and Pressure Testing . . . . . 190
1.2 Standards and Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 4.2 Flushing the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
1.3 Qualification of the Installer . . . . . . . . . 186 4.3 Settings at Storage and Solar Controller . . . . 190
1.4 Intended Use and Application . . . . . . . . 186 4.4 Completing the Acceptance Protocol . . . . . 190
1.5 Recycling Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 5. Fitting the Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
2. Scope of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 6. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 7. Care and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.1 Setting up the Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . 188
3.2 Connecting the Heating Circuit . . . . . . . . 188
3.3 Connecting the Solar Circuit . . . . . . . . . 189
3.4 Connecting Aux. DHW Heating Circuit. . . . . 189
3.5 Installing the Immersion Heater . . . . . . . . 189

Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 185

The ground underneath the storage must be dry and have a sufficient structural carrying capacity! 1.0 bar 40 55 85 105 135 of you electric utility company. 1.1 Signs and Symbols Setup.g. The heating circuit has to be equipped with a sufficiently sized membrane expansion vessel (see table 1). The storage must only be filled with water and it has to be CAUTION against possible property damage secured with a 3-bar safety valve without shutoff mecha- nism. 186 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 . At the end of an installation's operational lifetime the valu- ● DIN 1988: Technical rules for installing potable water able materials should be recycled in an environmentally systems.: 1. ties: ● Observe all relevant regulations when connecting the ● Installation of an electrical immersion heater storage to the domestic water and heating circuits as ● Attachment of a RATIOfresh freshwater unit well as all regulations pertinent to the electric connec.Part 3: Efficiency tests of storage tanks for solar heating systems.1. ● EN V 12977-3: Thermal solar installations and compo- nents . If no recycling option exists. Wagner & Co ● DVGW 551/552: Potable water heating and conduits: will take the scrap material back.5 bar 60 80 125 155 200 safety valve must be checked regularly by test-venting as outlined for example in DIN 4753. Note that in case of a warranty claim the warranty is only tion manual. 2. It is not suitable for DHW storage. circuit vessel [l]) ● Please take care.4 Intended Use and Application DANGER of possibly serious personal injury The steel storage tank is designed for use in closed heat- ing.3 Qualification of the Installer 1. RATIO existing laws and regulations of the EU countries.5 Recycling Note ● DIN 4753: Water heater and water heating systems for potable and process water.5 bar 1. such as e. They relate to specific safety information and valid if the correct startup was certified in the acceptance important additional information. The functionality of the 3 bar 1. The following symbols are used throughout this instruc. ● EC Declaration of Conformity: this solar buffer cylinder was designed and manufactured in accordance with Safety valve Prim.5 bar 80 125 200 250 320 ● Please also make sure that the electric connection is in accordance to local regulations and specifications 3 bar 1. growth. please comply with ● Connection to a solar thermal installation via plain pipe the information of the device manufacturer. that the connection to the drinking water supply is performed in compliance with local 300 500 700 1000 1500 regulations and recommendations and the specifica. sound manner.The blowing-off The RATIO buffer cylinder offers the following possibili- vent must never be closed or restricted.5 bar 1. Please contact us if you Technical measure to reduce Legionella bacteria have questions. General Safety Notes 1. NOTE for additional information The storage must be set up in a frost-proof room.and solar circuits. installation and startup of the storage must be car- ried out by a registered professional installer.2 Standards and Codes Table 1 Additional Volume Required for Expansion Vessel in Heating Circuit. heat exchanger coil (storage types G and 2G) Please make sure to note the relevant national and inter- national standards. 2. heat exchanger coil (storage types 2G) ● When installing an auxiliary heater.0 bar 50 70 105 135 170 tions of your water utility or provider. Please observe their protocol by a professional and proof of regular mainte- meaning nance can be presented. in heating pressure (Additional nominal volume of exp. ● Connection of auxiliary DHW heating via a plain-pipe tions of a controller.

Item Qty. continued No. depending on storage type 6 Storage lid 1 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 187 .2. Table 2 Scope of Supply Table 2.2 1 2 3 11 9 10 Figure 2 Components of the storage: see table 2 for legend of the position numbers. 7 Lid insulation 1 1 Storage with 1¼".connection stub row 1 8 Upper insulation filler 1 2 Jacket insulation 1-3 * 9 Outer floor insulation ring 1 3 Hook closure strip 1-3 * 10 inner floor insulation 1 4 Insulation plugs 4 Bottom finish strap (integrated in insulation jacket 11 1-3 * with some storage types) 5 Insulation installation tools 2 * Different number. Scope of Supply 6 7 8 5 4 1.

188 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 . 3 Com- bined connection 1¼".3. make sure that key nection of the upper rounded head of the storage . 4 CONVECTROL III convection brake. 3 ● Positioning the storage tank for easy piping.4. bined connection. technical data and sample schemes of typical system solutions. blowing-off pressure of 3 bar! ● Installation of a filling and emptying tap at the lowest storage connection (see figure 4. To reduce heat losses we recommend to use the CONVECTROL III connec- tion sets ) see figure 4. 3. Figure 5 When installing the convection brakes.g. no. 7 Filling and emptying tap. Installation Technical information that might be relevant for the instal- lation of the storage is published in the “Technical Infor- mation Ratio Buffer Cylinder”.'s 2 to 5) as seen in figures 5 and 6. no. 2 ● To lay in the bottom insulation tilt the tank 8 6 7 Figure 3 Tilt the storage to insert the inner floor insulation Figure 4 Connection example for a solar installation with space heat- ing support via return boost: 1 Storage. 1WA10090). 8). 2 Swivel nut 1¼". ● Installation of venting device (e. 6 3-way diverter valve. 7). 3. no. ● Close the unused connections with 1¼" caps (see fig- ure 4. ● Installation of a safety valve in the heating circuit with a max.2 to 3. The original gaskets from our connection sets should be used or alter- natively gaskets of identical quality. 8 Cap 1¼". These include cutaways. remove packing film and transport to the installation location (weight 5 up to 256 kg!). All storage connection stubs are cylindrical and designed for use with special heat resistant flat gaskets.for and slot are aligned when inserting the CONVECTROL III into the com- air release when filling the tank.2 Connecting the Heating Circuit ● Then make connections using the flat gaskets especial- ly approved for this application. a tap) at the 1¼" con. 1 When using the buffer cylinder with a RATIOcompact System refer to the separate RATIOcompact installation instructions in place of the chapters 3. 5 Flat gasket 1¼". (file no.1 Setting up the Storage ● Unscrew the storage from the palette. For hoisting the tank can be lifted at the 4 foot ring and the hoisting ring at the top.

5 Connection of Immersion Heater A series of electrical immersion heaters is optionally avail- able.3 Connecting the Solar Circuit Connect the solar circuit to the storage versions G and G2 as follows: ● Connect the solar flow to the upper connection stub of the solar heat exchanger coil and the return to the lower. Figure 7 Membrane expansion vessel (MEV) with upstream capped ● Screw the heater into the 1½" socket (see figure 9).2 Circuit Connect the aux. approx. resistant cable (min.4 Connecting the Aux. ● Attach a temperature sensor for the aux. up to 95 °C) must be used when sion vessel (MEV) that can take up the thermal expan. Caution: Risk of scalding! ● Attach the temperature sensor 15 cm above the centre of the solar return. 150 marking up!) and secure with open spanner S 24. Assure correct position when tightening (TOP sensor at a storage with integrated solar heat exchanger. Temperatures of up to 95 °C are possible with connected solar installation. valve for easier checking of the primary pressure. heating circuit to upper heat exchanger coil with flat sealing gaskets. 3. heating con- trol to the sensor connection bar in appropriate height (fix in the same way as solar sensor in figure 8). DHW Heating 1. sion of the storage content (see table 1). 3. Figure 8 Use the sensor connection bar to attach the temperature bined connection. For ease of maintenance we recommend the downstream installa- tion of a capped valve (see figure 7). place sensor and snap in connection bar again (see figure 8) Figure 9 Screw in the immersion heater EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 189 . DHW circuit to the storage versions G2 as follows: ● Connect aux. S 46 2 150 1 3 S 24 Figure 6 Place gasket between storage connection stub and com. mm above the solar return 3. laying the cable under the insulation jacket. Hereunto observe the additional information in the heater's instruction. ● Laying the mains cable of the electrical heater: a heat ● Connection of a sufficiently sized membrane expan. To this end slightly loosen the sensor connection bar.

When a RATIOfresh freshwater unit is used for DHW prep- aration. Do not therefore install the insulation jacket at temper- ● When the system is flushed. Do not use additional tools or tightening straps and do ● We recommend to install a dirt retainer at an appropri. it consists of 1 to 3 sections. ● Afterwards vent the storage once again. If an immersion heater is used. the more flexible the polystyrene surface. Start-Up 5. hook closure strip. The higher the ambient temperature. temperature while monitoring the opera- tional pressure. Non-compliance may render all warranties void. no. ● Examine all connections and flanges for leak tightness. This could damage ate position within the heating circuit.4 Completing the Acceptance Protocol Note: The correct installation and startup must be certi- fied in the acceptance protocol by a licensed profession- al.2 Filling. Venting and Pressure be prepared for placing the heater's controller case: ● Use a cardboard cutter to cut out and remove the poly- Testing styrene finish along the pre-cut line (figure 10) ● Fill the storage with water at the lower filling tap. not close the hook closure by force. retighten if required. with reduced risk 4. 7). For the installation of the aux. the insulation jacket must 4. Max. Allow insulation jackets that were to be inserted to remove remaining particles from the stored in a close place to warm up to room temperature! piping. the aux. 4. heating sensor the instructions of the controller Figure 10 Remove the pre-cut immersion heater opening from the manufacturer have to be observed. so that all air trapped in the pipes is allowed to escape. appropriate strainers have atures below 20 °C. Release air using the 11) vent at the upper rounded head. 4. ● Also remove the pre-cut insulation underneath (figure pressure 3 bar (figure 4.1 Flushing the System of breaking. the insulation and diminish its effectiveness. heating of the storage standby-section is controlled by the boiler controller. ● Afterwards close the vent and heat up the storage.3 Settings at Boiler and Solar Controller For settings at the boiler and the solar controller (if ap- plicable) the max. Fitting the Insulation Before beginning with start-up procedures the correct Insulation jacket made of polyester fiber fleece with installation according to safety regulations should be scratch and impact resistant polystyrene finish and a checked again. Depending on the type. polystyrene finish of the insulation. ide- ally to max.4. Figure 11 Remove the pre-cut section of the insulation jacket 190 EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 . temperature for storage loading must nut exceed 95 °C.

the cut-out section first has to be slid over the heater (see figure 12) ● In case of a one-part insulation jacket. 2 1 1 2 Figure 12 First slide the cut-out opening of the insulation over the Figure 13 Wire hooks as installation support for the insulation jacket: immersion heater. ● Install insulation plugs ● Place upper insulation filler and upper lid insulation ● Place storage lid. secure the left section of the insulation at the connection stubs and then close slide the right insulation section into the hook closure. connect sections at hook closure. ● If an immersion heater is installed (EHK). tion jacket: put the rubber strap over the respective S-hook and lock right insulation section into the hook closure.'s 2 to 11): ● First. ● Fasten the bottom finish with velcro strap (only re- quired for some cylinder types) * If a RATIOcompact unit is attached directly to the stor- age. no. 1. then lock hook closure.2 Install the storage insulation as follows (parts depend on storage type. see figure 2. EN-XXX_RATIO-Buffer-Cylinder_MA-100812-1WA10089 191 . place outer floor insulating ring around the bot- tom of the buffer cylinder. ● In case of insulation jackets consisting of several sec- tions. until the Figure 14 S-hook with rubber strap as installation tool for the insula- heat insulation fits tightly against the cylinder. close hooks at connection row last. lay insulation around the cylinder and close hook closure.* ● Depending on the storage type. the hook closure at the connection row is closed first in the last (strongest) hook position. different installation tools are supplied (see figures 13 and 14). ● Retighten the hook closure starting at the top.

Insufficiently tightened pipe connections may result in slight leaking. 2010 · www. Re-tighten connections. ● Vent the storage (for individual steps see chapter 4) ● Fill in and sign the maintenance protocol. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. ● Check the safety valve by test-venting.wagner-solar. 7. otherwise the warranty is void. Subject to modifications. Watch out for signs of scaling or moist spots at the in- sulation. Renew flat sealing gaskets whenever a connection is opened.com 192 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . Troubleshooting Flat sealing gaskets tend to settle during the first months of operation. Otherwise leak tightness cannot be guaranteed anymore. if required.6. Care and Maintenance The storage should be cleaned and maintained at least every 2 years. The connections then must be re-tightened. ● Check for leak-tightness at storage and connections.

With convection brake der (single-pipe convection). Additionally.2 Figure 1 CONVECTROL III with combi fitting set Benefits High heat loss CONVECTROL III convection brakes reduce heat losses at cylinder pipe connections by up to 50 %.and outlet nozzles create a barrier within the connection pipes. 60 °C With Convection Brake The offset in.TECHNICAL INFORMATION Convection Brake CONVECTROL III 1. All in all heat loss at pipe Figure 2 Heat loss at cylinder connections – with and without CON- connections is reduced by up to 50 %. VECTROL III convection brake Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_CONVECTROL-III_TI-100121-11204800 193 . losses through ther- mal conduction at the pipe fittings are lowered by the flat Low heat loss seals between the end faces. Energy is continuously with- drawn from the cylinder. the cold water returns to the cylin. The protected Without convection brake barrier design separates water that cooled in the connec- tion pipes from the hot cylinder content. 60 °C Operational Principle Without Convection Brake When the solar cylinder is in stand-by mode. effectively preventing convection and the resulting heat losses. There the water slowly cools to ambient temperature and sinks to Convection brake the lower pipe section due to its increasing density. hot water Storage 100 m Pipe rises from the storage tank into the upper section of the cylinder soft foam insulation insulation connection pipe and flows along the pipe wall. From the lower pipe section. Total annual cylin- der heat losses are thus reduced by 10 to 20 %.

0 max. 95 °C temperature 10.0 Outer diameter Ø 30 mm/27 mm f.Technical Data Pressure loss ∆ p [mbar] CONVECTROL III 35.0 Thermal stability 230 °C 20.0 Coefficient 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0. to ISO 75. 40 °C) Length 30 mm 30.0 Material PPS. temperature max.0 acc.0 Temporary max. 2010 · www. Verf.com 194 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎+49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . A+B Continuous operation 15. 5/4" male Solar fluid (40% DC20. 40 % fibre glass re-enforced 25.wagner-solar.0 Water (20 °C) Tensile e-modulus ISO 527 14700 MPa Creep modulus (1000 h) 6000 MPa 0.26 x 10-4 K-1 of linear expansion Volume flow V [l/h] Permits and certificates KTW Figure 3 Pressure loss of CONVECTROL III convection brake with wa- ter and solar liquid 13010048 11/4" 13900197 81910178 81910178 28 22 Figure 4 Components of the CONVECTROL III convection brake with order numbers and dimensions Subject to modifications. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. 140 °C 5.

● Accurately fitting insulation shells avoid unnecessary heat loss. Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX-Thermostatic-Mixing-Valve_TI-100120-1WA10082 195 .TECHNICAL INFORMATION Thermostatic Mixing Valve BM 1. ● A dirt retainer is recommended for operation. ● Accessory: Temperature sensor in connection piece – for the control of the mixing temperature. ● Thermostatic mixing valve peratures in systems for hot water preparation. ● Protection against scaling: the hot water flow is blocked in case of failing cold water supply. ● 2 insulation shells ● Hand wheel can be locked to avoid unauthorized ● Cold water brake to be placed in pipe connection change of the set mixing temperature.2 Figure 1 Thermostatic mixing valve BM with 2nd insulation shell re- moved Product Features Scope of Delivery ● Thermostatic mixer for the limitation of tapping tem.

Temperature sensor measuring range 20 . Connection 1" M Figure 4 Thermostatic mixing valve with removed hand wheel. order no.80 °C. 160 101 35 3 10 5 Pressure loss Δp [mbar] Pressure loss Δp [Pascal] 10 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 2 10 10 4 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 10 10 3 2 3 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 5 Mass flow qm[kg/h] Figure 3 Pressure loss curve 196 EN-XXX-Thermostatic-Mixing-Valve_TI-100120-1WA10082 .50 °C. order no. seal and (the included cold water threaded connector ¾" M. operating temperature 100 °C Max. The ad- justing spindle can be locked with the thin nut. order no. 139 100 11 provide on site) Combi fitting 1"-22. seal and Solder connection set solder connection 22 mm. swivel nut. 1 each. Table 2 Accessories for BM Thermostatic Mixing Valve LT 22-1". valve taper and guide components made of limescale resistant high quality plastic. volume flow 1500 l/h Flow rate index Kv 1. stepless Max. The setting of the mixer then cannot be accidentally altered. 100 85 Set of threaded connections GT 1-"¾" swivel nut 1". 819 100 87 Thermometer (63 mm Ø). teflon coated inside to avoid Material scaling.Technical Data Table 1BM Thermostatic Mixing Valve Hand Wheel Lock Adjustable temperature 35 . order no. swivel nut Combined fitting set and copper nozzle.4 Gun metal Rg5 valve housing. stopper cannot be used. 1 each. pressure difference between hot and cold water 1 bar connections Pressure number PN 10 Max. Figure 2 Dimensions in mm connection piece connection with swivel nut G1.

EN-XXX-Thermostatic-Mixing-Valve_TI-100120-1WA10082 197 .or gas boiler 1.or gas boiler Hot water Cold water Circulation Figure 6 Sample installation 2: Thermostatic mixing valve BM in connection with solar storage and hot water circulation. The piping makes sure that the temperature set at the mixing valve in no case can be exceeded.2 Hot water Cold water Figure 5 Sample installation 1: Thermostatic mixing valve in connection with solar storage without hot water circulation.Sample Installations P1: Pump solar circuit P2: Pump heating circuit P3: Pump. heating circuit Collector field Mains BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve Oil. aux heating drinking water Exit 230 V Low voltage section M1: Mixer. P1: Pump solar circuit P2: Pump heating circuit P3: Pump. heating circuit RV: Back flow preventer Collector field BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve Mains Oil. aux heating drinking water Exit 230 V Low voltage section P4: DHW circulation pump M1: Mixer.

THe circulation return flow leads into the cold water inlet of the storage. aux heating drinking water Exit 230 V Low voltage section P4: DHW circulation pump M1: Mixer. in order to support the temperature stratification.wagner-solar.or gas boiler Hot water Cold water Circulation Figure 7 Sample installation 3: Thermostatic mixing valve in combination with hot water circulation.com 198 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . P1: Pump solar circuit P2: Pump heating circuit P3: Pump. 2010 · www. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. heating circuit Collector field Mains BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve Oil. Subject to modifications.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION / INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Electrical Immersion Heater 1. (only insulated version). 2 Screw plug for unbolting Table 1 Power (kW) / Current Immersion Depth Surface Load Tube Material Number of Order no. G 1½ PG M 20x1. ments are electrically insulated from the enamelled ● With control button for adjusting the target tempera.2 1.5 / enamel and buffer 230 260 ~ 8.3 1. Application (V) Lmax (mm) (W/cm²) Heating Tubes 139 001 46 6.25 DIN ISO 228-1 2 approx.4876 (Incoloy 820) 2 139 001 42 3.0 / buffer (not insulated) 400 480 ~ 10 1. 145 Immersion depth L Figure 2 Dimensions of immersion heater in mm. the heating ele- ● For heating of heating water in buffer tanks.2 Figure 1 Electrical immersion heater Technical Information ● For heating of domestic water (only insulated version) ● Temperature sensor of capillary tube controller is situ- in enamelled or coated storage tanks with protective ated in protective tube between the heating elements.0 / enamel and buffer 400 600 ~ 11. insulated and protected ● Product complies with EU regulations 73/23/EWG and water pressure tight in a brass screw head in accord. 1 button for adjusting target temperature. nesium anode as well as of the immersion heater itself ceeded). ● Integrated functions: Target temperature control (ad.4571 3 139 001 45 1.3 1. 130 Ø 104 ECO SW 60 1 16 approx. ● Connection thread 1 ½"M tion (94 °C +0K/-9K) and frost protection (8 °C ±6 K). Not suitable for use in stainless steel containers! ● To prevent damage from corrosion. ● Unheated section: 100 mm justment range: 30-75 °C).4876 (Incoloy 820) 3 139 001 43 6.4876 (Incoloy 820) 3 139 001 44 9. temperature is ex. steel container and partially grounded via resistance ture and with control LED indicating heating operation bridge. This increases the life of the protective mag- (automatic switch-off. ● Screw head protection class: IP64 ● U-shaped heating elements. anode. 89/336/EWG (EC Conformity).0 / enamel and buffer 230/400 360 ~ 7. when max.4876 (Incoloy 820) 3 Solar Thermal / Solar Cylinder EN-XXX_Electrical-Immersion-Heater_TI-MA-091109-11206300 199 .0 / enamel and buffer 400 550 ~ 8. ance with DIN 44922 (only insulated version). excess temperature limita.4 1.

Please note: Without bridging only thermostat button. Then unscrew the plug and unbolt the limiter with a tool. ● The tank itself must be connected via min.5 kW version must and the 3 kW can be operated Trouble Shooting on a single phase 230 V connection. eliminate the and safety thermostat (see figure 4). insert a screwdriver into the opening The electrical connection of the heating elements must not and press against the steel contact inside. the cylinder flange. Figure 4 Connection to 230 V AC Please note that the risk of lime scale deposits increases with higher target temperatures. To avoid this.com 200 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .wagner-solar. The immersion heater is ● Connect the three phases of the cable to terminal L1. Connecting of the Immersion Heater Operation to 400 V Three-Phase Current ● Types 3 kW to 9 kW are suitable for operation in three ● Use the control button on the outside to adjust the tar- phase current (400 V).58°e (ap- L3 L2 L1 N prox. L3 L2 L1 N Figure 3 Connection to 400 V three phase current Installation 1 ~ 230 V Installation Notes ● Maximum ambient temperature for the screw head: 80 °C. source of the fault and then manually re-set the tem- ● Connect the three phases of the 3 kW heater with the perature limiter by pressing the button next to the enclosed bridges. 3). Therefore please avoid temperatures above 60 °C in regions with hard water. when a solar energy system is connected). e. ● At position “*” a minimum tank temperature of approx. This reduces scaling. ● The immersion heater must only be commissioned in a horizontal position in water filled storage! ● The heater has an integrated safety temperature limita- tion for overload protection and the power is switched off when the water temperature reaches 94 °C +0/-9K). K± 6. Connect the phase of the connecting cable to terminal L1 on the control ● If the overheat protection was triggered. set the max. 2010 · www. 0. 6 mm² cable ● We recommend setting the thermostat to the “ECO” to the earthing terminal in the cellar. storage temperature to a value below 75 °C at the solar controller. This can be done marking at approx.5 K. 30-75 °C). get temperature (ca. 50 °C. L2 switched off by the thermostat when the target temper- and L3 on the control and safety thermostat (see figure ature is reached. saves by fixing a flange cable socket to one of the screws on energy and increases the solar yield.67 ppm CaCO3). 3 ~ 400 V General Safety Notes ● All local regulations and technical standards must be complied with. cooled. Connection of 1. Renew the gasket when the heater was unscrewed. ● When installing in enamelled storage with corrosion protection anode. ● If the total water hardness exceeds 12°dH / 9. Please note: The switching temperature difference is 13 ● Connect the blue neutral cable to terminal N.g. Hereunto separate the immersion one heating tube will heat up! heater from the grid and wait until the storage tank has ● Continue as outlined above. in summer. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. 7 °C ± 6 K is kept for frost protection. the screw head must have a conduc- tive connection with the tank. ● The included copper gasket is only intended for single use. we recommend to annually descale the heating elements. Installation should only be carried out by authorised expert personnel.g.5 and 3 kW Immersion Heater to 230 V AC ● The 1. Subject to modifications. be manipulated! The temperature limitation may also be triggered when the immersion heater is not in operation but the tempera- ture exceeds 85 °C (e.

. . . . . . . . 211 ■ RATIOfresh 200 Fresh Water Station – Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . Hot water is produced by the hygienic flow-through principle using an adaptive micro controller for optimal results. . . . . . . . . 227 ■ RATIOfresh 200 Freshwater Unit – Installation and Operations Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 1. . . . . . . . . . RATIOfresh units are available in various sizes. . . . . . . . Only the water required is heated on-demand and no drinking water storage is required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 ■ RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit – Installation and Operations Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshwater Units The innovative RATIOfresh line of freshwater units for use with the RATIO buffer cylinders is the modern and hygienic high-tech solution for domestic hot wa- ter preparation. ■ RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit – Technical Information . . . . ranging from single family home requirements to scalable systems for large commercial and industrial applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 ● High solar yield thanks to very efficient stainless steel 5. . Accessories .3 Figure 1 Freshwater Unit RATIOfresh 250/400 Product Characteristics Content ● Hygienic hot water preparation with continuous-flow 1. Functional Description . . . . . Volume Flow and Temperature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting Options . . . . . . . . protection against legionella by thermal disinfec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 plate heat exchanger and low return flow temperatures 6. 209 ● Incl. .TECHNICAL INFORMATION RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit Freshwater Unit for Higher Water Capacities 1. 208 achieved through precise demand adjustment 7. . 206 respectively 4. . . . 205 ● High output with a tapping capacity of 25 and 40 l/min. 3. . Dimensions . . . . Sample System Solutions . Hydraulic Characteristics . . . . . . 209 tion of the hot water and circulation pipe networks 9. . 210 ● With integrated circulation function ● Suitable for mounting to wall or storage cylinder ● Can be combined with all common heat sources in connection with a buffer storage Solar Thermal / Freshwater Units EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 203 . . . . 8. . . . . . . . Technical Data . Controller RATIOfresh 250/400 . . . 204 heater principle 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 l (secondary side) 1. secondary 95 °C Max. 150 300 65 150 300 66 Nominal tapping capacity 10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec. Table 2 Technical Data RATIOfresh Alfanova 250 and 400 Features RATIOfresh Alfanova 250 RATIOfresh Alfanova 400 Order no. storage cylinder mounting in connection with the buffer storage Mounting options series RATIO (except RATIO 300 G and RATIO 700 without heat exchanger) Special Variation For the operation in connection with down streamed galvanised tubes. It comes without copper-soldered connections in the stainless steel plate heat exchanger.) Hot water temperature setting range 25 . 204 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 .5 m cable length (prolongable) Sensor for volume flow Volume flow meter Qn 2. 82 °C (prim. 82 °C (prim.).1. 75 °C (prim.). operating pressure Primary 6 bar.70 °C Pressure loss secondary (Δ p) < 370 mbar for 25 l/min < 490 mbar for 40 l/min Max.5 10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec.) NL = 7 NL = 11 10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec.5 in cold water flow Voltage 230 V / 50 Hz Protection class (controller) IP 44 Max. 150 301 77 150 301 78 Heat exchanger Welded stainless steel plate heat exchanger For further technical data please refer to RATIOfresh 250 or 400. Technical Data Table 1 Technical Data Features RATIOfresh 250 RATIOfresh 400 Order no.6 l (primary side) / Water volume of heat exchanger 1.) 60 °C (prim.) ➝ RATIOfresh 250 25 l/min 40 l/min 65 °C (prim.7 l (secondary side) Primary circuit pump Wilo ST 25/6.6 W Casing material Powder coated steel Top: light grey – RAL 7035 Colour Bottom: black-grey – RAL 7021 Weight 26 kg 28 kg Dimensions (H x W x D) 940 x 350 x 181 mm Wall mounting. to DIN 4708 T3: NL = 13 NL = 19. our special version “RATIOfresh Alfanova” is available. 43/61/82W Controller RATIOfresh domestic water heating controller integrated in unit 4 x KTY Temperature sensor Buffer storage sensor with 3. operating temperature Primary 95 °C.1 l (primary side) / 1. power input (power consumption of pumps) 2 x 400 W Power consumption during stand-by modus 0.).) ➝ RATIOfresh 400 Transmission capacity 10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec.70 °C Circulation return temperature 5 .) 61 kW 98 kW 10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec. 3-steps.) Performance coefficient for other temperature conditions: NL = 11 NL = 17 10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec. secondary10 bar Heat exchanger Copper welded stainless steel plate heat exchanger 1.) 87 kW 139 kW Performance coefficient acc.

Dimensions 350 80 160 A 57 100 85 80 340 57 B 160 570 940 85 160 Figure 2 External dimensions RATIOfresh 250/400 in mm 1.2.3 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 205 .

aux. If er 3 gn Wa required. heating of the storage cylinder can be re- quested via a potential-free relay. When hot wa- 16 7 ter is drawn. 5 1 Operating in Stand-by Modus The stand-by temperature keeping function allows for in- stant hot water supply.3. (1" male. 17 Switching. 16 temperature sensor. the domestic water is heated up to the set tempe. 6 rature (adjustable at controller (1). 12 temperature sensor hot water outlet. flat sealing). circuit storage cylinder flow (buffer storage sensor). the primary circuit pump (3) pumps heating water from the buffer storage through the stainless steel 11 12 plate heat exchanger (2). 1" male. 15 Protection against Legionella The unit allows for thermal disinfection of the hot water & Co and circulation pipes with a programmable schedule. culation connection (½" female). and then the pipe net- work can be disinfected with hot water. 6 cold water inlet can be easily realised in combination with a temperature. primary circuit flow. The latter helps to improve the tempe- rature stratification within the buffer storage. This function can also be utilised as frost protection. This ity brake (ret. 10 encasing bot- tom. 5 primary circuit return flow with ball valve and integrated grav- primary circuit into two different levels of the buffer. 7 hot water outlet (1" male. the output of the primary circuit pump is precisely matched to the tapping volume 2 8 flow. The speed control of the primary circuit pump allows for a constant tapping temperature and low primary return 13 flow temperatures. 8 cir- difference-controller and switching valves (see fig. 3 primary circuit pump. Output Regulation 9 With the assistance of temperature sensors in hot water exit (12) and primary flow (16). 10 stic water via the flow-through principle. in apartment blocks) it may 1 RATIOfresh controller. 2 heat exchanger. flat sealing). to lead the return flow of the ing). factory-setting 50 °C). flat sealing). flow meter. flow stopper. 4 primary circuit flow with cut-off valve (1" male. Functional Description Basic Principle 4 The RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit heats up dome. 9). 13 temperature sensor cold water / return flow. On the other side of the plate heat exchanger (secondary circuit). 15 switch for pump speed level. The now cooled heating water flows back to the lower section of the buffer storage. 14 temperature sensor prim. g. 17 mains plug 206 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 . 9 vol. flat seal- be energetically reasonable. 11 heat exchanger insulation made from EPP. also after long times without tap. 14 ping. Primary Return Flow Figure 3 The most important components of the unit For long circulation times (e.

4.3 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Volume flow primary. pump speed level 300 250 200 150 Pressure loss primary side RF 400 Pressure loss secondary side RF 400 100 50 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 Volume flow primary / secondary side in l/min Figure 5 Pressure loss curves and pump characteristics RATIOfresh 400 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 207 . Hydraulic Characteristics 650 600 550 Max. pump speed level 550 500 Pressure loss / pump head in mbar 450 400 Medium pump speed level 350 Min./ secondary side in l/min Figure 4 Pressure loss curves and pump characteristics RATIOfresh 250 650 600 Max. pump speed level 350 300 Pressure loss secondary side RF 250 250 200 150 100 Pressure loss primary side RF 250 50 1. pump speed level 500 Pressure loss / pump head in mbar Medium pump speed level 450 400 Min.

9 26 45 15 60 12.4 17 65 31.7 17 65 21.8 18 60 23.4 21 65 24.2 29 60 25 80 24 26 Table 4 Volume Flow and Temperature Specifications of RATIOfresh 400 for Various Hot Water Temperatures Hot water temperature Tapping volume flow Required temperature Required volume flow Return flow temperature [°C] [l/min] primary side [°C] primary side [l/min] prim.9 34 60 15 75 15.4 28 60 25 75 25.5 20 45 40 75 24.1 16 50 21.4 22 45 25 70 17.1 24 75 28.2 21 45 25 65 18. Controller RATIOfresh 250/400 ● Controller for domestic hot water preparation with pre- cise output adjustment ● Protection against legionella ● Temperature keeping (standby function) for fast hot water supply ● Integrated circulation control ● Illuminated display and intuitive menu navigation in 5 languages ● Serial interface RS 232 for data readout ● Frost protection ● For further information please see “Operating Manual Controller RATIOfresh 250/400” Figure 6 Fresh water controller RATIOfresh 250/400 208 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 .5 30 60 10 75 9.4 22 6. circuit 50 19.1 16 55 26.1 22 45 15 60 12.5.7 24 60 40 90 30.2 29 60 15 75 14 20 65 30.and Temperature Specifications of RATIOfresh 250 for Various Hot Water Temperatures Hot water temperature Tapping volume flow Required temperature Required volume flow Return flow temperature [°C] [l/min] primary side [°C] primary side [l/min] prim. circuit 50 13 23 45 10 60 8.2 24 85 33. Volume Flow and Temperature Specifications Table 3 Volume Flow.3 18 65 14.

7. Accessories ● Wall mounting Table 5 Accessories RATIOfresh 250/400 ● Mounting to storage cylinder (see fig. except RATIO 300 G and RATIO 700 (version without heat exchanger) Storage cylinder extension set 139 000 28 Combi fitting set 1"-22 mm 819 100 87 for tube connection 3-way-valve 1" for return flow switch 160 101 44 Figure 8 Storage cylinder mounting kit 1.3 Figure 7 Storage cylinder mounting of RATIOfresh 250/400 (with re- moved top cover) in combination with RATIO buffer storage Figure 9 Two and three way switching valves Figure 10 Combi fitting 1" EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250/400_TI-100106-1WA10059 209 . with all types of RATIO buffer tanks. Mounting Options 8. 7) in connection Item Order no.

com 210 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . fire place with water pockets.wagner-solar. system 1241 P2: Boiler circuit pump Collector area Outputs Inputs P3: Heating circuit pump P4: Pump RATIOfresh primary circuit P5: Circulation pump. Sample System Solutions P1: Solar circuit pump SUNGO SXL.9. mixed heating circuit and solar installation. can load the buffer storage. hot water preparation HW: Hydraulic switch Circulation Cold water Hot water Figure 12 System solution with RATIOfresh 250/400. Both. During the summer half of the year. RATIO buffer storage. P1: Solar circuit pump SUNGO SXL. gas boiler. The buffer storage heat is supplied to the heating circuit via return flow boost. mixed heating circuit and solar installation. RATIO buffer storage. The pellet boiler profits partially from the buffer volume for optimising its operating characteristics. return flow temperature V3: Unit internal switching valve. return flow boost V2: Thermal mixing valve for keeping a min. open fire place and solar installation. return flow temperature Circulation Cold water Hot water Figure 11 System solution with RATIOfresh 250/400. Subject to modifications. hot water M1: Heating circuit mixer WEZ: Heat generator request (if required via relay) Vm: Thermal mixing valve for keeping a min. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. pellet boiler. system 1211 P2: Boiler circuit pump Collector area Outputs Inputs P3: Pump gas boiler P4: Heating circuit pump P5: Pump RATIOfresh primary circuit P6: Circulation pump hot water M1: Heating circuit mixer V1: 3-way-switching valve. the solar installation meets the hot water demand almost completely and additionally provides space heating support in spring and fall. 2010 · www.

. . 213 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Integration into the Hydraulic System . . . . . .2 Decalcification . . . . .2 Correct Handling . . .3 Adjusting Controller to Tapping Volume . . . Commissioning . . . . .4 Wall Mounting . .1 General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 5. . . . .1 Pump Speed Selection . . Safety Instructions . . . 217 5. . Installation . . . Maintenance . . . . . 224 2. . . . . . 226 2. 220 2.7 Domestic Water Circuit Connections . . 224 2. . .8 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . 224 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 3. Troubleshooting .INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL RATIOfresh 250/400 Freshwater Unit Freshwater Unit for Higher Water Demands 1. . . . .1 Pre Installation Notes . . . . . .6 Primary Circuit Connections . . 213 3. . . . .3 Removing the Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . 215 5.2 Filling the System . . . . . 219 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 6. . . . . . . . . . Operation . . . .5 Tank Mounting . . . . . . . . . .3 sh fre TIO RA Figure 1 Freshwater unit RATIOfresh 250/400 Content 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 3. . 224 2. . . . . .9 Connecting the Circulation Pump . . 216 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 2. . . . 222 2. . . . . . . . . . . 218 Solar Thermal / Freshwater Units EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 211 . . . . 214 4.

the concentration of chloride within the domestic water should be limited (see table 1). For buffer storage temperatures above 60 °C. VDE 0113 (EN 60204). VDE 0160 (EN 50178).2 Norms and Standards Observe current national and regional codes and stand- ards at installation location.5 Recycling Notes At the end of the long operational lifetime. ● Potential equalisation according to VDE 0100-540 part 5-54 “Selection and construction – earthing.4 Intended Use The purpose of the unit is to heat domestic water for pri. 212 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 . SV vate and commercial applications in combination with KW buffer storages. as well as VDE 0100. Table 1 Maximimum Chloride in Domestic Water Storage temperature Chloride SV KW < 60 °C No limit up to 90 °C < 150 ppm Figure 4 No cut-off valves between safety valve and unit 1.1 Symbols DANGER – possibility of personal injury CAUTION – possibility of property damage NOTE – important additional information Figure 2 Install unit in dry and frost free location 1. except in must be realised from authorized specialists. combination with RATIOfresh Alfanova 250 and 400. If recycling is not possible. the valuable materials of the installation should be recycled in an en- vironmentally sound manner. 1. Safety Instructions 1. DIN VDE 0110 and national accident pre- vention rules and regulations. commissioning.3 User Qualification Installation. and local KW rules and specifications of your energy provider or util- ity company. DIN VDE 0100 and IEC- Report 664. Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back. maintenance and reparation Figure 3 Do not use any galvanized pipes downstream. RATIOfresh 1.1. earthed lead wires and potential equalisation” and VDE 0190. In absence of such rules we Zn WW recommend to follow: ● IEC 364 or CENELEC HD 384.

● Unnecessarily high water temperatures increase the 10 energy consumption ● For apartments please observe protection against le- gionella according to DVGW W551 or your local stand- ards and codes! ● Make existing storage pressure-less and empty (see fig. 13).3 22 21 Figure 6 Correctly attach casing cover: 18 cover.1 Pre Installation Notes 2. 22 1. 18 ● Pipeworks in primary circuit (storage-unit) should be as short as possible. 20 connecting bar.98 °e) install rinsing valves. (see fig. 12). 5).2 Handling ● Installation of a safety group is required for the cold 20 water inlet (see fig. ● For domestic water with hardness > 10 °dH (7. 21 safety plug. Installation 2. ● For cold water pressure > 10 bar ➝ install pressure re- ducer. 10 lower aprt of encasing. 22 safety sockets Figure 5 Make existing storage pressure less and rain EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 213 .2.

KFE rinsing valve. 4 RATIOfresh primary circuit flow sensor. 2 RATIOfresh cold water inlet sensor.2. 1 RATIOfresh hot water sensor. E bleeder (if required by piping layout). 3 RATIOfresh storage sensor. P1 pump. SG safety group. primary circuit. KW cold water. 9 RATIOfresh volume flow sensor 214 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 .3 Integration into the Hydraulic System Figure 7 Overview hydraulic connection WW hot water. P2 circulation pump (optional).

3 24 23 29 25 254 10 Figure 10 Storage mounting 26 RATIO buffer storage.5 Tank Mounting ● With special tank mounting kit for RATIO buffer storage 350 tanks (except RATIO 300 G and RATIO 700 without heat 80 exchanger). 27 third connection from top (for RATIO 23 1000 G2 fifth connection from top). 100 340 26 570 940 27 31 30 28 85 160 Figure 8 Dimensions RATIOfresh 250 and 400 1.2. 24 groove for fix- ing. 25 dowel EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 215 . ● For some storage cylinder types the included corru- gated tubes must be shortened. 29 flat swivel nut ¼". 23 fixing screw. 28 mounting bracket. 31 mounting plate 827 Figure 9 Wall mounting with screws 10 lower part of encasing. 30 Hexagonal bolts.4 Wall Mounting 2.

34 combi connection 1"-22 mm. 35 swiv- el nut 1"M 36 bleeder (if required by piping) ● The temperature sensor (14) should measure the flow temperature of the unit as precisely as possible. ● Keep pipe lengths in primary circuit short to avoid heat loss and time lags. When using a storage from anoth- er manufacturer use soft foam tape to attach the sensor to the cylinder wall. ● Install bleeder (36) if required.2. ● Carry out connections flat sealing. 26 RATIO buffer storage. assure good surface contact. It must therefore be set to the highest position (32) of the sen- sor connection strip.6 Primary Circuit Connections 14 26 36 35 34 32 33 H=max Figure 11 Connection to primary circuit 14 RATIOfresh storage sensor. 216 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 . Besides that high pressure loss can result in reduced performance. 33 flat sealing. ● The primary circuit must be hydraulically separated from other pumps! Multiple configurations of flow and return flow therefore are not possible. 32 sensor connection bar.

40 safety group. especially when water hardness > 10 °dH (7. 41 ½" plug for circulation connection. 38 rinsing valve (if rinsing of heat exchanger is intended). 44 hot water tap ● Observe applicable codes.3 42 Wag ne r& Co 43 Figure 12 Connection to domestic water circuit 33 flat gasket. except circulation connection. ● Carry out connections flat sealing. 4)! EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 217 . 35 swivel nut 1". ● Do not install shut off valves between safety group and unit (see fig.98 °e). 34 combi connection 1"-22.2. 42 optional circulation pump. standards as well as the regulations of the local water utility companies. 43 non-return valve (if circulation pump is used). ● Recommendation: install rinsing tabs.7 Domestic Water Circuit Connections 44 39 38 35 34 33 KW 40 41 1. 39 cut off valve.

Don't use a pump with integrated motor protec- tion or electronic on-off mechanism or controller! The cir- culation pump must not have its own time or temperature controller! ● For information about “thermal disinfection” and con- trol of the auxiliary heating function of the boiler refer to Mounting and Operating instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 250/400”. 218 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 .8 Controller Only use the original pump as the primary circuit pump! As circulation pump use a common speed controlled wet runner.9 Connecting the Circulation Pump Cut mains connection! 2 1 Figure 13 Loosen Phillips screws and remove controller cover Figure 14 Thread cables of the circulation pumps through a free lead (open screw of lead) and attach to the connection bar (8 – see Mount- ing and Operating Instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 250/400”). 2.2.

9 max 60 15 75 15. the pump must be set to the correct speed. side Required volume flow prim.2 max 60 25 80 24 med EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 219 . side Required [°C] [l/min] [ °C] [l/min] pump speed 50 13 min 45 10 60 8.3.9 med 45 15 60 12.1 min 75 28.4 min 65 24.8 min 60 23.5 min 60 10 75 9.1 min 50 21. You can find the hydraulic curves of the unit in the “Technical Information RATIOfresh 250/400” 15 1. Primary Side Volume Flow and Primary Side Temperatures Hot water temperature Tapping volume flow Required temperature prim.1 Pump Speed Selection To arrive at optimal tapping characteristics and provide sufficient tapping volume flows. Commissioning 3.3 Figure 15 Speed selector 15 for the primary circuit pump Table 2 Pump Settings RATIOfresh 250 for 45 °C or 60 °C Tapping Temperature against Tapping Volume Flow.4 med 45 25 70 17.3 min 65 14. It can be determined using the follow- ing tables.

2 Filling the System First check all connections. Gravity brake operational = Z.2 med 60 15 75 14 min 65 30. 220 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 . side Required volume flow prim. gravity brake open/not operational = A 37 5 Figure 16 Open ball valve 5 and gravity brake (non return valve) 37.7 max 60 40 90 30. side Required [ °C] [l/min] [ °C] [l/min] pump speed 50 19.2 max 45 25 65 18. Primary Side Volume Flow and Primary Side Temperatures Hot water temperature Tapping volume flow Required temperature prim.1 min 45 15 60 12.5 max 45 40 75 24.4 max 60 25 75 25. Table 3 Pump Settings RATIOfresh 400 for 45 °C or 60 °C against Tapping Volume Flow. Observe black mark next to the screw slot.4 min 65 31.1 min 55 26. Then follow the steps below: Z Z A A Figure 17 Functional positions of the gravity brake (non return valve).2 med 85 33.4 max 3.7 med 65 21.

hereunto open non return valve. Tprim Figure 22 Vent primary circuit pump when in operation Figure 23 Heat storage tank to the temperature required on the pri- mary side (see table 2 and 3) EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 221 .3 Figure 20 Vent Secondary or domestic water circuit. respectively Figure 21 Vent circulation pipe (if in place).Figure 18 Filling and venting storage tank Figure 19 Possibly also vent the primary circuit WW WW CW CW 1.

Adapt. WW Zirk. 4 determined or set adaptive value ● Select menu “Adaptive Values” WW Zirk. 222 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 . NH Des. The maximum tapping WW Zirk. NH Des. Value 1 14°C 00 [07] 14°C 00 [07] Figure 26 When no tapping occurrs tapping slot 00 and adaptive Figure 27 The number of the adaptive values can be selected using value no. 0 are displayed. Here the number of the adaptive value 14°C 00 [07] must always match with the number of the tapping slot. Follow the steps below based upon the operation instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 250/400” ● Set hot water target temperature ● Adjust circulation settings ● Select Menu “Settings Service” Figure 25 Display values in Menue “Adaptive Values”: ● Enter service code 008 1 number of adaptive values. The latter can either be entered manually or they can be determined by the controller by means of Adapt. NH Des. 3 number of tapping time slot. At 2 3 4 least for 3 tapping slots controlled tapping must be car- ried out.3 Adjusting the Controller to the Tapping Volumes Carry out a one-time adjustment of the controller to the hydraulic conditions of the location. volume depends on the unit type and is divided into 11 tapping slots. the arrow keys.Figure 24 Commence commissioning at the controller (see Mount- ing and Operation Instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 250/400”) 3. Value 0 controlled tapping. where an adaptive value is assigned to every 1 tapping slot. Value 0 Adapt. 2 hotwater exit values.

T = okay? CW Adapt. WW Zirk.3 WW Zirk. 03 and 05 manually (here shown for slot 01 as an example). NH Des. WW WW Zirk. EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 223 . Adapt. 2 of the adaptive values. Value 0 46°C 00 [07] 1. Value 2 46°C 02 [13] Figure 30 Repeat action for tapping window 06 Figure 31 Enter adaptive values for tapping time slots 01. Value 1 Adapt. Open hot water tap Figure 29 Repeat action for tapping slot 04 until tapping time slot 2 and the target water temperature are reached (to approx. plus-minus 1 °C). WW Zirk. Value 6 46°C 01 [10] 46°C 06 [x] Adapt. The factory settings might pos- sibly suffice. or determine values by additional controlled tappings. Value 4 46°C 02 [x] 46°C 04 [x] Figure 25 Choose no. NH Des. Value 7 46°C 07 [x] Figure 32 Manually enter adaptive values for additional tapping slots. NH Des. Figure 33 Carry out final functional test They must follow an ascending order. Adapt. Adapt. The controller then automatically deter- mines an appropriate adaptive value (shown as “X”). NH Des. Value 2 Adapt.

Maintenance ● If no rinsing valves are installed. 39 cut off valve. group (40) and cut off valve (39). Operation 5. 32 cold water rinsing valve. 45 rinsing pump 224 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 .4. ● In case of defects or malfunctions inform a qualified ● Connect decalcification unit or rinsing pump (45) to technician. 44 cleansing liquid. Procedure: ● Vacation or longer time of absence: to save electricity ● Cut off mains connection simply cut off the unit from the mains connection. rinsing valves (38). Hereunto close cut off valve of safety by a qualified technician. Signs of Possible Scaling: Please still observe the following points: ● Return temperature in primary circuit is too high ● Observe messages shown on the controller display ● Considerably reduced maximum tapping volume (see controller instructions) ● Hot water target temperature cannot be reached any- ● The set hot water temperature can be changed in the more for high tapping columes controller menu “settings” (see controller instructions). 40 safety group.1 General Recommendations ● Only utilize cleaning liquids approved for use with drinking water supply systems! ● Maintenance interval: annually ● Neutralise according to instruction ● Cut off mains before commencing ● Check unit for leaks (threaded and soldered connec- tions) 39 ● Check for scaling 40 38 2 44 Co r& ne Wag 45 Figure 34 Connection of a decalcification unit 2 heat exchanger. ● Pump cleansing liquid through the circuit ● Observe instructions of cleaning liquid manufacturer 5.2 Decalcification The freshwater unit usually does not require any attention. ● All values are saved in case of power failure. ● Make domestic water pipe (secondary side) pressure ● The unit should be regularly checked and maintained less and drain. the heat exchanger should be taken out for cleaning 5.

3 10-10 47 5 Figure 35 Removing heat exchanger 2 heat exchanger. 47 ● Loosen swivel nut (46) and drain heat exchanger (2). secondary side. 46 swivel nut.5. Hereunto close cut off 2 valve (48) and ball valve (5). 47 swiv- el nut.3 Removing the Heat Exchanger If no rinsing valves are present the heat exchanger must be removed. ● Cut off primary side and drain. Procedure: 48 ● Cut off mains ● Make domestic water pipe (secondary side) pressure 46 less and drain. ● To dissassemble heat exchanger. primary side. 5 ball valve. loosen all 4 swivel nuts (46 and 47) 1. 48 cut off EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-250-400_MA-BA-100225-1WA10060 225 .

3. fluctuates Defunct tap Replace tap Air in circulation circuit Vent circulation circuit Check circulation times (see Mounting and operation Wrong setting of circulation instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh Hot water temperature takes long 250/400”) time to reach desired value Check aux. at the storage Hot water temperature Increase aux. 5. heating temperature at aux. LED turns off when disinfection Red LED is on Disinfection temperature not reached was successfull. or the disinfection mode is set to “off”. power is cut. heating No circulation and standby function because temperature and therefore (indirectly) also the primary circuit temperature too lown primary circuit temperature Circulation pump defunct Replace pump Check disinfection temperature at the controller. heating Aux. start disinfection manually.com 226 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . e.) Wrong pump speed setting Check pump speed against values in tables 2 and 3. check if controller Power failure or RATIOfresh without power display light is on Buffer storage is cold Check auxiliary heating Water is not heated Primary circuit pump P1 defunct Check pump in manual operation Air in primary circuit Vent primary circuit. 3. Vertical convection in primary circuit Check gravity brake (non return valve) and piping Air in circulation circuit Vent circulation circuit Circulation circuit Circulation pump does not open gravity Use gravity brake (non return valve) with lower does not warm up brake (non return valve) opening pressure or use stronger circulation pump. at the storage Check operability. heating. heating temperature too low too low device (boiler.2) too low Sifter in cold water feed clogged Clean sifter Cut off valves in cold water feed or hot water No hot water output Open valves pipe closed Check power lines and fuses.wagner-solar. 3. e.g. increase aux. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.6. Error Display Controller ➝ see Mounting and operation instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 250/400” Subject to modifications.3) Wrong pump speed setting Check pump speed against values in tables 2 and 3. by acoustic checking of the Single jet meter does not recognize tapping impulse exit with a multimeter Hot water target temperature set incorreclty Increase hot water target temperature Air in primary circuit Vent primary circuit. Controler not yet adapted Carry out controlled tapping (see cap. Trouble Shooting Table 4 Trouble Shooting Problem Possible Cause Action Cut off valve in cold water feed partly closed Open cut off valve in feed Tapping volume (hot water) Heat exchanger scaled Decalcify heat exchanger (see chap. Circulation pump defunct Replace pump Controller not yet adapted Carry out controlled tapping (see cap.g. 2010 · www.3) Target temperature set incorrectly Adjust target temperature Set pump mode to “Auto” (see Mounting and Wrong oump mode set at primary circuit operation instructions “Freshwater Controller pump P1 RATIOfresh 250/400”) Hot water temperature Set operation to “Auto” (see Mounting and operation Wrong setting of disinfection operational to high instructions “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh modet 250/400”) Controller not yet adapted Carry out controlled tapping (see cap.3) Hot water temperature Wrong pump speed setting Check pump speed against values in tables 2 and 3. electric heater etc.g. e.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

RATIOfresh 200 Fresh Water Station
Fresh Water Station with Solar Controller

1.3

Figure 1 Fresh water station RATIOfresh 200

Product Characteristics Content
● Hygienic hot water preparation with a tapping output 1. Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
of up to 20 l/min 2. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
● Just one controller for domestic water heating and solar 3. Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
installation 4. Hydraulic Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 229
● High solar yields due to a very efficient stainless steel 5. Controller RATIOfresh 200 . . . . . . . . . . 231
plate heat exchanger and low return flow temperatures 6. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
thanks to precise demand adjustment 7. System Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
● Prepared for circulation operation
● Easy installation and maintenance
● Can be combined with all common heat sources in con-
nection with a buffer storage
● Low power consumption thanks to efficient circulation
pump

Solar Thermal / Freshwater Units EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013 227

1. Technical Data
Table 1 Technical data
Features RATIOfresh 200
Part no. 150 303 39
Nominal tapping capacity
10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec.) 55 °C (prim.) 20 l/min
10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec.) with addition of 27 l/min
cold water up to 45 °C, 70 °C (prim.)
Transmission capacity
10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec.) 49 kW
10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec.) 70 kW
Performance number acc. to DIN 4708 T3
10 °C ➝ 60 °C (sec.) with the addition of NL = 4
cold water up to 45 °C, 82 °C (prim.)
10 °C ➝ 45 °C (sec.), 55 °C (prim.) NL = 2
Adjustable hot water temperature 20 - 60 °C
Circulation return Nominal temperature hot water – 5 K
Pressure loss secondary (Δ p) < 470 mbar for 20 l/min
Max. operating temperature Prim. 95 °C, sec. 70 °C
Max. operating pressure Prim. 6 bar, sec. 10 bar
Heat exchanger Copper soldered plate heat exchanger made from stainless steel
Water volume capacity 0.87 l (prim.) / 0.93 l (sec.)
Cover and rear insulation shell EPP (expande polypropylene)
Prim. circuit pump Wilo ST 15/6 ECO-1 / 1-step / max. 63 W
Integrated in station: RATIOfresh 200 controller for domestic water heating and
Controller
solar installation. Incl. circulation control and 6 choosable solar systems.
Temperature sensors 2 x Pt1000 installed, within flow; 1 x Pt 1000 for attachment on storage
Sensor for Combined sensor VFS within hot water outlet for
volume flow and temperature -measurements volume flow and temperature -measurements
Voltage 230 V / 50 Hz
Protection class IP 20
Power rating in standby 2.1 - 3.9 W
Weight 12 kg
Dimensions (W x H x D) 356 x 593 x 236 mm

2. Dimensions

Figure 2 Outside dimensions in mm

228 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013

3. Functional Description
The RATIOfresh 200 fresh water station heats up domes-
tic water via the flow-through principle. When hot water is 8
drawn, the primary circuit pump (3) pumps heating water 7
from the buffer storage through the stainless steel plate
heat exchanger (2).
9 1
On the other side of the plate heat exchanger (secondary
side) the domestic water is heated up to the set tempera- 5
ture (adjustable at controller (1), pre-setting: 45 °C). The 6
now cooled heating water flows back to the lower section
of the buffer storage.
The output of the primary circuit pump is precisely calcu-
lated to match the volume flow resulting from the drawn
quantity. This is achieved with the combined sensor for
flow and temperature (6), the temperature sensors in the
cold water feed (5) and in the primary flow (not in fig.!). 2
The precise speed control of the primary circuit pump al-
lows for a constant tapping temperature as well as very low
primary return flow temperatures. Therefore the tempera- 3
ture stratification within the buffer storage is preserved.
4

Figure 3 The main components of the station
1 RATIOfresh controller; 2 heat exchanger; 3 pump, primary cir-
cuit; 4 ball valve, primary circuit return flow ¾" male flat sealing incl.
gravity brake (ret. flow stopper); 5 temperature sensor cold water
1.3
feed; 6 combined sensor VFS (vol. flow and temperature) in hot water
leg; 7 hot water outlet ¾" male flat sealing; 8 flow primary circuit ¾"
male flat sealing; 9 cold water feed ¾" male flat sealing

4. Hydraulic Characteristics

600

Characteristics primary circuit pump
500
Pressure loss and pump head in mbar

400

Remaining pump head

300

Pressure loss secondary side
200

100
Pressure loss primary side

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

Volume flow, primary side in l/min
Figure 4 Pressure loss graph and pump characteristics RATIOfresh 200

EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013 229

40 40
65°C
Primary return flow temperature in °C

Primary return flow temperature in °C
35 35

70°C
30 30
50°C
75°C
25 25
55°C
85°C
20 60°C 20
70°C 90°C
15 80°C 15
90°C
10 10

5 5

0 0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Tapping volume flow in l/min Tapping volume flow in l/min

Figure 5 Prim. return flow temperatures for domestic water heating Figure 6 Prim. return flow temperatures for domestic water heating
from 10 °C up to 45 °C and flow temperatures from 50 °C up to 90 °C from 10 °C up to 60 °C and flow temperatures from 65 °C up to 90 °C

30 30

50°C 65°C
Primary return flow temperature in °C

25
Req. prim. volume flow in l/min 25 70°C

55°C
20
75°C
20
60°C
15 15 85°C
70°C
90°C
80°C
10 10
90°C

5 5

0 0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Tapping volume flow in l/min Tapping volume flow in l/min

Figure 7 Required prim. volume flow for domestic water heating from Figure 8 Required prim. volume flow for domestic water heating from
10 °C up to 45 °C and flow temperatures from 50 °C up to 90 °C 10 °C up to 60 °C and flow temperatures from 65 °C up to 90 °C

230 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013

5. Controller RATIOfresh 200
● Combined controller for domestic hot water prepara-
tion and solar installations
● 9 temperature inputs, 1 pulse input, 1 voltage input
(combined sensor VFS), 6 switching outputs
● Integrated controller function for circulation operation
● Optional: Data-stick for saving and displaying meas-
ured data and for software updates
● Illuminated display with pictograms and plain text
● Operation with common 230 V wet running pumps or
high efficiency pumps (ECM-technology) of type Wilo
Stratos ECO possible
● For further information please refer to the installation
and instruction manual “Freshwater Controller RATIOf-
resh 200” Figure 9 Freshwater and solar controller RATIOfresh 200

6. Accessories
Table 2 Accessories RATIOfresh 200
Item Part no. 1.3
Temperature sensor Pt1000 150 400 39
Combined connection set ¾"-18 mm
819 100 89
for pipe connection
Data logging set
150 400 39
for data recording of the regulation
Sensor set, incl.:
Figure 10 Combi-fitting and temperature sensor Pt1000
4 x temperature sensors Pt1000, 150 400 56
6 mm plug-in sensor
with 2.5 m silicone cable (-50 °C ... +180 °C)
Heat meter set 0.6 m³/h
150 400 30
incl. immersion sleeve and sensor Pt1000
Heat meter set 1.5 m³/h
150 400 35
incl. immersion sleeve and sensor Pt1000
Heat meter set 2.5 m³/h
150 400 36
incl. immersion sleeve and sensor Pt1000

Figure 11 Data logging set

Figure 12 Heat meter set

EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013 231

7. System Solutions – Examples

P1: Solar circuit pump RATIOfresh 200, system 1261
P2: Heating circuit pump

Outputs

Inputs
P3: Pump RATIOfresh primary circuit Collector area
P4: Circulation pump hot water

Vr: 3-way-switching-valve,
return flow increase
M1: Heating circuit mixer

VFS: Combined sensor VFS
HW: Hydraulic switch
RV: Backflow preventer

Hot water

Cold water

Circulation

Figure 13 System solution with RATIO buffer storage and RATIOfresh 200 freshwater station in connection with a gas boiler and a low tempera-
ture heating circuit. Solar energy for room-heating is implemented via return flow boost of the heating circuit.

P1: Solar circuit pump RATIOfresh 200, system 1264
P2: Pump boiler circuit, solid fuel furnace
Outputs

Inputs

P3: Heating circuit pump
P4: Pump RATIOfresh, primary circuit Collector area
P5: Circulation pump, hot water

Vu: 3-way-switching-valve, storage switching
M1: Heating circuit mixer

VFS: Combined sensor VFS

Hot water
Cold water

Circulation

Solid fuel
furnace

Figure 14 System solution as a heating-buffer-system incl. RATIOfresh 200 freshwater station and 2 RATIO buffer storages in connection with a
solid wood furnace and a low temperature heating circuit. Boiler as well as solar installation can load both storages.

232 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013

P1: Solar circuit pump, primary RATIOfresh 200, system 1263 Collector
P2: Solar circuit pump, secondary
Collector area 1 area 2
P3: Pump boiler circuit, solid fuel furnace

Outputs

Inputs
P4: Heating circuit pump
P5: Pump RATIOfresh primary circuit
P6: Circulation pump hot water

Vr: 3-way-switching-valve return flow increase
Vk1/2: 2-way-valve, collector area 1/2

M1: Heating circuit mixer
VFS: Combined sensor VFS
Tpo: Temperature sensor buffer top, heating
Tpu: Temperature sensor buffer bottom, heating

Hot water

Cold water

Circulation

Oil or gas
boiler

1.3

Figure 15 System solution with oil or gas central heating, fresh water station RATIOfresh 200, a low temperature heating circuit and 2 differently
oriented collector areas. Solar energy for space-heating implemented via return flow boost of the heating circuit.

P1: Solar circuit pump RATIOfresh 200, system 1262
P2: Heating circuit pump Collector area
Outputs

Inputs

P3: Pump aux. heating, domestic water
P4: Pump RATIOfresh primary circuit
P5: Circulation pump, hot water

Vr: 3-way-switching-valve, return flow increase
Vk1/2: 2-way-valve collector area 1/2
M1: Heating circuit mixer

VFS: Combined sensor VFS

Hot water
Cold water

Circulation

Solid fuel
furnace

Figure 16 System solution as a heating-buffer-system with fresh water station RATIOfresh 200 and a buffer storage RATIO in combination with
a solid wood furnace and a low temperature heating circuit. The buffer storage is loaded with solar energy via an external plate heat exchanger.

EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_TI-091006-1WA10013 233

Subject to modifications, errors excepted · © Wagner & Co, 2010 · www.wagner-solar.com
234 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596

INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL

RATIOfresh 200 Freshwater Unit
Freshwater Unit with Solar Controller

1.3

Figure 1 Freshwater unit RATIOfresh 200

Content
1. Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.1 Pre Installation Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.2 Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.3 Integration into the Hydraulic System . . . . . 238
2.4 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.5 Primary Circuit Connections . . . . . . . . . 240
2.6 Domestic Water Circuit Connections . . . . . 241
2.7 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
3. Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
4. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
5. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Solar Thermal / Freshwater Units EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 235

1. Safety Instructions
1.1 Symbols

DANGER – possibility of personal injury

CAUTION – possibility of property damage

NOTE – important additional information

1.2 Norms and Standards Figure 2 Mount unit in a dry and frost-protected room

Observe current national and regional standards and reg-
ulations at installation location. In absence of such rules we
recommend to follow:
● IEC 364 or CENELEC HD 384, DIN VDE 0100 and IEC- Zn
WW
Report 664, DIN VDE 0110 and national accident pre-
vention rules and regulations, as well as VDE 0160 (EN KW
50178), VDE 0113 (EN 60204), and local rules and spec-
ifications of your energy provider or utility company.
● Potential equalisation according to VDE 0100-540 part
5-54 “Selection and construction – earthing, earthed
lead wires and potential equalisation” and VDE 0190

1.3 User Qualification
Installation, commissioning, maintenance and reparation
must be realised from authorized specialists.

Figure 3 Do not use any galvanised pipes downstream
1.4 Recycling Notes
At the end of the long operational lifetime, the valuable
materials of the installation should be recycled in an en-
SV
vironmentally sound manner. If recycling is not possible,
Wagner & Co will take the scrap material back. KW

1.5 Intended Use
SV
The purpose of the unit is to heat domestic water for
private and commercial applications. For buffer storage KW
temperatures above 60 °C, the concentration of chloride
within the domestic water should be limited (see table 1).

Table 1 Max. Chloride Percentage, Domestic Water
Storage temperature Chloride percentage
< 60 °C No limit
Up to 90 °C < 150 ppm
Figure 4 No shutoff between safety valve and unit

236 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00

1 Pre Installation Notes ● Installation of a safety group is required for the cold wa- ter inlet (see fig. ● Pipe diameter. ● Pipeworks in primary circuit (storage-unit) should be as short as possible. ● For apartments please observe protection against le- gionella according to DVGW W551! ● Make possibly existing storage pressure-less and empty (see fig.3 Figure 6 Remove cover shell: reach into the grooves on the sides and Figure 7 Don’t hold and carry unit at cover shell. Use heat exchanger detach from back. primary circuit: 18 mm for total length < 6 m 22 mm for total length < 10 m Tapping output decreases for increasing pipe lengths.98 °e) install rinsing valves. 5). 13).2. EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 237 . ● For domestic water with hardness > 10 °dH (7. as handle instead. 13). Figure 5 Make existing storage pressure less and then drain 2. ● For cold water pressure > 10 bar ➝ install pressure re- ducer.2 Handling 1. Installation 2. Then pull off forwards. (see fig.

T9 RATIOfresh 200 cold water inlet sensor. T8 RATIOfresh 200 primary circuit flow sensor. VFS combined sensor VFS (temperature and volume flow) 238 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 .2. KFE rinsing valve. P1 pump. P2 circulation pump (optional). E ventilation (if required by piping layout). T3 RATIOfresh 200 storage sensor. SG safety group. KW cold water. primary circuit.3 Integration into the Hydraulic System Figure 8 Overview hydraulic connection WW hot water.

4 Wall Mounting 380 283 Figure 9 Installation at eye level Figure 10 Drilling distances and screw fastening 1.2.3 53 140 70 Figure 11 Pipe separation distances and distance of the pipes to the wall EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 239 .

3 swivel nut ¾". stallation and operating manual “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 200” 240 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 . Therefore please carefully observe the in- cording to table 2. storage tem.5 Primary Circuit Connections 6 5 4 3 2 1 H Figure 12 Integration into the primary circuit 1 flat gasket. For RATIO buffer cylinders please install ac. controller. 5 buffer storage.2. 4 ventilation (if required by piping layout). ● If applicable mount further sensors at storage for solar peratures. 2 combi-fitting ¾"-18 mm. 6 RATIOfresh 200 stor- age sensor T3 Table 2 Sensor Positioning (mm) for Various RATIO Buffer Storage Cylinders Cylinder RATIO HP 500 Cylinder RATIO HP 800 RATIO HP 1000 T2* 375 401 401 T3 1590 1540 1925 *T2 is the sensor for solar loading ● Carry out connections flat sealing ● The primary circuit must be hydraulically separated ● If required install bleeder (4) from other pumps! ● Storage sensor (6) must measure the max.

6 Domestic Water Circuit Connections 8 10 11 3 12 2 1 7 9 1. 8 cut-off valve. EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 241 . 12 hot water tap ● Carry out connections flat sealing ● Integrate circulation return flow as close to the unit as possible. 7 rinsing valve (if rinsing of heat exchanger is intended). 9 safety group. 11 non-return valve (eventually integrated in circulation pump).3 KW Figure 13 Connection within domestic water circuit 1 flat gasket. ● Operate circulation pump with RATIOfresh 200 control- ler (connection see installation and operating manual “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 200”). 2 combi-fitting ¾"-18 mm.2. 3 swivel nut ¾". 10 optional circulation pump.

Number and positions of sensors and connection dia- grams can be found in the installation and operating man- ual “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 200”.2. as well as in chapter 2. Then carry out the following steps: Figure 16 Open all ball valves Figure 17 Fill storage and bleed 242 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 .5 “Primary Circuit Connections”. Commissioning First check all connections.7 Controller In addition to the freshwater function. Figure 14 Wiring in cable ducts of the back side Figure 15 Leave groove in side of shell for wiring 3. the RATIOfresh 200-controller can also control 5 different solar installation variants and various special functions.

If required open non- return valve. See operating man- ual of controller RATIOfresh 200.Figure 18 Possibly bleed primary circuit piping separately Figure 19 Bleed primary circuit of unit HW HW CW 1.3 CW Figure 20 Bleed secondary / domestic water circuit Figure 21 Bleed circulation pipe leg (if existing). 60˚C Figure 22 Heat storage up to 60 °C Figure 23 Carry out commissioning at controller. EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 243 .

Operation The freshwater unit usually does not require any attention. Figure 25 Make a final functional check 4. ● Please inform technical staff about damages and / or failures ● The installation should be subjected to regular mainte- nance intervals. Please still observe the following points: ● Observe messages shown on the controller display (see controller instructions) ● The set hot water temperature can be changed in the controller menu “set” (see controller instructions) ● Selecting lower hot water and/or aux. heating tempera- tures for the buffer storage reduces the energy demand and increases the solar yield. 244 EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 . HW T=okay? CW Figure 24 Vent primary circuit pump during operation.

1 General Advice ● Maintenance interval: annually ● Cut mains connection before commencing mainte- nance ● Check installation for leaks ● Check unit for scaling (see chapter 5.5.3 proved for use with drinking water supply systems) ● Neutralise according to instruction 9 14 13 Figure 26 Installation of a decalcification unit 7 rinsing valve.2 Decalcification Indications of Possible Scaling: Procedure: ● Return flow temperature within primary circuit too high ● Cut mains connection ● Significantly reduced hot water tapping output ● Domestic water pipe must be without pressure ● Nominal hot water temperature is not reached for high ● Empty domestic water / secondary side of plate heat tapping volumes exchanger ● For this. 13 rinsing pump. 14 cleansing liquid EN-XXX_RATIOfresh-200_MA-BA-091006-11218M00 245 . the heat exchanger should be taken out for cleaning ● Utilise only DVGW-approved cleansing liquids (ap.2) 5. 1. 9 safety group. 8 on-return valve. shut off safety group (9) and close cut-off valve (8) ● Connect decalcification unit or rinsing pump (13) via 7 the rinsing valves (7) ● Pump cleansing liquid through the circuit ● Observe instructions of cleansing liquid manufacturer 8 ● If no rinsing valves are installed. Maintenance 5.

6. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.g. e. heating temperature to low source (boiler. heating temperature at heat Aux.wagner-solar. furnace.2) Filter in cold water supply blocked Clean filter Closed shut-off valves within cold or hot Hot water does not flow Open shut-off valves water pipe Mains failure or RATIOfresh 200 without Power supply lines and fuses. 2010 · www. e. at storage tank Hot water temperature too low Increase aux.com 246 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . check if power controller display lights up No heating of cold water possible Cold buffer storage Check aux. electric heater) Hot water temperature too high Hot water temperature set incorrectly Adjust hot water temperature setting Hot water temperature reaches set value Circulation set incorrectly Check controller settings only after a long tapping time Circulation pump damaged Replace circulation pump Error displayed at controller ➝ see installation and operating manual “Freshwater Controller RATIOfresh 200” Subject to modifications. heating Defunct primary circuit pump P1 Check pump in manual operation Air in primary circuit Bleed primary circuit.g. at storage Hot water temperature set incorrectly Adjust hot water temperature setting Air in primary circuit Bleed primary circuit. Troubleshooting Table 3 Troubleshooting Failure Cause Troubleshooting Shut-off valves in cold water supply partially Shut-off valves must be opened closed Tap volume flow (hot water) too low Heat exchanger scaled Decalcify heat exchanger (see chapter 5.

. . . . . . . 271 ■ Solar Controller SUNGO SL . . . . . . . . Speed controlled pumps significantly reduce the electricity consumption and the numerous additional control and analysis functions of the SUNGO controllers allow optimal control of a small scale single-collector single-tank solution as well as a multiple collector multiple tank solution with multiple additional heat sources and extra functions. . . . . . . . .Solar Circuit Components and Accessories If solar installations were living beings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pool heating (with SUNGO SXL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 ■ SUNGOmini Solar Controller . . . . . . . 347 ■ External Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 ■ Solar Heat Transfer Liquid DC20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . our SUNGO series solar controllers could be regarded as the brains. . . . . . . optimization and diversification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 ■ Twinflex TVA Rapid Piping System . . thermostatic mixing valves. . . . . . . . . . . while the CIRCO solar circulation units are akin to their hearts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ■ CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit . . . . . . . . .4 ■ Expansion Vessel . . Other system components include expansi- on vessels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All in all Wagner & Co currently offers 5 solar controllers to meet the requirements of every possi- ble project (4 of which are presented in this handbook). . . heat meters and more. . . . . 335 ■ Heat Meter WMZ for SUNGO SL / SXL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 ■ Solar Controller SUNGO SXL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 ■ Sensor Connection Box SP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 ■ Solar Controller SUNGO S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . electronic diverter valves. . . . . 351 247 . . . e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Like all other components the CIRCO and SUNGO families look back onto a long history of improvement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 1. . . . . 249 ■ CIRCO 25/80 Solar Circulation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 ■ 2/3 Way Electronic Diverter Valve. . . .

.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION / INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit in combination with the intelligent SUNGO controllers. Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 249 . it is the safe and reliable heart of a solar installation Fast Installation thanks to pre-assembled parts and compression fittings for the connection to the solar circuit Safe Deaeration by integrated air bleeder Operation Monitoring via flow-meter and integrated thermometer Controlled Heat Flow by two temperature resistant non-return ball valves 1.4 Low Heat Loss made possible by all-around heat insulation made from close fitting hard foam shell Figure 1 CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit with integrated controller (not included in delivery).

contusions as well as other efits can only be claimed if the correct commissioning has health hazards. scalds. Therefore please ensure to observe all in- been certified by a qualified person in the commissioning formation in the guidelines marked with this symbol. installation and commissioning of the CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit must be carried out by a qualified in. safety components (See document “Solar Thermal Sys- tems . Especially observe EN 12976 and ENV 12977: Thermal solar systems and components. report. In Germany espe- cially: ● Electrical installations and device connections must be carried out according to VDE 0100 und DIN 18381 ● Setting up potential equalization must follow VDE 0190 ● DIN 4753 must be observed for installation. General Safety Guidelines Qualification of the Installer Setting up.1. Startup and Maintenance”). ● Applications are limited to the hydraulic layout of the schematics supplied by Wagner and Co. start up and maintenance of system for domestic hot water prepara- tion and process water heating. DANGER of personal injury staller. Please re- gard national and EU regulations and guidelines for instal- lation work. codes and regulations at the in- stallation location must be observed. Use and Application Function CAUTION against property damage The CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit is suitable for solar hot This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage water systems and solar heating support systems in con. like the installation of This symbol indicates practical advice which will be useful a heat dissipation vessel or alternative positioning of the for installing and operating the device. Standards and Codes The effective standards. Some solar installations for space heating and the appli- cation of vacuum tube collectors do require special pro.Setup. TERMO and RATIO line solar cylinders ● The CIRCO solar circulation unit must not be installed outdoors. Please ensure to carry out the installation steps described in these guidelines in the Limitations of Use correct order. ● The solar circulation unit can be wall-mounted or di- rectly installed to the storage cylinder using the cylin- der mounting kits for the ECO. fatal electric shocks. NOTE for additional information visions for overheating protection. 250 EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 . Norms and Directives EC conformity declaration The CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit has been designed and constructed in accordance with EU regulations. Electrical installation of the device can lead to potentially Please note that in case of a fault report the guarantee ben. ity of the solar heating system. The warranty period for the station is 2 years. to the components or significantly degrade the functional- nection with antifreeze solar liquid as recommended. ● DIN EN V 12977: Thermal solar systems and compo- nents.

5 5 7. / inst. operation temperature temporarily up to 160 °C) Table 1 Maximum Number of Collectors to be Installed 1 Circulation pump ST 25-6 (230 V. Coll. 150 201 17 Scope of Delivery The CIRCO solar circulation unit is supplied pre-assem.2 ≥ 32 20 35 35 35 50 50 50 Prepared for integration of Slot for solar controller 1 These values only apply for collecor volumes of approx.5 1.4 Weight. Max.5 18 18 18 18 18 24 Wall inst.. of fields with 3 collectors connected in series each Safety group pressure meter Filling unit 2 filling valves with cap Table 2 Volume of Expansion Vessel 1 Connection expansion vessel ¾" M Sys. operation pressure 6 bar SUNGO control and CIRCO expansion kit are not part of 120 °C (during start-up phase the unit.5 l/m² SUNGO S / SL / SXL Pressure loss ∆p [mbar] Pressure loss ∆p [Pascal] 10³ 105 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 v 3 3 0 0. (l) area.5 10 12. 22 mm 18 5 12 12 12 12 18 18 Axial pipe distance for solar 100 mm circuit 20 7.5 15 Connection solar circuit 4 compression fittings.-type Serial-/parallel Serial connection Wattage 3-levels. 50 Hz) Coll. at cylinder 23 10 24 24 24 24 24 24 Installation type (with optional kit) 24 12. mm 375 x 270 x 195 mm 27 15 35 35 35 35 35 35 1. 2x3 3x3 4x3 4 4 4 C22 HTF/AR Temperature display 2 dial thermometers EURO L20 AR 2x3 3x3 4x3 4 5 5 Sockets for temperature In supply and return leg one each sensors for sensors of max. heat transfer medium: antifreezes/water 40/60 Vol % = 35 l/m². 44/62/81 Watt connection 2 Max. Technical Information Table 3 CIRCO 6 Solar Circulation Unit Part no. Volume (l) for system height (m) Connection bleeder pipe ¾" F vol.0 [m3/h] Flow volume V [l/h] Figure 2 Pump characteristics curves CIRCO 6 Figure 3 Pressure loss diagram CIRCO 6 EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 251 .0 [m/s] 7 2 2 6 10² 104 5 9 9 8 8 7 7 III 6 6 4 5 5 H [m] 4 4 3 3 3 2 I 2 2 1 10 10³ 0 5 6 7 8 910² 2 3 4 5 6 78910³ 2 3 4 5 0 1. 6 mm Ø 1 Simple pipe length of solar circuit up to 20 m. Additional accessories are shown on the last page. can be disabled C20 HTF/AR. flow rate 3.5 24 24 24 24 24 24 Dimensions (HxBxT).0 2.5 2. Max.2. kg 7. 2 No. Safety valve 6 bar ½". (m²) 2. pump head 6m 18 Ø 22 Ø 28 Ø 18 Ø 22 Ø 28 Ø Max. Connections Flow meter 2-15 l/min and connection pipes of collectors are accounted for. Insulation EPP two parts bled. 0.0 1.5 m³/h EURO Return flow stoppers 2 x.0 3..

9 Bleeder. 5 Rear insulation shell. 3 Connection (¾") for expansion vessel-set (available as accessory). 6 Front insulation shell with opening for controller. 12 Dry wall anchors. Installation 2 5 3 8 4 6 11 1 10 9 8 12 14 13 7 Figure 4 1 Pump. 2 Safety group. 11 Controller mounting block. 14 Fixing screw 250 G1 G1 Rp¾ G¾ 130 375 262 G1 G1 100 Figure 5 Dimensions in mm 252 EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 . 10 Flow me- ter. 8 Wall brackets. 13 Controller SUNGO. 7 Cover (when controller not installed).3. 4 Filling valve.

For this purpose screw the 4 included drywall anchors (12) into the drillings of the controller installation slot. ● Rinse solar pump station and solar circuit and check for leaks. ● Re-attach front insulation shell (6). Otherwise parts of seals might come of or the connections could be dam- aged. clear before installing the CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit (100 mm centres).3. ● If the solar system is installed for heating or if vacuum tubes are used you must pay attention to the technical ● Connect safety group (2) to the included ¾" – gasket to documentation “Overheat Protection”. secure nuts 1. Cut and burr pipes and push into fittings as far as pos- sible. SL and SXL can be integrated into the solar circulation unit. ● Affix wall bracket for expansion vessel next to the sta- tion. For this purpose filler valves are fitted to the safety unit and to the flow meter. Figure 6 Tools for CIRCO 6 installation ● The solar circuit pipes are connected via compression fittings 18 mm or 22 mm. Don’t forget the seals/gaskets! Mainte- nance can be made easier by installing an additional capped valve between flexible tube and vessel. for the two wall brackets (8) (figure 5). switching and sensor lines. ● For the required tools see figure 6 Secure nuts by applying counter force with 2nd wrench while tightening the connections. Screw on solar count sufficient space for the expansion vessel! circulation unit. ● Connect expansion vessel to safety group via the con- nection tube. During wiring use wire straps at appropriate place for pull relief of the control- ler terminals. EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 253 . ● Make two drilling holes with 262 mm vertical distance ● The location of the installation also must take into ac. The cables must not touch on hot pipe legs.4 by applying counter force with 2nd wrench while tight- ening. Then set on controller (13) with lower side. ● Install electrical wiring. Screw controller into the installation slot with the 4 fixing screws (14 + 15). Always discon- nect mains when working with electrical equipment. To avoid damage. the return leg.2 Wall Installation ● The entire layout of flow and return pipes should be ● Remove front insulation shell (6). ● Connect venting pipe to safety valve and place an emp- ty canister underneath to collect possible spills of solar fluid. ● The controllers SUNGO S. Take length of the flexible connection tube into account.1 Installation Preparations 3. then tighten nuts.

1¼“ union nut Insulation In order to prevent forces to the cylinder fixing because Applicable for 470 to 850 mm of weight load from the station. 450 mm ● Level the unit. 100 ● Trim off the insulation of the cut-off return pipe and place circulation unit on top of the two pipes. incl. it is recommended to make proper lay. 1 supply pipe incl. Apply wall or floor installation. insulation. depend- ing on type of vessel. connec- tions: 1¼" swivel nut – 22 mm pipe socket for compression fitting. The expansion vessel must not be freely suspended from the pump station.3. affix to cylinder and tighten cylinder con- nections. insulation. 40 60 To prevent later obstructions of the pipe work in the area 40 60 20 0 80 of the cylinder. D = 22 for compression fitting ● Cut off longer return pipe until both pipes are reaching the same level and have an axial distance of 100 mm. ● Continue with piping behind the solar circulation unit. with a vertical distance between 470 and 1 0 2 4 3 850 mm. connections: 1¼" swivel nut – 22 mm pipe socket for compression fitting. 254 EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 . Filling valve Figure 7 Cylinder installation kit (option) consisting of: 1 return pipe with integrated filling valve.out 20 80 0 plans before commencing installation. Return pipe Then screw tight adjustable pipe. ● Connect pipes to cylinder using supplied gaskets. pipe fixtures should be installed near the unit at the wall or at the ceiling.3 Installation at Cylinder The adjustable installation kits can be used with all Wag- ner solar cylinders with 1¼" flat sealing connections at the heat exchanger. tight- en hand-screwed.

The adjustment screw can be used to cut off the prevent unwanted heat distribution in the solar circuit flow. Example: Collector area 12 m² > recommended volume flow = 12 m² x 40 l/m²h = 480 l/h = 8 l/min. the one in the return leg with a slotted screw (figure 9 and 10). • Operational position Higher volumes result in increased power uptake of the °C pump.4 Return flow stopper adjustable via ball valve! lation is filled and vented and the pump is operating. Operating Advice The Flow Meter Return Flow Stoppers The flow meter indicates flow in l/min during pump op. (left pipe) 1. Choose next higher pump level if the recommend- ed volume flow is not reached. • Flow open • Return flow stopper in operation °C • Operational position L/MIN • Flow open 15 • Return flow stopper off °C 12 9 Index line 7 5 Flow metering 2 • Flow closed °C • Return flow stopper without function Figure 8 Flow meter of CIRCO 6 Setting Up the Pump Figure 9 Functions of ball valve and return flow stoppers in supply leg Setting up the pump is carried out when the solar instal. Values between 30 and • Return flow stopper in operation (slot horizontal) 50 l/m² h are acceptable. leg can be turned off with the ball valve handle. so that speed control is dis- abled. • Flow open • Return flow stopper off (slot vertical) °C • Flow closed • Return flow stopper without function °C Figure 10 Functions of the ball valve and the return flow stopper in the return leg (right pipe) Return flow stopper adjustable via slotted screw! EN-XXX_CIRCO-6_MA-100119-1121Y800 255 . They only open in the flow fully counterclockwise (max. The adjustment of the direction under pump pressure. First set pump to lowest level. For operation the adjustment screw must be turned when the pump is turned off. They are integrated into the ball valve components and eration. After setting up the pump assure its automatic operation.4. The stopper in the feed volume flow should only be done via the pump settings. Then switch on pump via control- ler menu “manual operation”. flow). The recommended volume flow in the solar circuit • Flow open is 40 l/m² collector area and hour.

incl. incl. pre-pressurized: 2.5 bar 150 450 13 35 l-volume. Subject to modifications.5 bar 150 450 15 Capped valve Check valve ¾" with filler and drain valve and with cap against operation for expansion vessel mistakes.version 819 200 27 1" . connection 3/8" because of included bleeder Manual air release set consisting of 2 manual air release valves 3/8" and key 190 210 10 pipe) CIRCO-expansion vessel set Expansion vessel for solar circulation unit. stainless steel corrugated tube for connecting with CIRCO solar circulation unit. incl.wagner-solar. thread connection ¾" female flat sealing 12 l-volume.5.5 bar 150 450 11 24 l-volume. ¾" . insulated.version 819 200 36 Cylinder mounting kit Cylinder piping 1¼" M with flat seals. Accessoires Table 4 Accessories Description Part no. pre-pressurized: 1. Suitable for maintenance purposes. wall bracket. with 22 mm sleeves to connect to compression fittings of CIRCO 6 and 6E.5 bar 150 450 10 18 l-volume. return pipe for cylinder 150 302 01 for CIRCO 6 und 6E connections with 470 to 850 mm vertical distance (can be cut to size). Compression fitting Acessory / spare part: for 18 mm copper pipe 150 301 84 for pipe connection for 22 mm copper pipe 150 301 85 Accessory set solar circuit Accessory parts for solar circuit piping: 190 210 22 2 filling valves and 2 grounding clamps for potential equalization Air venting kit Automatic air venting kit consisting of 2 automatic air venting valves and 190 210 11 (not normally required heat resistant ball valves (up to 200 °C). 2010 · www.5 bar 150 450 14 50 l-volume. wall bracket. with brackets for wall and floor fixing. with brackets for wall and floor fixing. wall bracket. pre-pressurized: 1.com 256 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . allowed positive operating pressure 10 bar. pre-pressurized: 2. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. pre-pressurized: 1.

it is the safe and reliable control centre for larger solar installations Fast Installation thanks to pre-assembled parts and compression fittings for the connection to the solar circuit Safe Deaeration by integrated air bleeder Operation Monitoring via flow-meter and integrated thermom- eter Controlled Heat Flow by two temperature resistant non-return 1.4 ball valves Low Heat Loss due to wrap-around tightly fitting hard foam encasing Figure 1 CIRCO 25/80 solar circulation unit Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_CIRCO-25-80_MA-100123-11217800 257 .TECHNICAL INFORMATION / INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CIRCO 25/80 Solar Circulation Unit CIRCO 25/80 Solar Circulation Unit in combination with the intelligent SUNGO controllers.

which will be useful of a heat dissipation vessel or alternative positioning of for installing and operating the device. like the installation This symbol indicates practical advice. scalds. installation and commissioning of the CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit must be carried out by a qualified in. NOTE for additional information visions for overheating protection. ● The CIRCO solar circulation unit must not be installed outdoors. fatal electric shocks. Electrical installation of the device can lead to potentially Please note that in case of a fault report the guarantee ben.1. report. to the components or significantly degrade the functional- nection with antifreeze solar liquid as recommended. Commissioning and Maintenance”). Use and Application Function CAUTION against property damage The CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit is suitable for solar hot This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage water systems and solar heating support systems in con. Please ensure to carry out the installation steps described in these guidelines in the Limitations of Use correct order. Therefore please ensure to observe all in- been certified by a qualified person in the commissioning formation in the guidelines marked with this symbol. Please re- gard national and EU regulations and guidelines for instal- lation work. General Safety Guidelines Qualification of the Installer Setting up. the safety components (see “Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. ● Applications are limited to the hydraulic layout of the schematics supplied by Wagner and Co. ● Some solar installations for space heating and the appli- cation of vacuum tube collectors do require special pro. Especially observe EN 12976 and ENV 12977: Thermal solar systems and components. The warranty period for the station is 2 years. DANGER of personal injury staller. contusions as well as other efits can only be claimed if the correct commissioning has health hazards. 258 EN-XXX_CIRCO-25-80_MA-100123-11217800 . ● The solar circulation unit can be wall-mounted or di- rectly installed to the storage cylinder. ity of the solar heating system. Norms and Directives EC conformity declaration The CIRCO 6 solar circulation unit has been designed and constructed in accordance with EU regulations.

50Hz) Circulation pump Table 1 Maximum Number of Collectors to be Installed Energy efficiency class C. Connection solar circuit 4 compression fittings. kg 9 18 5 12 12 12 12 18 18 20 7. Grundfos UPS 25-80 (230V. mm 425 x 250 x 195 2. Insulation EPP three parts with latch bled. Coll. 22 mm Axial pipe distance 100 mm for solar circuit Table 2 Volume of Expansion Vessel Mounting type Wall mounting Sys. 40 % glycol content. manometer * No.5 18 18 18 18 18 24 1. Coll. operational temperature during startup) Additional accessories are shown on the last page. operational pressure 6 bar SUNGO control and CIRCO expansion kit are not part of 120 °C (temporarily up to 160 °C the unit.. Max. of collectors and pipe diameters for various connec.5 l per m2. Volume (l) for system height (m) vol.5 m³/h 2 x 3* 6 x 3* 4 5 5 L20/C22 2 x 4* Return flow stoppers 2x Parallel connection Temperature indication 2 dial thermometers LBM 67 4 5 6 2 2 3 Flow meter 7 . Pressure loss ∆p [mbar] Pressure loss ∆p [Pascal] 10³ 105 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 10² 104 9 9 8 8 7 7 III 6 6 5 5 4 4 II 3 3 I 2 2 10 10³ 5 6 7 8 910² 2 3 4 5 6 78910³ 2 3 4 5 Flow volume V [l/h] Figure 2 Pump characteristics curves CIRCO 25/80 Figure 3 Pressure loss diagram CIRCO 25/80 EN-XXX_CIRCO-25-80_MA-100123-11217800 259 .5 10 12.2. Not valid for corrugated tubes! Assumptions: solar circuit length up to 40 m / leg.5 15 Weight.30 l/min LBM 100 2 3 4 2 2 2 Safety group Safety valve 6 bar ½".5 24 24 24 24 24 24 27 15 35 35 35 35 35 35 ≥ 32 20 35 35 35 50 50 50 Table 2 Expansion vessel size depending on circuit volume.. Serial-/parallel connection Serial connection Power rating 3-levels. pumping volume 7. 0.5 5 7. (l) area (m²) Dimensions (H x W x D). Connection bleeder pipe ¾" F 35 l/m²h. These figures are only valid for collector volumes of approx. specific volume flow max. Max.4 23 10 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 12. 110/155/165 Watt type Max. of collectors connected in series Filling unit 2 filler valves with caps Table 1 Max no. 150 201 13 Scope of Delivery The CIRCO solar circulation unit is supplied pre-assem. system height. Connection expansion vessel ¾" M tion layouts. Technical Information Table 3 CIRCO 25/80 Solar Circulation Unit Part no.. collector area. pump head 8m 18 Ø 22 Ø 28 Ø 18 Ø 22 Ø 28 Ø EURO 4 x 3* Max.

2 Wall Mounting ● The entire layout of flow and return pipes should be well ● Take the solar circulation unit out of the insulation. 4 Rear insulation shell (left).3. 5 Rear insulation shell (right). Installation Figure 4 CIRCO 25/80 and its components: Figure 5 CIRCO 25/80 – dimensions in mm 1 Pump. 2 Safety group. The 35 l and 50 l expansion vessels are fixed with a special wall clamp. vacuum tubes are used. Secure nuts by applying counter force with 2nd wrench while tightening the connections. 7 Connec- tion (¾". Please also refer to the technical information “Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. Don’t forget the seals/gaskets! Mainte- nance can be made easier by installing an additional Figure 6 Tools required for installation capped valve between flexible tube and vessel. 6 Wall mount. ● Make two drilling holes with 262 mm distance for the nance”. ● Connect expansion vessel to safety group via the con- nection tube. Screw solar circulation unit onto ● If the solar system is installed for space heating or if wall mount. To planned before mounting the CIRCO 25/80 solar circu. 3 Front insulation shell. ● Push the two parts of the rear insulation shell (4+5) ● For the required tools see figure 6 tightly together. two wall mounts (6). 260 EN-XXX_CIRCO-25-80_MA-100123-11217800 . Take length of the ¾" corrugated hose into ac- count. Otherwise parts of seals might come off or the connections could be dam- aged. Commissioning and Mainte. ● Affix wall mount for expansion vessel next to the right side of the safety group. using the included dowels and screws. ● Connect safety group (2) to the included ¾" – gasket to the return leg.1 Installation Preparations 3. M) for expansion vessel set (optionally available) 3. shells (4+5). this end remove front shell and pull apart rear insulation lation unit (100 mm centers). you must also pay attention to the technical documentation “Overheat Protection”.

passage open Return flow stopper return flow stopper off off Figure 10 Draining the system EN-XXX_CIRCO-25-80_MA-100123-11217800 261 . then tighten nuts with wrenches. secure nuts by applying counter force with 2nd wrench while tightening. Commissioning and Maintenance”) Figure 7 Flow meter of CIRCO 25/80 °C °C Flow Return Ball valve handle 45°.4 °C The flow is cut off when the screw is turned clockwise to °C dead stop. The cables must not touch on hot pipe legs. Return flow stoppers ty canister underneath to collect possible spills of solar They are integrated into the ball valve armatures and pre- fluid.● Connect venting pipe to safety valve and place an emp. passage open. Always discon- nect mains when working with electrical equipment. the one in the return as possible. Ball valve handle 45°. Ball valve handle 0°. The exact volume flow can be read out at the level indicator (Fig 7). ● In operation ● Rinse solar pump station and solar circuit and after- wards check for leaks. To avoid damage. The stopper in the feed leg can be fittings. Commissioning The Flow Meter and Maintenance”) The flow meter indicates flow in l/min during pump opera- tion. 1. For this purpose. Flow Return ● Re-attach front insulation shell (3). Cut and burr pipes and push into fittings as far turned off with the ball valve handle. Tighten connections of required. passage closed return flow stopper off Figure 9 Filling the system Index line Flow metering ● Draining the system (see “Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. Ball valve handle 0° Slit horizontal return flow stopper Return flow stopper in operation in operation Figure 8 Operational setting 4. Flow Return Ball valve handle 45°. switching and sensor lines. They only open in the flow direction ● The solar circuit pipes are connected via compression under pump pressure. Ball valve handle 90°. The adjustment screw can be used to ad- just the flow to a desired value during pump operation. Slit vertical passage open. vent unwanted heat distribution in the solar circuit when the pump is turned off. Operating Advice ● Filling the system (see “Solar Thermal Systems – Setup. filler valves are fitted to the safety unit and to the flow meter. °C °C ● Install electrical wiring. leg with a slotted screw.

5 bar 150 450 15 Capped valve for Check valve ¾" with filler and drain valve and with cap against operation mistakes. wall mounting bracket. ¾"-version 819 200 27 1"-version 819 200 36 Subject to modifications.5 bar 150 450 14 50 l-volume.5 bar 150 450 13 35 l-volume. 2010 · www. incl.wagner-solar. allows positive operating pressure 10 bar.com 262 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 . Accessories Table 4 Accessories Description Part no.5. pre-pressurized: 1. wall mounting bracket. wall mounting bracket. thread connection ¾" female flat sealing 12 l-volume. expansion vessel set stainless steel corrugated tube for connection to CIRCO solar circulation unit. with brackets for wall and floor fixing. expansion vessel Suitable for maintenance purposes. pre-pressurized: 1.5 bar 150 450 11 24 l-volume. incl. pre-pressurized: 2. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. connection 3/8" because of included bleeder pipe) Manual air release set consisting of 2 manual air release valves 3/8" and key 190 210 10 CIRCO – Expansion vessel for solar circulation unit. incl. with brackets for wall and floor fixing. Accessory parts for solar circuit piping: Accessory set solar circuit 190 210 22 2 filling valves and 2 grounding clamps for potential equalization Air venting kit Automatic air venting kit consisting of 2 automatic air venting valves and 190 210 11 (not normally required heat resistant ball valves (up to 200 °C).5 bar 150 450 10 18 l-volume. pre-pressurized: 1. pre-pressurized: 2.

1 KEYline Standard Single Tank System .5 Service – Checking Sensors . . . .1 Installer’s Qualifications . . . . . . . . 266 ● Integrated security functions and system protection 4. . . . . . . 2. .1 Installation of the Controller Encasing . . . . . . 265 ● Simple and safe setting via push-button on the right 2. . . 269 5. . . 2.2 Cable Connections . Technical Description . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . 267 ● 2 temperature inputs PT1000 4.1 Display and Push-Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . . . 268 ● Prepared for SECUSOL operation 4. .3 Menu “Settings” . . . .x SUNGOmini Solar Controller 1. . . 1. . . . 265 ● Diagnostic system for monitoring system functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 sensor cut-off and monitoring of temperature differ. 267 ● Solar charging of a 1 cylinder system 4. .OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . .3 Installation and Operating Information .2 Operating Requirements . . . 265 side 2. version V2. 270 Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 263 . . . . . General Safety Guidelines . . . . . . 3. . . .2 SECUSOL System . . . . Application Examples . . . .4 Service – System Messages . . . . . . . . 267 ● 1 speed controlled output for pump 4. 269 4. . . . . . . . 266 ence “∆T too high” 3. . . . . . . . . . 265 ity. . . . . . . . . . 270 5. . balance values and sys. . . . . . 270 5. .4 Figure 1 Solar controller SUNGOmini The Benefits at a Glance Content ● Display showing temperature. . . . . . . . . .2 Menu “Information” . Operation . . e. . . . . .g. 264 tem status with clearly visible symbols for easy readabil. . .

The Triac switches off. as (internal) / storage temperature -10 °C up to +65 °C long as a switching difference exists. 2.0 for each output outputs on and off. Note: The temperature Rate of radio interference N according to VDE 0875 limitation always affects sensor T2 (cylinder. The system messages “sensor cut-off” and “sensor short circuit” are indicated with display symbols. Operating voltage Speed Control -10 % to +15 % The solar circuit pump can be operated via speed con- Diameter of cable max. SL and SXL. 4kV 1min Test voltage according to VDE 0631 Triac 230V AC The Triac is an electronic switch for switching the 230-V Switching voltage 1A / approx. applicable for controllers SUNGOmini. Technical Description Table 1 Solar Controller SUNGOmini Solar Charging The solar circulation pump is switched on and off by a tem- 100 % recyclable ABS-housing Material perature difference control. despite operational temperature difference. The thyristors Operating temperature 0° up to +50 °C / switch the positive or negative sinus half-wave through. Internal mains protection Operational principle: a Triac consists of 2 anti-parallel 2 A/T switchable diodes (=anti-parallel thyristors). This means. Therefore the speed can be altered within a range The cable of the sensor must be of 30-100 % which results in longer system run times. mm) 75 x 93 x 40 on/off conditions and the temperature limitation can be Protection type IP41 according to VDE 0470 variably set in the settings menu. sensor must not be loaded Sensor load mechanically when the System Messages temperature of the collector is more than 60 °C. there is no solar fluid in the collectors and risers. The minimum speed can be custom set. The installed with no tension.1. 264 EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 . SUNGO S. 50 Hz. SECUSOL Function The solar heating system is operated on a drain back prin- ciple. System Protection If the collector temperature at sensor T1 rises above the fixed value of 135 °C. the solar circulation pump is switched off. See SECUSOL manual for further details. This means that for 230 V connections unifilar or finely stranded individual sine half-waves in the alternate current are Temperature sensor / Pt1000.5 mm² trol (in this case impulse packet control). 1000 Ω at 0 °C. 150 g as soon as the difference falls below the turn-off value. The system protection is deactivated as soon as the tem- perature at the collector falls below 100 °C. Microfuse 5 x 20 mm. This way a destruction or damage of components of the solar circuit is avoided. 230 VA for Output power of switches cos ϕ = 0. depending on the temperature differ- temperature range range: -30 °C up to +225 °C ence. 230 Volt AC. bottom). if the solar circulation pump is not acti- vated. Weight approx. The Dimensions (l x w x h. bottom) are required as control elements. switched on or off. The sensors T1 (collector) and for wall mounting T2 (cylinder.7-1.

● The base of the control is divided into a safe low volt- age section and a 230 V section by a crosspiece.3 Installation and 1.2 Operating Requirements potentially fatal electric shocks as well as other health haz- ards. Application ● Controlling solar thermal systems through the selection of applicable control patterns and additional functions to adapt the control for the required operation of the CAUTION for danger to property hydraulic system. There is a risk of scalding when fitting the collector temperature sensor. ● If these operating requirements are not observed. General Safety Guidelines 2. If in doubt contact the controller ser- controller. DANGER for personal injury Improper electrical installation of the device can lead to 2. Limitations of Use NOTE for additional information ● When used in other than solar thermal applications. plied with. ● Collectors and hydraulic pipe work can get extremely hot during solar irradiation. This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage to ● The controller must only be operated in dry rooms. EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 265 . 2. ● The controller can be attached to the solar cylinder or mounted on the wall. the wiring or the connected 230 V mains or consumer are visibly damaged. the components or the function of the controller. devices. ● Mains power must be connected to the controller from outside the solar station via an external ON/OFF switch. Make sure that you do not confuse these sections during the installation process! ● The standard operating mode is the automatic mode. cific advice presented throughout the guidelines.1 Installer’s Qualifications The following safety advice is designed to protect you ● Setting up and commissioning of the SUNGO mini must from dangers that can arise from improper handling of be carried out by a qualified installer. whether intentional or otherwise.4 Operating Information ● Any installation and wiring work has to be carried out in an idle state as during operation the voltage on the outside of the triac is 230 V. ● Operating temperatures above 50 °C are not permitted for the controller. ● Do not operate the system if the controller. ● Please note that in case of a complaint the guarantee is only valid if correct commissioning has been certified in a commissioning report. the This symbol indicates practical advice and tricks of the functionality of the control has to be checked before trade which will be useful for installing and operating the commissioning. any claims under the warranty will not be accepted. vice of Wagner & Co. Manual operation is used only for functional testing of the pump. A distinction is ● All national and local safety regulations need to be com- made between general advice presented here and spe.2. ● The control is fitted with a mains microfuse.

T2 Storage sensor.5mm² cable can be used. on off ● The polarity of the temperature sensors is irrelevant and 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 they can be connected either way. Figure 2 SUNGOmini circuit board components 266 EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 . ● Hook the SUNGOmini controller to the desired position ● In this case you must crimp the wire ends. All electrical connections are made to the circuit board at er to gently push from above into the small notch at the the bottom of the control. ● All earth wires are connected to the PE terminals. Green ● The neutral terminals (N) are electrically connected! ● Switching output A1 is a 230 V normally open contact which is activated via speed-control. Shielded ca- Jumper off = SECUSOL bles should be used for long connections to the collector.1 Installation of the Case 3. ● If flexible wires are used and the controller is wall mounted. further protection of the cylinder sensor is not required. just trim and isolate. This switch is not required if mains power is with a pro- tective plug to a socket. Fuse Transformator Display Red Connecting the Temperature Sensors ● The wires of the temperature sensors can be extended: Triac Control-IC An up to 15m length / 2x0. T1 Collector sensor. use a small screw-driv. 230 V Mains Connection ● When the control is switched on.3. into the upper insulation of the storage cylinder. T1 Storage sensor. low voltage) are located on the right hand side and the 230 V mains connections and the switching output A1 on Wall Mounting the left hand side. ● Finally connect to mains power. ● Mains power is connected from outside the control via acs housing is 230 V AC. the voltage on the tri. up to Push- Jumper on = Solar Button 50m a cable with 2x0. Collector sensor. ● Do not overtighten the screws to avoid damage to the General Connection Rules lower part of the housing. phase Solar circuit pump. an ON/OFF switch. Sensor T1 (collector) should be fitted with the sensor con- nection box SP2 inclusive an overvoltage protection. Generally. ● Mount the controller to the wall. Lightning Protector Module The SUNGOmini is fitted with spike protection on all sen- sor terminals. T2 Mains. potential earth ● The sensor wires must be installed separately from 230 V mains cables. neutral Solar circuit pump. phase Mains. neutral Mains.75mm² is necessary. a strain relief must be fixed within or outside Mounting at SECUSOL Solar Cylinder the controller. ● The controller is suitable for mains operation at approxi- Mains voltage area Safe low voltage area mately 230V/50Hz. Do not connect the shielding at the sensor end. Installation 3. The sensor connections (safe front of the cover. potential earth Solar circuit pump.2 Connecting Wires Opening the Case Layout of the SUNGO mini Connections ● To open the cover of the casing.

2 Menu “Information” During standard operation the controller is in the menu “information” where the values for the collector tempera- ture (T1) and the lower storage temperature (T2) are shown in 5-second-intervals. temperature (solar only) “Information” Dmax = max. Table 2 Menu “Information” Symbol Description Menu “Information” I Sensor T1: Collector 2 Sensor T2: Storage.4 4. When the switching difference is sufficient to switch on the solar circulation pump.4. bottom Solar circuit pump: ON EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 267 .1 Display and Push Button Tmax = temperature limitation DT max = switching difference ON DT min = switching difference OFF Menu Tmin = min. and the green LED flashes. an additional pump symbol is shown. Operation 4. pump speed (SECUSOL only) LED green ON = mains ON LED green flashing = solar circuit pump ON dT min max x ! I LED red on / flashing = error Push-Button on side activates menu “Settings” System Menu “Settings” error Number field Pump ON temperature Pump OFF Measuring point 1 collector 2 storage Figure 3 Display and functions 1.

flashes. bottom 15 – 90 °C 85 °C Switching difference (ON) between collector and storage / dT max 3 – 40 K 15 K set temp. bottom 15 – 90 °C 85 °C Switching difference (ON) between collector and storage / T max 3 – 40 K 10 K set temp.3 Menu “Settings” The controller is equipped with a micro push-button that In order to change the selected variables. start For filling the system at 100 % pump speed Min. 2 – 35 K 3K T min Minimum temperature at which temp. d min 30 – 100 % 30 % adjustable step size in 5 %-steps “off / on” Manual operation of output A1 off. pending on the jumper position. The flashing mode is then turned off be serially selected with single pushes on the button. 2 seconds until the shown value on the left side of the casing.) “res” Resetting to manufacturer values “V2. Here the variables shown in tables 3 and 4 can another 2 seconds. 5 – 90 °C 10 °C Minimum speed of solar circulation pump.4. and the new value is saved at the same time. de. difference affected by the pump speed control. where it Briefly pushing the button switches the controller from the jumps back to the lowest value to start over. difference is analyzed.x” Shows the current software version * Solar = jumper setting “on” Table 4 Menu “Settings” (SECUSOL = in jumper setting “off”) Name Description Range Standard value T max Temperature limitation storage. you have to push the button for display. difference affected by the pump speed control. on off (Remains in operation for 1 h when “on” and then returns to “automatic”. you can step through the val- ues in ascending order to the end of the range. speed of the solar circuit pump in system SECUSOL 45 – 100 % 100 % Manual operation of output A1 “off / on” off. Additionally the maximum pump speed “dmax” can be adjusted in the SECUSOL system variation. menu “Information” to the menu “Settings”. By further pushing. on off “res” Resetting to manufacturer values “V2. 2 – 35 K 3K d max Max. Table 3 Menu “Settings” (Solar*) Name Description Range Standard value T max Temperature limitation storage.x” Shows the current software version Fixed Parameters that cannot be changed Filling time. dT min Switching difference (OFF) between collector and storage. the button must can be reached with an appropriate tool via a small drilling be pushed for approx. pump speed In normal operation the pump speed of the system can be reduced to 45 % 268 EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 . dT min Switching difference (OFF) between collector and storage. which is indi- cated by two small arrow points at the right edge of the In order to save a value.

required.5 Service – Checking Sensors Table 6 Temperature related resistance values for Pt1000-sensor -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C 110 °C 922 Ω 961 Ω 1000 Ω 1039 Ω 1078 Ω 1117 Ω 1155 Ω 1194 Ω 1232 Ω 1271 Ω 1309 Ω 1347 Ω 1385 Ω 1423 Ω Based upon this table the correct function of the temperature sensors can be checked with a multi-meter. 2 x flashing Short circuit in collector sensor cable ● Check and compare resistance of sensor. LED red. 1. The message occurs. Storage sensor cable interrupted LED red. 1 x flashing Collector sensor cable interrupted LED red. flashing Solar circuit pump ON – LED red.4 Service – System Messages The operational state is indicated via two LEDs. 4 x flashing Short circuit in storage sensor cable ● “dT too high” active A value of 20K is added to the switching difference (ON) between T1 and T2.4. 3 x flashing ● Check all contacts. EN-XXX_SUNGOmini_BA-091021-11221Q00 269 . ● “System protection” active ● Check system for air vent if necessary. despite operational temperature difference. replace if value of 135 °C the solar circuit pump is switched off. ON Mains ON – LED green.4 4. The error-codes are indicated by flashing inter- vals within a few seconds. Errors are indicated by the red LED as well as by additional display symbols. when the total difference is not reduced after 30 min. LED red. Table 5 System messages in display Display-/LED Description Action LED green. The system protection is deactivated as soon as the temperature at the collector falls below 100 °C. ● Check pump and wiring. ON If the collector temperature at sensor T1 rises above the set ● Check sensors / sensor cables.

Application Examples 5.wagner-solar.com 270 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .5.2 SECUSOL-System T1 : Sensor collector Collector field (EURO C22) T2 : Storage sensor. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co. bottom P1 : Solar circulation pump P2 : Heating circulation pump P3 : Storage charging pump T1 M1 : Heating circuit mixer T2 T1 Ttw : Sensor hot water (boiler controller) A1 BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve Ta Heating circuit Tvl SECUSOL P2 M1 Ttw T2 P3 Oil or gas boiler P1 Hot water BWM Cold Water Figure 5 SECUSOL-System for SUNGOmini Subject to modifications.1 KEYline-System T1 : Sensor collector Collector field T2 : Storage sensor. bottom T1 P1 : Solar circulation pump P2 : Heating circulation pump P3 : Storage charging pump M1 : Heating circuit mixer T2 T1 Ttw : Sensor hot water (boiler controller) A1 BWM : Thermostatic mixing valve Ta Heating circuit Tvl P1 P2 CIRCO Ttw M1 ECOplus P3 T2 Oil or gas boiler Hot water BWM Cold water Figure 4 KEYline system for SUNGOmini 5. 2010 · www.

. . . . . . . . . .4 Figure 1 Solar Controller SUNGO S Product Features Contents ● Large illuminated display to indicate temperature. . . Application Examples . .3 Installation and Operating Information . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 ● 1 output. . speed-controlled 4. . . . . . . . . . Operation . . .5 Special Functions Menu . . . . . . 280 4.2 Information Menu . 272 ance values and system status with clearly visible sym. . . . . . . . . 282 Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 271 . . . . . . 281 5. . . . . . .2 Operating Requirements . . .0 Solar Controller SUNGO S 1. . . . .7 Service – Sensor Control . . . . . .2 Single Tank System with PHE . . . . . .6 Service – System Messages. . . .3 Settings Menu . 274 horizontal scrolling through the menus. . . . . . .0 / HW3. . 279 ● 3 temperature inputs Pt1000 4. . . 4. . . . . . . . . . 274 ● Extensive diagnostics for monitoring system functions. . . 282 5. . . . . . General Safety Guidelines . . . . . . . . 2. . 274 bols for easy readability. . . . . . . . system protection and vacuum tube col. . . . . . . 274 ence “∆T too high” 3. . . .4 Manual Operation Menu . . 2. . . . . . . . . . .1 Single-Tank System . 278 ● Solar charging of 1 tank systems 4. . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 3. . 278 ● Current/reset values 4. .OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 275 ● Integrated security functions such as collector cooling. 4. . . . sensor cutoff and monitoring of temperature differ.1 Display and Buttons . . . .1 Installation of the Case .1 Installer’s Qualifications . . 280 5. . . . 274 ● Easy and safe operation via four buttons for vertical and 2. . . . 1. . . . . . 276 lector function.2 Connecting Wires . 276 tank cooling. . . . 2. . . . . . 274 eg. . . . . Technical Description . . . . . bal. Issue SW1201 / 3.

that individual sine half-waves in the alternate current are 3. slow) This type of intermittent operation of the solar circulation Operating temperature (inside). and max. an  idle state. The system shuts down completely. temperature values for each sensor. upper half) switch-off value for tank cooling. lower half) the display also shows balance values which represent the min. The on/off conditions and the temperature When the collector cooling function is activated tank cool- limitation can be variably set in the settings menu. The solar circulation pump can be controlled via speed 2. lower half) minus 2 K. perature limitation is exceeded output A1 (solar circula- 4 kV for 1 min tion pump) switches off. the collector sensor has decreased by 10 K. back to zero. When reset the current actual tem- perature value is displayed. 1000 Ω at 0 °C. bottom) are required as con. 2 conditions must be met: 1. upper half) is a measuring sensor which 2. Therefore the speed can be altered within a range of 30-100% which results in longer system run times. Protection type IP40 according to VDE 0470 Rate of radio interference N according to VDE 0875 Manual Lag Function In order to check the temperature values in the information 230 Volt AC. Ensure that the cable does not put strain on the sensor. This means the preset switch-off value for tank cooling.0 the collector. 50 Hz.1. ture T2 (tank. setting for vacations). even when the output channels are set manually. It switches off again when the temperature at Low current fuse 5 x 20 mm.g. switch function and is not monitored by the diagnostics system. bottom).5 mm² stranded / single for 230 V-connections operation menu this time span passes once and then is set Temperature sensor / Pt1000. that the collector is never or only rarely in 0° to +50 °C / -10° to +65 °C storage temp. Temperature T2 (tank. The In order for tank cooling to switch off one of the following minimum speed can be custom set. SensorT3 (tank. If the temperature of T1 (collector) Test voltage according to VDE 0631 then rises above the selectable standard value of 110 °C Switching voltage 230 Volt AC the solar circulation pump is switched on in order to cool Output parameters of switches 1A / 230 VA for cos ϕ = 0. the collector cooling function is sup- pressed. -10 % to +15 % a time lag has to be selected in the manual lag function Max. Fuse. lower half) minus 10 K. In this mode a blinking symbol for the manual Temperature range Range: -30 °C to +225 °C operation is shown in the information menu. Temperature T2 (tank.7-1. lower half) must be higher than control (in this case impulse packet control). lower half) is lower than the Sensor T3 (tank. pump means. trol elements. lower half) must be higher than Speed Control or equal to the preset tank temperature limitation plus 2 K. T1 (collector) und T2 (tank. Note: ing will also become active. Temperature T1 (collector) must be higher than tem- indicates the temperature in the upper tank area. After exiting the manual 2. On exiting the manual opera- tion menu. 100 % recyclable ABS casing Material The manual operation menu can be used for a maximum for wall mounting of 8 hours. 360 g exceeded by 5  K. the software returns to automatic operation. It has no perature T2 (tank. Balance Values In addition to the actual values of the sensors T1 (collector) and T2 (tank. internal 2 A/T (2 Ampere. 272 EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 . size of wiring of the manual operation menu. Collector Cooling Strain on sensor Do not put any mechanical The tank is loaded up to the preset temperature limitation strain on the sensor if which affects sensor T2 (tank. conditions must be met: 1. The sensors can be reduced to a preset lowest switch-off value (e. Mains supply menu. If the preset tem- temperature is above 60 °C. Solar Charging Tank Cooling The solar circulation pump is switched on and off by Tank cooling means that if necessary the tank temperature means of a temperature difference control. In order for tank cooling to become active the following 3 lower half). After that the software automatically switches Dimensions (L x H x W in mm) 173 x 138 x 51 back to automatic operation in the information menu. Temperature T2 (tank. ence. If the preset tank temperature limitation is Weight ca. Temperature T1 (collector) must be lower than tempera- switched on or off depending on the temperature differ. Technical Description Manual Operation Manual operation allows to manually switch input and Solar Controller SUNGO S output channels on or off. The temperature limitation always affects sensor T2 (tank.

solar charging is stopped entirely as soon as a set temperature limit is exceeded at sensor T1 (collector). Function: A triac switch consists of 2 diodes which can be switched anti-parallel (= antiparallel thyristors). The standard temperature value to activate the system protection is set at 135 °C. The rise in temperature at sensor T1 (collector) is measured again immediately after the last runtime of the pump. that are installed in the solar circuit against excess temperatures. System Messages The system messages for interrupted or shorted-out sen- sors are represented by symbols on the display. it is possible to set a variable value between 115 °C and 200 °C. However. The thyris- tors switch through the positive or negative sine half-wave as long as a switch-on difference exists. EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 273 . 2-/3 way valves etc.Vacuum Tube Collector Function The vacuum tube collector function allows operation of the solar heating system even if sensor T1 (collector) is in- stalled in the connecting pipe of the collector. 1. even when charging would still be possible due to the temperature difference between sensor T1 (collector) and sensor T2 (storage cyl- inder). If the tem- perature increase at sensor T1 exceeds the preset switch- on value for the collector temperature increase (standard: 1 K) the solar circuit pump is switched on for the duration of a preset lag time (standard: 15 s).4 System Protection In order to protect system components like solar circula- tion pump. The triac switch switches off when the temperature falls below the switch- off difference. otherwise the solar circula- tion pump will switch off again. For better readability of the system message the display illumination switches on and off every second as long as the error pre- vails and no key entry is made. Triac The Triac is an electronic on/off switch for the 230 V out- puts of the SUNGO controllers. lower half) has to be activated. During this time the switch-on difference and the solar charge between sensor T1 (collector) and sensor T 2 (tank.

● Please note that if a complaint is made.3 Guidelines for Installation and The following safety advice is designed to protect you Operation from dangers that can arise from improper handling of ● Because Triacs carry 230 V current at the case. Make sure that you do not confuse these. ● Collectors and pipe work become very hot during sun- 2. This is also necessary in order to be able to activate the “Special Function” menu through ON and OFF switch- ing. Watch ● The mains must be connected to the control via an ex- out for the symbols! ternal ON/OFF switch outside the solar circulation unit. Open the Casing ● You require no tools to open the control. may damage the casing! Limitations of Use ● The controls suitability should be checked before oper- ation commences if it is used for any other purpose than for controls suitability solar thermal systems. potentially fatal electric shocks as well as other health haz. ● Mount the control to the wall. ● Tighten screws only as far as necessary. ● Please ensure that you comply with national and local 3.1 Installer’s Qualifications ny periods. section and a 230 V section by a crosspiece. ● The control can either be integrated into the solar circu. ● The lid arrests automatically when fully opened to allow Function for comfortable mounting and wiring. ● Controlling solar thermal systems through the selection of applicable control patterns and additional functions Wall Mounting to adapt the control for the required operation of the ● Using the supplied drilling template drill out the fixing hydraulic system. The lid snaps into the lower half. the mains devices. This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage to ● The base of the control is divided into a low voltage the components or the function of the control. Over-tightening lation unit or it can be mounted on the wall. whether intentional or otherwise. 274 EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 . the guarantee is 3. trol. This way you can ensure optimal display contrast (for SUNGO S and CAUTION for danger to property SL). ● The control is certified for use in dry rooms only. holes for the control. specific reading position is required. ● The use of the control for non-specified operation re- sults in a lapse of the guarantee. General Safety Guidelines 2. ● Setting up. Manual mode is only used for testing the dif- NOTE for additional information ferent components like the pump and two/three-way This symbol indicates practical advice and tricks of the valve. work is carried out. There is a risk of scalding when fitting the collector temperature sensor. When installing the solar circulation unit be careful to place the display so that it is at eye level or slightly higher. installation and commissioning of the SUNGO S must be carried out by a qualified installer.1 Installation of the Case only valid if the correct commissioning has been certi- fied by a qualified person in the commissioning report. trade which will be useful for installing and operating the ● The system must not be operated if damage to the con- control. the wiring or the mains is detected. If you are unsure you must check with the service of Wagner & Co.2. Installation regulations. ● LCD display panels are designed in such a way that a ards. DANGER for danger to the person ● Operating temperatures above 50 °C are not permis- Improper electrical installation of the device can lead to sible for the control. You can dislodge and lift up the lid 2. cific advice presented throughout the guidelines. ● Automatic mode is the default operation mode of the control. A distinction is must be disconnected while any installation and wiring made between general advice presented here and spe. ● The control is fitted with a low-current fuse.2 Use and Application by pulling gently on the side clips.

wires must be tied externally in such way that terminals. up to 50 m = 2 x 0. General Connection Rules Lightning Protector Module ● If flexible wires are used and the controller is fitted to The SUNGO S is fitted with spike protection on all sensor the wall. ● The wires for the temperature sensors can be extended: Up to 15 m length = 2 x 0. ● Last connection should be to mains. Generally. just trim and isolate! tom of the control.Installation in the Solar Circulation Unit 230 V Mains Connection ● Affix the SUNGO S with the appropriate screws to the ● Mains power is connected from outside the connector wall mounting bracket of the solar circulation unit. Sensor T1 (collector) requires installation of sensor con- ● If required PG9 screws can be fixed at the feed-throughs nection box SP2 with excess voltage protection. the screws in order to minimise pressure on the circuit ● Switch output A1 is a 230 V normally open contact board and to avoid tearing the connectors off.2 Connecting Wires For long connections it is recommended to use shield- ed cable.5 mm² cable can be used . Please single isolated wires start as they enter the casing from check that your pump has compatible specifications. ing cables.75 mm² cable is necessary. the switch in the bottom of the control. further protection of the cylinder sen- strain to the controller is avoided. Layout of the SUNGO S Connections Do not connect the shielding at the sensor All connections are made to the circuit board at the bot. left hand side you will find the connections for mains and ● Sensor wires must be installed away from mains carry- switching output A1. 3. sors is not required. ● Hold the connectors with one hand while tightening ● The neutral terminals (N) are connected electrically. which is activated via speed-control. if the control is mounted to the wall. via an ON/OFF switch. ● All earth wires are connected to the PE-connectors. ● Remove outer insulation of the cables in such way that ● The unit is designed to work with 230 V AC/50Hz. the bottom. ● In this case you must tin or crimp the wire ends. On the right hand side you will find the ● Temperature sensors are without polarity and can be connections for the sensors (low voltage area) while on the connected any way.4 Mains microfuse 2A/T Mains voltage area Safety low voltage area Ribbon cable plug for display circuit Saf Earth potential connector Sensors T1-T3 connectors ety fus e Mains connector Switch output A1 connector Transformer for circuit voltage 12 V Electronic triac switch Triac control IC Figure 2 SUNGO S circuit board components EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 275 . ● If power is switched on now. 1. end. can be omitted. 230 V AC will be present on Connecting the Temperature Sensors the casing of the triacs. ● Open up the cable ducts next to the centre crosspiece If the unit is connected with a plug to a socket.

PE use Mains. tank sensor. upper half Solar circulation pump. tank sensor.1 Display and Buttons Settings menu Manual operation menu Information menu Special functions menu Temperature difference Balance or start / stop values dT min max start stop 88888 Number display for Units temp. lower half ok? Confirm / save icon Pump ON Pump OFF System error Output A1 276 EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 . phase (L1) T3. upper half R R Reset symbol ! Tank temperature. collector sensor f Solar circulation pump. zero (N1) Figure 3 Connections 4. or sensor errors °C % Collector temperature x h Tank temperature. phase (L) T2. neutral (N) Solar circulation pump. lower half Mains. Mains voltage area Safety low voltage area Saf ety Mains. PE T1. Operation 4.

bottom dT max __K Switch-on difference T1-T2.4 __K Set point temperature difference. solar T min __°C Minimum temperature source dT 1. Horizontal operating level Settings menu as an example T max __°C Temperature limitation tank. solar d min __ Solar circulation pump d max __ Maximum speed solar circulation pump (SECUSOL) T start __ System filling time (SECUSOL) Set values ➝ ➝ ➝ ➝ Activate Increase Decrease Activate Save value value value save function value EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 277 . solar Vertical dT min operating level __K Switch-off difference T1-T2. speed control.

h R __h resettable. lower half. since last reset Balance value. Balance value. Current value °C __°C Operating hours. total. maximum. display.40 K 10 K __K dT min Switch-off difference between collector and tank 2 . Current value °C __°C min Collector temperature. lower half. upper half) is simply a measuring sensor. Current value h __h Reset operating hours.3 Settings Menu Settings menu Menu item Description Range Base value T max Temperature limitation tank.360 s 60 s __ SECUSOL only! 278 EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 . 4.90 °C 85 °C __°C dT max Switch-on difference between collector and tank 3 .4. °C __°C resettable max Collector temperature. °C __°C resettable Tank temperature. Balance value. minimum.50 K 10 K __K d min Minimum speed of the solar circulation pump 30 . 1 Sensor T3 (tank. Balance value. °C __°C resettable Tank temperature. therefore it is not monitored by the sensor control. Current value °C __°C min Tank temperature. lower half 15 . in 10 s increments 20 .100% 30% __ 10% increments d max Maximum speed of the solar circulation pump 30 .100% 100% __ SECUSOL only! T start Charge time (s) of the solar heating system with speed 100%. Pump symbol active: Function display Temperature difference between collector and tank — is higher than switch-on difference (solar circulation pump on). Balance value. maximum. Pump symbol idle: Function display Temperature difference between collector and tank — is smaller than switch-on difference (solar circulation pump off). lower half. upper half 1. °C __°C resettable max Tank temperature.2 Information Menu Information menu Menu item Description Display Collector temperature. minimum.35 K 3K __K T min Minimum temperature where analysis of switch-on difference starts 5 .90 °C 10 °C __°C dT Set point temperature difference the speed control adjusts to 2 .

600 min 0 min __ 4. 0 or 1 1 System Protection Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 2 System protection start temperature 115 . Special functions menu Menu Application Description Range Base value item 0 . Only possible with collector cooling.3: SECUSOL system (see SECUSOL instructions for further info) Off = 0 / On = 1 1 Activation of system protection.4.4 Manual Operation Menu Manual operation menu Menu item Description Range Base value Off = 0 / On = 1 0-1 0 Manual on/off via output A1 (solar circulation pump) T stop Activation of manual operation lag time in automatic mode 0 .1: Standard single-tank system 0 System choice 0 .5.150 °C 110 °C Off = 0 / On = 1 5 Activation of tank cooling. select the “Special Functions“ menu in order to activate it. so that the individual parameters can be changed.60 s 15 s 13 Switch-on value for temperature increase at sensor T1 (collector) 1.200 °C 135 °C Off = 0 / On = 1 3 Activation of collector cooling.0 K 1.0 .90 °C 60 °C 7 .0 K Only expert personnel should edit the special functions menu. Incorrect settings may adversely affect the solar heating system. the menu remains active for one minute.5 Special Functions Menu Within the first minute after switching on the controller.10 Menu items 7-10 are not available for the SUNGO S controller Off = 0 / On = 1 11 0 or 1 0 Activation of vacuum tube collector function Tube collector 12 function Run time of solar circulation pump from reaching the switch-on value 1 . 0 or 1 1 1. EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 279 . After leaving it. Afterwards the parameters can only be viewed but not changed.2: Cannot be selected! 1 or 3 1 0 . In order to change the functions again. 0 or 1 0 Tank Cooling Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 6 Switch-off temperature 30 . it is necessary to disconnect the controller from the mains again.4 Collector Cooling Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 4 Collector cooling start temperature 100 .

The message is displayed ● Check system for air. and vent if required. ● Check the resistance value of the sensor and compare to the resistance table.7 Service – Sensor Control Resistance values for Pt1000-sensors in relation to the temperature -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C 110 °C 961 Ω 1000 Ω 1039 Ω 1078 Ω 1117 Ω 1155 Ω 1194 Ω 1232 Ω 1271 Ω 1309 Ω 1347 Ω 1385 Ω 1423 Ω The working condition of the sensor can be checked with this table and an Ohm meter. 4.4. the line or the sensor input on the controller. ! Interruption °C Displayed sensor or line connection interrupted Blinking / defunct. Blinking In case of sensor errors the sensor in question is also marked with short circuit or interruption symbols. dT too high A fixed value of 20 K is added to the ● Check pump/pump connections/wiring. 280 EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 . difference has not been reduced. ● Check sensors/sensor lines and change sensor if if after 30 minutes the total temperature required. °C ! Blinking There is a short circuit of the sensor on the display.6 Service – System Messages Display of system information Display Description Correction ! System Messages All system messages are displayed with a blinking caution symbol. Short circuit ● Check all contact points up to the sensor. ! Blinking temperature difference between collector (T1) and tank sensor (T2).

domestic hot water EN-XXX_SUNGO-S_BA-100121-1122P200 281 . heating circuit Collector field BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve Mains Oil or gas boiler Hot water Cold water 1. outside. Ttw = Temperature. solar circuit P2: Pump.5.4 Figure 4 Single-tank system DHW preparation Tvl = Temperature. Application examples 5. heating circuit P3: Pump.1 Single-Tank System P1: Pump. aux. Ta = Temperature. heating DHW Exit 230 V Low voltage section M1: Mixing valve. flow.

heating cicuit BWM: Thermostatic mixing valve Collector field PWT: Plate heat exchanger Mains Min. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.wagner-solar. solar circuit (primary) P2: Pump. heating circuit Exit 230 V Low voltage section M1: Mixing valve. Ttw = Temperature.com 282 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .5. outside.2 Single Tank System with PHE P1: Pump. flow. speed A1: 100% Oil or gas boiler Hot water Cold water Figure 5 Single storage system with external plate heat exchanger (PWT) for DHW preparation Tvl = Temperature. solar circuit (secondary/DHW) P3: Pump. domestic hot water Subject to modifications. 2010 · www. Ta = Temperature.

. . . . . Technical Description . . 293 ● 5 temperature inputs PT1000 4. . . . 292 increase 4. . .2 Information Menu . 286 ence “∆T too high” 3. . . . . 3. .2 Operating Requirements . . . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . .4 Manual Operation Menu . . .4 Figure 1 Solar Controller SUNGO SL. system protection and vacuum 4. 284 ance values and system status with clearly visible sym. 287 ● Integrated security functions such as collector cooling.OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . .00/ HW3. Application Examples . 3. .2 Dual Tank System . . . . . . . . Product Features Contents ● Large illuminated display to indicate temperature. . . . . . . . . . .1 Single Tank System with Return Boost . . . . . . . . . 288 tube collector function. . . . . .3 Settings Menu . . . sensor cutoff and monitoring of temperature differ. . . . . . . . . Operation . . . . 286 ● Extensive diagnostics for monitoring system functions. . . .0 Solar Controller SUNGO SL 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 ● 1 output. . . . . . . 291 ● Choice of thermostat function or return temperature 4. 286 ● Easy and safe operation via four buttons for vertical and 2. .1 Display and Control Buttons .7 Service – Sensor Control . . .1 Installation of the Housing . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . Version SW1203/3. .6 Service – System Messages. 2. . . . . . . . . . 286 horizontal scrolling through the menus. . 1. General Safety Guidelines . 293 ● The sensor T5 (solar return) and an external volume 5. . . . 290 ● Solar charging of 1 and 2 tank systems 4. . speed-controlled 5. . . . 286 eg. . . bal. . . 288 storage tank cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Special Functions Menu .1 Installer’s Qualifications . . . . 5. . . . 293 measuring device provide energy measurement in kWh. . . . . . . . . . 4. . 294 Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 283 . . . .3 Installation and Operating Information . . . . 292 ● Balance/reset values 4. . 4. . . . . . . 2. 286 bols for easy readability.2 Connecting Wires . . . . . . . . . . . .

50 Hz. In that case In order for storage tank cooling to switch off one of the it has no switch function and is not monitored by the diag. bottom) minus 2 K. 2. Temperature T2 (tank.0 The tank is loaded up to the preset temperature limita- for each output tion which affects sensor T2 (tank. following 2 conditions must be met: nostics system. Storage Tank Cooling means that if necessary the tank temperature can be reduced down to a preset lowest Speed Control switching off value (setting for vacations). Note: The tempera. bottom) must be higher than or results in longer system run times. By default it is ture T2 (tank. The solar circuit pump can be controlled via speed control When the collector cooling function is activated storage (in this case by half wave control). If the preset tank temperature limitation is exceeded temperature difference control. This type of intermittent operation of the solar circuit pump Solar Charging means that the collector is never or only rarely in an idle The solar circuit pump is switched on and off by means of a state. bottom) the display also shows balance val- ues which represent the smallest and biggest temperature 100 % recyclable ABS-housing Material values for each sensor. If the temperature of T1 (collector) Operating temperature 0° to +50 °C / then rises above the selectable standard value of 110 °C (internal) / storage temperature -10° to +65 °C the solar circuit pump is switched on in order to cool the Weight ca. The sensor must not be loaded menu even when the outputs are set manually. a time lag Sensor load has to be selected in the manual lag function in the manual mechanically when the temperature of the collector is operation menu. temperature limitation is exceeded output A1 (solar circuit 2 A/T pump) switches off. system shuts down completely. Storage Tank Cooling ture limitation always affects sensor T2 (tank. Temperature range Range: -30 °C to +225 °C Manual Lag Function The cable of the sensor must be In order to check the temperature values in the information installed with no tension. Temperature T2 (tank. 360 g collector. It switches off again when the temperature at the collector sensor has decreased by 10 K. If the preset Internal mains protection Microfuse 5 x 20 mm.1. bottom) minus 10 K. 230 VA Collector Cooling Output parameters of switches for cos ϕ = 0. The und T2 (tank. top) has different functions. If used in this way the sensor function is monitored as nor- mal by the diagnostics system. In 4 kV 1 min this mode a blinking symbol for the manual operation is Test voltage according to VDE 0631 shown in the information menu. the software returns Operating voltage to automatic operation. In both cases this sensor is used in the hot area of the tank and affects switching out- put A2. ual sine half-waves in the alternate current are switched on In order for storage tank cooling to become active the fol- or off depending on the temperature difference. this time span passes once and then is set back to zero. The manual operation menu can -10 % to +15 % be used for a maximum of 8 hours. it functions as a hot sensor (source). Therefore lowing 3 conditions must be met: the speed can be altered within a range of 30-100 % which 1. 230 Volt AC Switching voltage 1A / ca.7-1. bottom). more than 60 °C. The minimum speed equal to the preset tank temperature limitation plus 2 K.5 mm² unifilar or finely for 230 V connections stranded automatically switches back to automatic operation and to the information menu. Temperature T2 (tank. can be custom set. the measuring sensor for the top of the tank. Sensor T3 (Tank. tions as an additional sensor. Temperature T1 (collector) must be higher than tem- heating with additional sensor function activated it func. After reset the actual temperature for wall mounting value is displayed. Technical Description Balance Values In addition to the actual values of the sensors T1 (collector) Solar Controller SUNGO SL and T2 (tank. bottom) are required as control elements. Temperature sensor / Pt1000. bottom) is lower than the switch- With the return temperature increase function activated ing off value for storage tank cooling. Top) 3. bottom) must be higher than the preset switching off value for storage tank cooling. Dimensions (L x H x W in mm) 173 x 138 x 51 Protection type IP20 according to VDE 0470 Manual Operation Rate of radio interference N according to VDE 0875 Allows switching inputs and outputs on or off manually. On 230 Volt AC. 2. The sensors T1 (collector) by 5  K the collector cooling function is suppressed. exiting the manual operation menu. 284 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 . This means that individ. perature T2 (tank. Temperature T1 (collector) must be lower than tempera- Sensor T3 (tank. 1. After that the software Diameter of cable max. bottom). tank cooling will also become active. 1000 Ω at 0 °C. On exiting the manual operation menu. With the thermostat 2. The on/off conditions and the temperature limitation can be variably set in the settings menu.

This cannot be changed. Output A2 switches off if the current temperature T4 sors are represented by symbols on the display. The standard temperature value for activating the system Measuring the Yield protection function is 135 °C. This means if the solar circuit pump is not activated sensor is exceeded. The triac switch the tank sensor T3 (source) . either directly or via the solar tors switch through the positive or negative sine half-wave tank. an additional sensor T5 (return) and the existing sensor Dual Tank Operation T1 (collector). on output A2. bottom). level. Note: In addition to the switching phase (black) on out- put A2. and sensor T2 (tank. Output A2 switches off if the current tempera- During this time the switching on difference and the solar ture T4 is higher than the switch-on level plus the switch-off charge between sensor T1 (collector) and sensor T 2 (tank.) in the solar heating circuit SECUSOL Function from extremely high temperatures the solar charge is The solar heating system is operated on a drain back prin- stopped completely if a temperature limit at the collector ciple. Triac The Triac is an electronic on/off switch for the 230 V out. thermostat. Choose between the op- temperature increase at sensor T1 exceeds the preset tions heating and cooling. ing on level. (drain) to the heating boiler. bottom) has to be activated. If this is the case A2 is only switched on if temperature The rise in temperature at sensor T1 (collector) is measured T3 is higher than the switching on level plus the switching again immediately after the last runtime of the pump. tion switches on and off every second as long as the error There are 3 independent time windows available for the prevails and no key entry is made. even if this was permitted on account there is no solar fluid in the collectors and risers. off difference plus the additional difference for T3.Vacuum Tube Collector Function Thermostat The vacuum tube collector function allows operation The thermostat function for switching on can be set at a of the solar heating system even if sensor T1 (collector) range between 0° to 130 °C with a variable difference be- is installed in the connecting pipe of the collector. This is a freely adjustable temperature difference for sim- Function: A triac switch consists of 2 diodes which can be ple heating support which leads the heating return-flow T4 switched anti-parallel (= antiparallel thyristors). depending on the preset temperature difference to as long as a switching on difference exists. difference. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 285 . this value can be For measurements of the solar yield in kWh.4 System Protection (brown). otherwise the solar circuit With the heating option an additional sensor T3 can be acti- pump will switch off again. the switching head also requires a constant phase 1. However. 2 or 3 way valves etc. In order to protect the system components (solar circuit pump. by switching the 3 way valve switches off when the temperature falls below the switch. If no time window is activated time window 1 has to be set to 0:00 and 23:59. Return Flow Boost puts of the SUNGO Controller. switching on value for the collector temperature increase With the heating option activated output A2 switches on if (standard: 1 K) the solar circuit pump is switched on for the the current temperature T4 falls below the preset switch- duration of a preset lag time (standard: 15 s). Preference The SUNGO SL always uses tank 1 as a preference for the dual tank option. Change the menu item 0 – 1 to 0 – 2 in order to control a dual tank system. The heat yield variably set within a range of 115° to 200 °C. ference. ing-off difference. See SE- of a temperature difference between sensor T1 (collector) CUSOL instructions for further details. The SUNGO SL is capable of controlling a dual tank system by using output A2 for switching between tanks with the help of a 3 way valve. is measured with a volume flow metre connected to input T7. For better is lower than the switch level minus the switching off dif- recognition of the system message the display illumina. If the tween 1 to 40 K for switching off. The thyris. vated. With the cooling option activated output A2 switches on System Messages if the current temperature T4 falls below the preset switch The system messages for interrupted or shorted-out sen. Note: If the dual tank option is selected menu item 10 can no longer be activated.

A distinction is in an idle state as during operation the voltage on the made between general advice presented here and spe. ● If these operating requirements are not observed any claims under the warranty will not be accepted. ● The control is fitted with a mains microfuse. ● Do not operate the system if the control. potentially fatal electric shocks as well as other health haz. The lid 2.1 Installer’s Qualifications ● Collectors and hydraulic pipework can get extremely hot during sunny periods. ● Use the supplied drilling template to drill the fixing ● The control must only be operated in dry rooms. whether intentional or otherwise. ● The control can be integrated into the solar circulation ● Mount the control to the wall. ● Mains power must be connected to the control from outside the solar station via an external ON/OFF Switch. unit or mounted on the wall. ● Do not overtighten the screws to avoid damage to the lower part of the housing.1 Installation of the Case a commissioning report. This way you can ensure optimal display contrast. Application ● When fully opened the lid will not move so that you can ● Controlling solar thermal systems through the selection take care of mounting and wiring comfortably. There is a risk of scalding ● Setting up and commissioning of the SUNGO SL must when fitting the collector temperature sensor. be carried out by a qualified installer. ● LCD display panels are designed in such a way that a ards. You can dislodge and lift up the lid by pulling gently on the side clips. ● The default operating mode is the automatic mode. Installation ● Please note that in case of a complaint the guarantee is only valid if correct commissioning has been certified in 3. Limitations of Use ● If used in a non-solar thermal application the functionality of the control has to be checked before commissioning. Manual operation is used only for functional testing NOTE for additional information of the different hydraulic components (pump. CAUTION for danger to property ● The base of the control is divided into a safety low volt- This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage to age section and a 230 V section by a crosspiece. In this operating mode maximum temperatures trade which will be useful for installing and operating the or sensor functions are not monitored. the wiring or the connected 230 V mains are visibly damaged. sure that you do not confuse these sections during the installation process. DANGER for danger to the person ● Operating temperatures above 50 °C are not permitted Improper electrical installation of the device can lead to for the control. ● All national and local safety regulations need to be com- plied with. This is also required to activate the special functions menu through switching the mains power ON/OFF. 2.2. Make the components or the function of the control. 3. holes for the controller. outside of the triacs is 230 V. control.2 Operating Requirements folds over on top of the lower half. If in doubt contact the control service of Wagner & Co. 286 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 . cific advice presented throughout the guidelines.3 Installation and The following safety advice is designed to protect you Operating Information from dangers that can arise from improper handling of ● Any installation and wiring work has to be carried out devices. 2/3 way This symbol indicates practical advice and tricks of the valve). specific reading position is required. Opening the Case ● No tools are required to open the control case. of applicable control patterns and additional functions to adapt the control for the required operation of the Wall Mounting hydraulic system. General Safety Guidelines 2. be careful to place the display so that it is at eye level or slightly higher. When installing the control.

Connecting the Temperature Sensors ● The wires of the temperature sensors can be extended: 3. 1. T5 “Volume flow meter” for yield measurement. 230 V mains connections and the switching outputs A1 ● The polarity of the temperature sensors is irrelevant and and A2 on the left hand side. in case of wall mounting. a strain relief must be fixed within or outside of the Lightning Protector Module control. tective plug to a socket. T7 Figure 2 SUNGO SL circuit board components. ● Hold cable clamps steady when screwing tight in order ● All earth wires are connected to the PE terminals. T4 Heat meter (yield). 2 x 0. acs housing is 230 V AC.Installation in the Solar Circulation Unit 230 V Mains Connection ● With the screws mount the SUNGO SL on the wall hold. just low voltage) are located on the right hand side and the trim and isolate. A2 is purely a normally open contact. Layout of the SUNGO SL Connections Shielded cables should be used for long connections All electrical connections are made to the circuit board at to the collector. the bottom of the control. 230 V/50 Hz. Switching output ● When the control is switched on the voltage on the tri.2 Connecting Wires Up to 15 m length. which is activated via speed-control.4 ControllerIC Plug for Display FUSE 5X20 Triac T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T7 Trafo PE-PE A2 A1 L1 M M M M M M PE-PE N N N Potential Earth Collector sensor. ● If flexible wires are used and the control is wall mount- ed. danger of the terminals to be torn off! ● Switching output A1 is a 230 V normally open contact ● Finally connect to mains power. T1 Switching output Tank sensor. ● Strip the 230 V cables in a way that the insulated single ● The control is suitable for mains operation at approx. further protection of the tank sensors ● If required PG9 screws can be fixed at the feed-throughs is not required. return flow sensor. top / Additional thermostat sensor / Mains L1 return flow boost (source) Thermostat / return flow boost (sink). Sensor T1 (collector) should be fitted with the sensor con- nection box SP2 with an overvoltage protection. There is a ● The neutral terminals (N) are connected electrically. ● The sensor wires must be installed separately from General Connection Rules 230 V mains cables. The sensor connections (safety Do not connect the shielding at the sensor end.5 mm² cable can be used. they can be connected either way. ● Break out the cable feeds which are located on the base This switch is not required if mains power is with a pro- housing next to the crosspiece.75 mm² is necessary. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 287 . cables start directly at the feed to the base housing. ● Mains power is connected from out- er of the solar circulation unit. bottom. terminals. Generally. side the control via an ON/OFF Switch. be- yond 15 m and up to 50 m 2 x 0. T2 Solar circuit pump Tank sensor. to minimise pressure on the circuit board. The SUNGO SL is fitted with spike protection on all sensor ● In this case you must crimp the wire ends.

top/ thermostat additional sensor Temperature thermostat/ R R return flow boost (sink) Time slot thermostat Symbol for reset value Tank temp... dT min max start stop 88888 or sensor errors Units °C % Collector temperature x KWh Tank temp. Operation 4.4. bottom ok? Confirm and Pump ON/ save symbol Pump OFF System error Output A1 Output A2 288 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 . mid section/ return flow boost (source) ! Tank temp.1 Display and Buttons Settings menu Manual operation menu Information menu Special functions menu Temperature difference Balance or start / stop values Numerical display for temp..

T3 . T3 . thermostat __:__ __K Design temp. thermostat __:__ __:__ Current time Start time window 1. return temperature increase __K __°C Temperature limitation tank. return temperature increase __K __K Switching on difference T1 . temp. thermostat __:__ __ Max. xx thermostat __:__ __ Charge time solar heating system (SECUSOL) I stop Stop time window 1. thermostat __:__ Min. speed. return temperature increase __°C __°C Min.T4.T2. source 1. Horizontal operating level Settings menu as an example Vertical operating level T max R 2 dT min Switching off diff. level. solar circuit pump d max 2 stop Stop time window 2. thermostat Set values ➝ ➝ ➝ ➝ Activate Increase Decrease Activate Save value value value save function value EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 289 . solar 3 start d min 1 Start time window 3. speed control.T2. thermostat dT __K Difference additional sensor T3. solar R2 T min dT min Min temp. bottom R2 dT max dT max Switching on diff. return temperature increase __°C __K Switching off difference T1 . thermostat 4 dT __K Switching off temperature. speed solar circuit pump (SECUSOL) T start 2 start Start time window 2. thermostat __:__ start I 4 __°C Switching on temperature.T4. solar R2 T max T min Temp.4 3 stop dT Stop time window 3. diff. limitation.

Balance. resettable Thermostat or return temperature increase (drain). 2 °C __°C (if 2 tank system is selected) Balance. bottom. bottom. 2 h __h (if 2 tank system is selected) Balance 1 R operating hours tank 1 or 2 2 h R __h since last reset. Balance h __h R operating hours since last reset. tank 1 or 2. 2 °C __°C (if 2 tank system is selected) Current value min 1 Tank temperature 1 or 2. Balance kWh __kWh R heat meter since last reset. resettable 1 Operating hours tank 1 or 2. total. maximum. resettable Pump symbol idle: Operating symbol Temperature difference (collector. Balance. Balance. The solar circuit pump is running. resettable kWh R __kWh 1 2 Heat meter. minimum. display. minimum. °C 2 __°C (if 2 tank system is selected) Balance. bottom. Balance. Balance. Rotating pump symbol: Operating symbol Temperature difference (collector. bottom. Current value °C __°C min Tank temperature. Balance kWh __kWh 1 R heat meter. total. Current value °C __°C Operating hours. 290 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 . resettable °C __°C Tank temperature. top. display. R °C __°C (flow value corresponds to collector temperature) Current value Heat meter total yield. Current value °C __°C min Collector temperature. maximum. resettable °C __°C max Tank temperature.4. The solar circuit pump is off. minimum. tank) is smaller than required — to activate the solar circuit pump. display. Balance. resettable h R __h 1 Tank temperature 1 or 2. (if 2 tank system is selected) Balance. tank) is sufficient to activate — the solar circuit pump. Balance. bottom. Current value °C __°C Heat meter return. tank 1 or 2 2 kWh R __kWh since last reset. total. resettable °C __°C max Collector temperature. resettable °C __°C Tank temperature. display. resettable max 1 Tank temperature 1 or 2.2 Information Menu Information menu Menu item Description Display Collector temperature. bottom. maximum.

3 Settings Menu Settings menu Menu item Description Range Default setting T max Temperature limitation tank.4 __:__ Set current time (keep button pressed for faster run-through) 0:00-23:59 0:00 Switching on temperature thermostat 1 0° – 130 °C 30 °C __°C dT Switching off difference thermostat 1 1 – 40 K 5K __K dT Additional sensor difference for tank. temp. thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 23:59 start __:__ 2 Start time slot 2. can be selected in heating function. in 10 s increments 20 – 360 s 60 s __ Only with SECUSOL! 1. thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 0:00 stop __:__ 3 Stop time slot 3. bottom 15 – 90 °C 85 °C 2 __°C 1 dT max Switching on difference between collector and tank 1 or 2 3 – 40 K 10 K 2 __K 1 dT min Switching off difference between collector and tank 1 or 2 2 – 35 K 3K 2 __K dT Design temperature difference the speed control adjusts to 2 – 50 K 10 K __K d min Minimum speed of the solar circuit pump 30 – 100% 30% 1 __ 10 % increments d max Maximum speed of the solar circuit pump 30 – 100% 100% __ Only with SECUSOL! T start Charge time (s) of the solar heating system with speed 100 %. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 291 . thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 0:00 stop __:__ I Stop time slot 1. above which the switching difference is analyzed 5 – 90 °C 10 °C __°C 1 T max Temperature limitation tank 1 or 2. thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 0:00 start __:__ 3 Start time slot 3. bottom 15 – 90 °C 85 °C __°C dT max Switching on difference between collector and tank 3 – 40 K 5K __K dT min Switching off difference between collector and tank 2 – 35 K 3K __K T min Min.4. thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 0:00 stop __:__ 2 Stop time slot 2. top. thermostat 1 0:00-23:59 0:00 T max R2 Temperature limitation return temperature increase 2 15° – 90 °C 85 °C __°C T min R2 Minimum temperature from which the switching on difference is read 2 15° – 90 °C 20 °C __°C R 2 dT max Switching on difference return temperature increase between temperature 3 – 40 K 4K __K measure location T3 and T4 2 R 2 dT min Switching off difference return temperature increase between temperature 2 – 35 K 2K __K measure location T3 and T4 2 1 Only available if heating or cooling thermostat is used. 2 Only available if return temperature increase is used. 1 3 – 20 K 10 K __K start __:__ I Start time slot 1.

cooling 10 – 4: return temperature increase Off = 0 / On = 1 11 0 or 1 0 Activation of vacuum tube collector function Vacuum Tube 12 collector function Run time of solar circuit pump from reaching the switching on value 1 – 60 s 15 s 13 Switching on value for temperature increase at sensor T1 (collector) 1.0 K The special functions menus should only be edited by expert personnel. The menu stays active for 1 minute after exiting it. Place the control in the idle position once again if you need to alter any functions. 292 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 . Incorrect settings may adversely affect the solar heating system. 0 or 1 0 Cooling Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 6 Switching off temperature 30 – 90 °C 60 °C Off = 0 / On = 1 7 0 or 1 0 Activation of yield measurement Frost protection type 8 8-1: DC20 for standard systems 1 or 2 1 Measuring 8-2: DC40 for vacuum tube collectors (ready mix) the Yield Glycol fraction in %. 0 or 1 1 Protection Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 2 System protection start temperature 115 – 200 °C 135 °C Off = 0 / On = 1 3 Activation of collector cooling. On exiting the menu the parameters can only be viewed but not changed again. Only possible with collector cooling. heating with additional sensor T3 (tank.4 Manual Operation Menu Manual operation menu Menu item Description Range Default setting Off = 0 / On = 1 0–1 0 Switching the solar circuit pump on or off manually (A1) Off = 0 / On = 1 0–1 0 Switching output A2 on or off manually (RLA or thermostat) T stop Activation of manual operation lag time in automatic mode 0 – 600 min 0 min __ 4.0 K 1. top) 0–4 0 selection 10 – 3: Thermostat. Special functions menu Menu Application Description Range Default item setting 0 – 1: Standard single tank system 0 System choice 0 – 2: Standard dual tank system 1–3 1 0 – 3: SECUSOL system (see SECUSOL instructions for further info) Off = 0 / On = 1 1 System Activation of system protection. heating Function 10 10 – 2: Thermostat. 0 or 1 1 Collector Cooling Cannot be activated with SECUSOL! 4 Collector cooling start temperature 100 – 150 °C 110 °C Off = 0 / On = 1 5 Storage tank Activation of tank cooling.0 – 5.4. 0% = No Glycol (pure water) 9 0 – 100 % 40 % 100 % = Pure Glycol (no water) Note: Glycol fraction for solar circuit can only be selected with DC20! 10 – 0: Additional functions off 10 – 1: Thermostat.5 Special Functions Menu During the first minute after switching on the control activate the special functions menu by selecting it so that parameters can be altered.

return flow sensor Yield measurement.4. volume flow metre A2 A1 Version 1 – TERMO Combi Cylinder Hot water Cold water Heating circuit TERMO Ttw T3 P3 P2 P1 CIRCO T2 Vr A B Oil or gas boiler AB T4 Measuring the yield Collector field T1 T5 Solar T7 return-flow Figure 3 System solution for DHW preparation and space heating support.4 5. The message ● Check sensors and sensor wiring. The SUNGO SL controller takes charge of storage loading and controls the 3 way diverter valve for the return flow boost. Application examples 1. replace sensors if Blinking is displayed if after 30 minutes the total required difference has not been reduced. ! Interruption °C The sensor on the display or the pipe is Blinking interrupted. bottom SUNGO SL T3: Tank sensor. 5.1 Single Tank System with Return Boost P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump P3: Tank charging pump Vr: Switch-over valve for return temperature increase Collector field T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor. 4. In case of sensor errors the sensor in Blinking question is also marked with short circuit or interruption symbol.7 Service – Sensor Control Resistance values for Pt1000 sensors in relation to the temperature -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C 110 °C 961 Ω 1000 Ω 1039 Ω 1078 Ω 1117 Ω 1155 Ω 1194 Ω 1232 Ω 1271 Ω 1309 Ω 1347 Ω 1385 Ω 1423 Ω The working condition of the sensor can be checked with this table and an Ohm meter. dT too high ● Check wiring to the pump ! A value of 20 K is added to the switch-on ● Check system for air and vent if required difference between T1 and T2. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SL_BA-100127-1122P300 293 . ● Check all connections to the sensor. ! Short circuit °C There is a short circuit on the sensor on the Blinking display. the cable or the output on the control. ● Test the resistance value of the sensors and compare with the tables. middle T4: Sensor heating return-flow T3 T2 T4 T1 T1 T5: T7: Yield measurement.6 Service – System Messages System information with display Display Description Remedy ! System messages All system messages are displayed with a blinking caution symbol.

bottom Tank 1 sensor. tank charging SUNGO SL T1 T1: Collector sensor T2: T3: Tank 1 sensor. Subject to modifications. 2010 · www. The SUNGO SL controller takes charge of loading a bivalent (2 heat exchangers) storage and the monovalent (single heat exchanger) storage connected upstream to it. bottom A2 A1 T5: Yield measurement. top T3 T2 T4 T1 T4: Tank 2 sensor.5. return flow sensor T7: Yield measurement.2 Dual Tank System P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump Collector field P3: Tank charging pump Vu: Switch-over valve. volume flow metre Heating circuit Ttw P1 CIRCO T3 P2 ECOplus P3 Oil or gas T2 T4 boiler AB A M B Vu Measuring the yield Collector field Hot water T1 T5 Solar Cold water T7 return-flow Figure 4 System solution for DHW preparation. errors excepted · © Wagner & Co.wagner-solar.com 294 WAGNER & CO · Zimmermannstraße 12 · D-35091 Cölbe/Marburg · ☎ +49 (0) 64 21 80 07-0 · Fax 80 07-596 .

● Optional DATAstick for updating firmware and logging ● Controlled solar heat storage and buffering with up to and transfering data for further investigation and sys- 3 cylinders using up to 2 independent collector fields. . . and temperature difference control. Use . . . 317 2. . . . . . . . . ● Six outputs in total with one speed-controlled to adjust sensor cutoff or temperature difference “dT too high”. . . . . Technical Information . . . . . .3 Description of Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . .1 Operator/Installer Qualifications . . . . 315 8. 314 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 5.2 Service – System Messages. . . 334 4. horizontal scrolling through menus. . . . 314 8. . . . . Select language. . . . . 333 4. . 332 3. . . 303 5. . . . 333 3. . . . . . General Safety Information . .1 Service – Message Log . . . .4 System Details . . . 333 4. . . . . . . . . . . return flow 1. . . . . 315 8. . ● Built in safety functionality such as collector cooling. . .g. With clearly visible sym. . . .5 Information Menu . . . . . . . one pulse input. Installation . . Service . . . . .3 Special Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 5. . . . check values and system status. . . Accessories . . . . ● System with mixed heating circuit for efficient usage of ● The menues are provided in six languages.OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Solar Controller SUNGO SXL Figure 1 Solar controller SUNGO SXL ● Large illuminated display to show temperature levels. . . .1 Attaching Case . ● System for large scale preheating buffers. . . . . . . . . . 321 2. . . . . . .2 Initial Startup . . . . . . 331 3. . . . . . . solar and pellet heating. flowrates. . . . tem diagnostics.2 Description of Special Functions . . 317 2. .6 Manual Mode Menu. . ● Preselection of two thermostat functions. . . . Vertical and ● Data logging functionality. . ● Easy and safe handling via four buttons. . . . . . . .3 Installation and Operating Information . 298 5. Overview of Preset Hydraulic Systems . . . 314 5. . . . . system protection and vacuum flow meter and sensor T6 (solar return) tube collector function. 334 Solar Thermal / Solar Circuit EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 295 . . . .2 Connecting Cables . . . 315 8. . .1 Display and Buttons . . . . . 314 6. . . . . . . . . boost. . . . . 329 3. . . . . . . . .3 Service – Sensor Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 5. . . 300 5. . . . . . .4 Settings Menu .2 Intended Use . . . . . . ● Possibilty to log the yield in kWh by using an external storage tank cooling. . . . . . . . . . .1 Explanation of System Depictions . . e. . . . . . . . .4 bols for easy readability. . . . System Selection . . . . and ● Various preset hydraulic systems available one sensor for solar irradiation ● Extensive diagnostics to check system functions. . ● Eight temperature inputs Pt1000. 325 2. . . . . . see page 320 Contents 1. . . . . 320 2. . . . . . .

System Components Overview Meaning of the System Codes 12xx = “SUNGO SXL” software package The SUNGO SXL system codes consist of 4 digits.1. The fourth xx3x = 3-tank systems digit is for the numeric sequence of the associated systems xx4x = Heating systems with solar loading per type. control X – – Yield measurement X X X Pool protection – – X 296 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . xx5x = Large scale solar installations Function Systems 1211 (page 304) 1212 (page 305) 1213 (page 306) 1-tank system with one collector 1-tank system with bypass (valve or 1-tank system with two collector field plate heat exchanger) and one fields collector field Return flow boost X X X Thermostat A X X X Thermostat B X X – Degermination X X X Def. The first xx1x = 1-tank systems two digits “1 2” designate the “SUNGO SXL” software. The xx2x = 2-tank systems third digit identifies the possible system types. control X – – Yield measurement X X X Pool protection X X – Function Systems 1221 (page 307) 1222 (page 308) 1223 (page 309) 2-tank system with one collector 2-tank system with bypass (valve or 2-tank system (pool + drinking field plate heat exchanger) and one water tank) with one collector field collector field Return flow boost X X X Thermostat A – X X Thermostat B X – X Degermination X X – Def.

control – X Yield measurement X X Pool protection – – Function Systems 1. Function Systems 1224 (page 310) 1231 (page 311) 2-tank system with two collector fields 3-tank system with one collector field Return flow boost X – Thermostat A – X Thermostat B – – Degermination X X Def.4 1241 (page 312) 1251 (page 313) Controlled mixed circuit with solar heating support 2-tank system with bypass and a preheating-buffertank- (1 tank / 1 collector field) system Return flow boost – – Thermostat A – – Thermostat B X – Degermination – X Def. control X X Yield measurement X X Pool protection – – EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 297 .

298 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . Select System 2. Other hydraulic valves may cause functional problems or increase hydraulic/electrical effort. black = switching phase.A6) to the actual sen- technical customer service department). Electrical connection: Brown = constant phase. IMPORTANT The systems shown on the following pages are descriptive diagrams and may not include all com. ➂ Use the electrical connection lines to trace the inputs tailed hydraulic wiring diagrams are available from the (E1 - E10) and the outputs (A1 . blue = neutral wire. (see also datasheet “2-/3-Way Valve”). Always comply with all corre. sponding and applicable standards and guidelines. position is “AB” to “B”. Hydraulic connection: Power off. ➃ The 10 systems use 2-/3-way valves 4012/4013 by Hon- ponents.2. most important hydraulic and electrical components.1 Explanation of the System Schematics P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump E3 E7 E2 E8 E1 P3: Storage loading pump Vr: Switching valve for return flow boost A6 A1 Collector field 2 T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ T7: T8: Ttw: Return flow boost sensor T7 Return flow boost sensor T8 Boosting sensor 3 T1 Variation 1 – TERMO combi tank Hot water Cold water 1 Heating circuit TERMO T3 Ttw T7 P3 P2 P1 CIRCO T2 Vr A B Oil or gas heating boiler AB 4 T8 Standard System (Explained with Example 1211) ➀ Each system available in the controller is shown with the ➁ The key explains abbreviations in plain text. sors and sensor positions as well as the actual consumer loads (pumps or valves). shut-off and safety devices needed for proper eywell. The electrical wiring is shown for these valves assembly and installation. making it possible to set up a functional system (de. Power on Positon is “AB” to “A”.

Special Functions” are shown graphically under- neath the standard system. the same basic system can also be applied to alternative storage systems (here: RATIO storage tank. sensor T1. etc. However. Special Functions Possible options concerning the system selected in “System Selection. and volume meter inputs. They have to be enabled in the “Special Functions” menu. The required inputs and outputs are labeled. the designation A1 to A6. The connection lines can be used to trace the input E1 to 1.: “return flow boost” function is hydraulically not pos. T2 sible with drinking water storage tank.4 radiation sensor.g. control) measurement Pool protection Heating circuit A4 T7** T1** T5 T3 T4 A5 A2 T8 Boiler Circulation T3** Boiler Temp. difference Solar flow Solar Pool T7 T8** or thermostat F A3 E10 T6 Solar return A6 Layout of system 1211 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 299 . The respective options are described in detail starting on page 300. ➂ Hardware position and actual designation of sensor. inputs are shown with the des- switching outputs A1 to A6. ir. certain ECOplus hydraulic functions are reduced in the basic system (1211. RATIOfresh e. T3 Of course. The controller func- T2 tion on the other hand is available for other applications as free temperature difference). ignation E1 to E10 and not only with numbers 1 to 10 as ➁ The respective 230 V outputs are then also shown with it is done on the board. Yield Return flow boost Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. Input E1 usually corresponds with sensor T1. ECOplus RATIO with RATIOfresh Storage Tank Options The most common system option is shown in the drawn-in RATIO-H PG rectangular window in the “standard system” (for system T3 1211: here → TERMO tank). FUSE 5X20 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 L1 M M M M M M M M M M PE-PE-PE N N N N N N N Potential Ground 2 4 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 Mains E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 230 V outputs Sensor inputs Mains Sensor input / irradiation sensor Volume meter Controller Connection ➀ Hardware position and actual designation of the 230 V ➃ In the respective system. T7 ECOplus drinking water storage tank).

French. difference T9 to either T2. Italian. 1221. The output is then only switched on when the temperature T3 is greater than the switch-on temperature plus the switch-off difference plus the additional sensor switching difference. Independent time windows can be specified for thermostat A. T4 or T5 is T9 reached.2 Description of the Special Functions Language Selection of language for the controller menu and displays (German. Dutch. The speed of the solar circuit pump has to be set to 100% A2 volume flow if desired (see special function “Primary circuit”). The output switches off when the temperature is greater than the switch-on temperature plus the switch-off difference. Thermostat B Thermostat B (adjustable switching threshold) Thermostat B offers the options “Heating” and “Cooling” by preselecting. 1251) Bypass Bypass For systems with bypass.g. 1241. A4 The temperature sensor to be used for the thermostat function can be freely selected. that is useful if circulation shouldn’t run in case there is not enough heat stored. difference between heat sink and solar circuit is not reached. E. 1224. The conditions listed above are only interpreted within the respective time window. 1223. With option “Valve” and “PHE”. Return flow boost Return flow boost (temperature difference control) Heating circuit Simple heating support that leads the return flow of the heating circuit (T8) directly to the heating boiler or to the solar tank by switching the 3-way valve with output A6 in dependence of the set temperature difference to the tank sensor (T7). 1213. 1222. CIRCO ECOplus output A2 is switched on when the preset temp. It is also possible to select the “Irradiation” option if the irradiation sensor is connected. 300 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . Three independent time windows can be specified for thermostat B. The irradiation threshold value can be adjusted by the controller auto- adaptively. Valve PHE Tube collector The tube collector function makes it possible to operate the solar system if the collector sensor is mounted inside of the connection line of the connector. 1231. T8 Boiler T7 A6 Thermostat A Thermostat A (adjustable switching threshold) Thermostat A offers the options “Heating” and “Cooling” by preselecting. In this case. The solar circuit pump remains switched on for the set runtime and is switched off if the preset temp. 1212. to a specific temperature increase which is detected by sensor T1. With the option “Heating” output A3 switches on when the temperature T4 falls below the set T3 T4 switch-on temperature.2. Spanish. and English) System selection Selection from 10 possible systems (1211. output A4 (system 1241: A3) switches on when the temperature at T3** Boiler the sensor falls below the set switch-on temperature. However. An additional sensor can be activated with the “Heating” Variation. The bypass can be realized with a valve or a plate heat exchanger (PHE) and a secondary circuit pump. With the “Heating” Variation. A3 With the Variation “Cooling” output A3 switches on when the temperature T4 exceeds a preset temperature to switch on. the solar circuit pump is switched on acc. solar loading of buffers does not take place until the solar circuit flow (T9) has reached a sufficient temperature. This means the solar circuit pump is switched on for a short time when irradiation exceeds the threshold value. The output switches off when the temperature is less than the switch-on temperature minus the switch-off difference. with option “PHE” the solar circuit pump is not speed-controlled but the T2 secondary circuit pump instead. The “delta T” option is automatically activated if an irradiation sensor is not connected. With the Variation “Cooling”. output A4 switches on when the temperature exceeds the set switch-on temperature. The output switches off when the temperature T4 is greater than the Circulation switch-on temperature plus the switch-off difference. The output switches off when the temperature T4 is less than the switch-on temperature minus the switch-off difference.

control) Control option (def. A volume meter and a second measuring sensor are used to calculate the generated amount of heat. layout T5 1223: T9) exceeds the set switch-off threshold. Note: The flow temperature of the boiler must be adjusted to the required heating conditions. and min. The temperature sensor can be freely assigned in this case. Degermination Degermination To avoid or prevent the spread of legionella bacteria in drinking water. Once activated. Output A5 is only activated if the set target temperature was not already reached during the previous 20 hrs.g. by solar heating. System protection The solar circuit pump is switched off when the set collector temperature has been exceeded. temperature for sink (sensor 2). Solar Note: Use the option “FV” instead of the usual “HQM” to measure the yield without a volume flow meter. This option works with a fixed volume flow entered into the controller and can T6 therefore only be used as a function check. this A5 function heats the entire drinking water tank to at least 60 °C once a day. the solar circuit pump is switched on if the collector temperature drops below the tank temperature by 2 K. some system setups (depending on local rules and regulations) require the use this function. control) (adjustable switching threshold or temperature difference control) With the “control option” function. The excess energy in the tank is dispersed via the collector until the value drops below the set switch-off temperature. Messages”). The solar circuit pump should also be operated with a E10 return fixed speed when using this option. Collector cooling 1. The exact determination of the amount of heat is Solar not possible with the “DFM” option. collector sensor). The adjustable start time. Three independent time windows can be specified for thermostat F or the difference controller. The interruption is saved as a system message (see menu option “Special functions. The sensor that is used to T1** measure the flow temperature can be freely selected (e. The tank cooling function can be activated only if the collector cooling function is switched on.4 The solar circuit pump is switched off when the tank has been heated up to the tank limit temperature. max. The system switches off entirely when the tank limit temperature has been exceeded by 5 K. Solar Pool Primary circuit (only for systems with bypass and PHE option) Setting the (fixed) speed of the solar circuit pump. Yield measurement Yield measurement Intended to determine the solar yield in kWh. Control option (def. Temp. it is possible to select either temperature difference T7** A2 control or thermostat function. Pool protection Pool protection The pool protection uses a measuring sensor to monitor the flow temperature of the secondary circuit for the pool heating. temperature for source (sensor 1).g. and switch-off temperature are used to modify this function. If the collector temperature rises to the set start temperature. difference The temperature difference control offers a choice of the following options: On and off T8** or thermostat F switching difference. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 301 . This additional interval loading of the tank ensures that the collector does not stagnate too often. The reference temperature is measured at the bottom of the drinking water tank (T2. layout 1251: T8). heating duration. If the temperature at the measuring sensor (T5. e. the solar circuit pump is switched on again until the collector temperature has dropped by the switch-off difference. Tank cooling If the tank cooling function is active. solar heating is interrupted. Thermostat F corresponds with thermostat A.

output A3 is used to trigger the boiler. Lowering times as well as the modes “Auto”. A setpoint for the temperature difference between flow and return of the heating circuit is set as the default value. Flow temp. T5 T8 A value below 100% (default setting) must then be selected for the min. Heating limit: Ta average > Ta. ● Speed control of the heating circulation pump (see below.the tank loading pump is switched on. Just select the temperature difference control option and mount a sensor to measure the boiler temperature (T7). T5 T9 A4/5 302 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . Heating curve Heating curve (only for system 1241) The weather-based control of a mixed heating circuit is carried out by determining the heating curve here. Tmax = 70 Tmax limit flow 60 50 Offset 40 Tmin limit flow VL. The control option is not active in the default setting for system 1241. to heating curve ● The heating demand for heating the middle storage zone (T4) is based on the set values for the heating curve and the desired excess temperature in the buffer storage. As soon as the boiler temperature exceeds the switch-on difference in the middle of the tank. ● The tank loading pump (e. max Heating curve VL. T5 T9 “Summer”. Tmin = 30 20 10 3K Ambient -24 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 24 temperature -15 = Ta.g. ● Mixing valve actuation for a heating circuit acc. to heating curve (see below). Details for system 1241 (page 312) ● System 1241 with a combinend solar / heating system with storage tank/combi tank as hydraulic switch and with a heating circuit is able to cover all important control functions: ● Solar storage heating (single tank system) ● Boiler heating of the permanent buffer part in the tank with thermostat B ● Thermostat B is already active with system 1241 (default setting: Option “Heating” switch-on temperature 50 °C). “Party” and “Emission (Chimneysweep)” can be activated to this purpose in the menu settings. A2 The bypass valve marked in the diagram between the heating flow and return should allow for a low flow when the heating appliance valves are closed. hot water heating has priority. min 15 = Ta. speed of the pump. max Heating pump Heat pump (only for system 1241) The speed of the heating circuit pump can be adjusted to save electricity when operating the heat pump for low return temperatures. when using the LIGNOplus pellet boiler) can be controlled with the help of the control option. The excess temperature in the storage tank (sensor T4) compared with the heating circuit A4/5 flow can be specified here as well. ● Boiler demand for room heating acc. which means that the heating circuit pump (output A2) is switched off and the heating circuit mixing valve will be closed completely if thermostat B switches on boiler demand (A3). Only step-switchable circulation pumps without integrated electronic control can be connected to the controller outputs with speed control! Damage is possible when directly connecting electronically controlled pumps! Mixed circuit Heating circuit mixing valve (only for system 1241) The runtime of the mixing valve (datasheet) and the cycle time for actuating the heating circuit mixing valve are set here. The heating circuit mixing valve is controlled according to the heating curve and the measured outdoor temperature. If values drop below flow temperature plus excess temperature in the storage tank. With system 1241. correspond with the CIRcontroller in the function).

The solar circuit pump is speed-controlled so that an adjustable temperature difference between collector and tank can be maintained if possible. its version number. It is also possible to specify a limit temperature for the tank.3 Description of Additional Functions Solar circuit operation The solar circuit pump is switched on/off when the preset start or stop temp. and SXL controller on or off. the system switches to the priority tank. Messages The last 10 system messages together with date and time can be reviewed. Factory configuration All parameters (special functions + settings) are reset to the default settings but the reset does not apply to the selected system. If the collector temperature then reaches a sufficient value. difference has been reached. temperature (T3) can be selected for the storage tank. a longer control time is selected and vice versa. the controller checks the progression of the temperatures in the collector and priority tank and possibly pauses the solar circuit pump for the duration of the control time. SL. Tank 3 cannot be a priority tank. speed can be specified (100%: no speed-control). below which a storage shift is not initiated. 2-tank operation To ensure the selected priority tank is heated up when the collector produces sufficiently. Each message is only listed once per day starting with the first incidence. a min.. Additionally. the loading pump is switched off. 313) Serves to shift heat from a storage tank system to a drinking water tank (preheating tank) 1. Controller info This menu option is used to view information about the selected system. The min. The thyristors switch through the positive or negative sine half-wave as long as a switching-on difference exists. If the difference between the temperature in the storage tank top and the temperature at the lower measuring point in the preheating tank (T8) is T8 lower than the switch-off difference. If the temperature in the storage tank top (T3) is larger than the temperature at the upper Tank 1 Tank 3 measuring point in the preheating tank (T7) by the value of the switch-on difference. How it works: A triac consists of 2 antiparallel switchable diodes (= antiparallel thyristors). EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 303 . Storing the preheating tank is stopped once the limit temperature has been reached (at T8).4 T3 using a temperature difference control with two-point measurement function. the A3 T7 loading pump is switched on via A3. 2. as well as the number and version of the controller software. Loading preheat tank Heating of the preheating tank (only system 1251. Triac The triac is an electronic switch to switch the 230 V outputs of the SUNGO S. The triac switches off when the value drops below the switch-off difference. Control time The control time is used for systems with bypass and multi-tank systems to affect the switchover behavior of the controller. Priority The SUNGO SXL controller offers a choice of assigning priority to tank 1 or tank 2. With systems with long lines or large line volumes. p.

1211 . P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump E3 E7 E2 E8 E1 Variation 2 – RATIO w. control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit A4 T7** T1** T5 T3 T4 A5 A2 Boiler Circulation Temp. difference T8 T3** Boiler Solar T7 flow Solar Pool A3 T8** or thermostat F T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1211 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 System No.4 Systems Details Cold water RATIOfresh Heating circuit T3 T2 TERMO Ttw Variation 3 – ECOplus T7 P3 P2 P1 CIRCO T2 Vr A B Oil or gas T3 heating boiler AB ECOplus T8 T2 Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. RATIOfresh 304 P3: Storage loading pump Vr: Switching valve for return flow increase A6 A1 Collector field T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T1 T3 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 Ttw: Aux. heating sensor RATIO-H PG Variation 1 – TERMO combination tank Hot water T7 2.

1212 1.4 . RATIOfresh P3: Storage loading pump (P4: Secondary solar circuit pump) A6 A2 A1 Vr: Switching valve for return flow boost Collector field Vb: switching valve for bypass function T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor ↓ T1 T3: Tank sensor ↑ T3 T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 RATIO-H PG T9: Solar return sensor Ttw: Aux. control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit A4 T9** T5 T3 T4 A5 T8 Boiler Circulation Solar T3** Boiler T7 flow Solar Pool A3 T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1212 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T9) can be selected freely here 305 System No. heating sensor Variation 1 – TERMO combination tank T7 Hot water Cold water RATIOfresh Heating circuit T2 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 T3 TERMO Ttw Variation 3 – ECOplus T7 P3 P2 P1 CIRCO T2 T3 Vr A B Oil or gas heating boiler AB ECOplus T9 AB Vb alternative T2 T8 B A P4 Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump E3 E7 E2 E8 E9 E1 Variation 2 – RATIO w.

2-way motor valve Collector field Collector field Vk2: Collector field 2. heating sensor Vc1 Vc2 Variation 1 – TERMO combination tank T7 Hot water Cold water RATIOfresh T2 Heating circuit T3 TERMO Ttw Variation 3 – ECOplus T7 Please note! P3 P2 If Vk1 and Vk2 are in return. the safety valve P1 and expansion vessel T2 must be aligned in the T3 Vr flow! A B Oil or gas CIRCO heating boiler AB ECOplus T8 T2 Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. RATIOfresh 306 P3: Storage loading pump Vr: Switching valve for Return flow boost A6 A1 A4 A2 Vk1: Collector field 1. 2-way motor valve T1: Collector 1 sensor T2: Tank sensor ↓ T3 T3: Tank sensor ↑ T1 T9 T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 RATIO-H PG T9: Collector 2 sensor Ttw: Aux. 1213 . control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit T3 T4 T5** A5 Boiler Circulation T8 Solar T7 flow A3 T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1213 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 System No. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Heating circuit pump E3 E7 E2 E8 E9 E1 Variation 2 – RATIO w.

P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Pump for secondary E8 E5 E7 E3 E2 E1 P3: Heating circuit pump Collector field A6 A2 A1 Vu: Solar flow switching valve Vr: Switching valve for return flow boost T1: Collector sensor T1 T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ T5: Tank sensor 2 ↓ T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 Ttw: Aux. difference T8 T3** Boiler Solar T7 flow T8** or thermostat F T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1221 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here 307 System No. control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit A4 T7** T1** A5 A3 Boiler Temp. heating sensor Heating circuit EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 T7 P1 RATIO-H PG T3 P3 P2 Ttw CIRCO ECOplus T2 T5 AB T8 Oil or gas heating boiler B A AB Vu A B Vr Hot water Cold water Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def.4 . 1221 1.

control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit T3 T4 T9** A5 T8 Boiler Circulation Solar T7 flow A3 T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1222 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T9) can be selected freely here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 System No. 1222 . alternatively plate heat exchanger with circulation pump P4 T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ T5: Tank sensor 2 ↓ T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 T9: Solar flow sensor Ttw: Aux. P1: Solar circuit pump E8 E5 E7 E3 E2 E9 E1 308 P2: Pump for secondary circuit Collector field P3: Heating pump A6 A4 A2 A1 Vu: Switching valve for Solar flow Vr: Switching valve for Return flow boost T1 Vb: Switching valve for Bypass function. heating sensor Heating circuit T7 P1 RATIO-H PG T3 P3 P2 Ttw CIRCO AB ECOplus T9 B A alternativ Vb P4 T2 T5 T8 Oil or gas AB heating boiler B A AB A Vu B Vr Hot water Cold water Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def.

) Heating circuit A4 T1** T9 T3 T4 Boiler Circulation T8 T3** Boiler Solar T7 flow Solar Pool A3 T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1223 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here 309 System No. heating sensor RATIOfresh T7 Variation 1 – ECOplus T2 Heating circuit EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 Variation 3 – TERMO combi tank P1 P4 Ttw CIRCO T3 T3 ECOplus TERMO Pool P3 T2 Oil or gas heating boiler T7 T9 Vu AB P2 B A T5 T2 Hot water Cold water Pool protection Return flow boost Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Pool pump E3 E2 E5 E9 E1 Variation 2 – RATIO w. RATIOfresh Collector field P3: Storage loading pump A5 A2 A1 P4: Heating pump Vu: Switching valve for solar return T1 T1 Collector sensor T3 Relay T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ T3: Tank sensor T5: Pool sensor RATIO-H PG T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 T9: Pool protection T9 sensor Ttw: Aux. 1223 1.4 . control) Yield measurement (already marked ab.

1224 . heating sensor Heating circuit Please note! If Vk1 and Vk2 are in return flow. 2-way motor valve Vu: Switching valve for solar return T1 T9 Vr: Switching valve for return flow boost T1: Collector sensor 1 T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ Vc1 Vc2 T5: Tank sensor 2 ↓ T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 T9: Collector sensor 2 Ttw: Aux. 2-way motor valve A6 A4 A1 A3 A2 Vk2: Collector field 2. P1: Solar circuit pump E8 E5 E7 E3 E2 E9 E1 310 P2: Storage loading pump Collector field Collector field P3: Heating pump Vk1: Collector field 1. the safety valve and T7 expansion vessel must be P1 aligned in the flow! RATIO-H PG T3 P3 P2 Ttw CIRCO ECOplus T5 T8 Oil or gas T2 AB heating boiler B A AB A Vu B Vr Hot water Cold water Return flow boost (already marked above) Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination Control option (def. control) Yield measurement Pool protection Heating circuit T4** A5 Boiler T8 Solar T7 flow T6 Solar E10 return A6 Layout of system 1224 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 System No.

1231 1. P1: Solar circuit pump P2: Storage loading pump E8 E5 E7 E4 E3 E2 E1 P3: Heating pump Collector field Vu1: Switching valve for solar return 1 A6 A3 A2 A1 Vu2: Switching valve for solar return 2 Vr: Switching valve for return flow boost T1 T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ T3: Tank sensor ↑ T4: Tank sensor 3 ↓ T5: Tank sensor 2 ↓ T7: Return flow boost sensor T7 T8: Return flow boost sensor T8 Ttw: Aux. use additional Solar control option E10 return Layout of system 1231 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here 311 System No. difference Solar flow A4 T8** or thermostat F T6 If needed. control) Return flow boost Thermostat A Thermostat B Degermination (already marked above) Yield measurement Pool protection T7** T1** T3 T9 A5 A6 Circulation Temp. heating sensor Heating circuit Tank 1 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 T7 P1 RATIO-H PG RATIO-H PG T3 P3 P2 Ttw CIRCO Tank 2 Tank 3 ECOplus T2 T5 T4 AB T8 Oil or gas heating boiler B A AB A B Vu1 Vr A AB Vu2 B Hot water Cold water Control option (def.4 .

sensor return T9: Temp. control. in basic setting activated as diff. controller T4 sensor T1 CLOSED T5: Temp. sensor outdoor RATIO-H PG Variation 1 – TERMO combination tank T4 Hot water T9 Cold water Heating circuit RATIOfresh T2 Relay T3 TERMO P1 CIRCO T4 T7 T5 T8 T2 P3 P2 M1 Thermostat B = water heating Control option (def. contr. controller T7 sensor T8: Temp. 1241 . P1: Solar circuit pump P3: Storage loading pump E3 E4 E2 E7 E5 E8 E9 E1 Variation 2 – RATIO w. difference Solar flow T4** or thermostat F T6 Solar E10 return Layout of system 1241 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T8) can be selected freely here EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 System No. sensor flow T3 T7: Diff. RATIOfresh 312 T1: Collector sensor T2: Tank sensor ↓ A6 A3 A4 A5 A2 A1 Collector field T3: Tank sensor ↑ = Thermost. for storage loading Return flow boost Thermostat A (already marked above) Degermination pump already marked above) Yield measurement Pool protection A3 T7** T1** A6 T3** Kessel Temp.B T3 sensor T4: Tank sensor → OPEN = Diff.

difference Solar flow T2** or thermostat F T6 T8 Solar E10 return Layout of system 1251 Tx** = a sensor (T1 to T9) can be selected freely here 313 System No. Collector field E1 E9 E5 E2 E3 E8 E7 T1: Collector sensor Vu: Solar flow/return switching valve T2: Tank sensor 1 ↓ Vm: HW loading circuit limit valve A1 A2 A4 A3 A5 T3: Tank sensor ↑ (Valve / aux. 1251 1. control) Yield measurement Pool protection T4** T9** A5 A6 Temp. power) T1 T5: Tank sensor 2 ↓ Vl: Legionella protection motor valve T7: Tank sensor 3 → T8: Tank sensor 3 ↓ P1: Pump for solar circuit T9: Solar return sensor P2: Pump for secondary circuit E10: Volume flow meter P3: Primary pump tank 3 P4: Secondary pump tank 3 P5: Legionella protection circulation pump P6: Hot water circulation pump P7: Pump for Hot water boiler P6 Circulation Hot water EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 T3 P1 Vu A B P5 CIRCO AB Tank 2 Tank 1 Tank 3 Vl Standby tank (Preheating tank) T9 T7 P7 P3 P4 T5 T2 Vm T8 A B P2 AB Vu Cold water Degermination (already marked Return flow boost Thermostat A Thermostat B above) Control option (def.4 .

while the system is powered off since the voltage on knowingly. Make sure not to confuse these sections during CAUTION – Risk of property damage the installation process. ● Usage that is not in compliance with the intended use description always invalidates the warranty. ● The bottom of the controller is divided into safe low voltage inputs and 230 V outputs section by a cross- piece. controller. ● The controller can be integrated into the solar station CIRCO 5/6 or mounted on the wall. 2/3 way valves). ● Mount the solar circuit station in a way that allows an op- ards. Application Limits ● If used in other than solar thermal applications. or the connected 230 V consumer loads are visibly dam- which will make installing and operating of the controller aged. the warranty is only valid if the correct initial startup is documented in the release and approval log by a correspondingly trained technician. maximum tem- peratures or sensor functions are not monitored. ● Compliance with applicable national and local safety rules and regulations is mandatory. DANGER – Risk of personal injuries ● Operating temperatures > 50 °C are not permitted for Improper electrical installation of the device can lead to controllers of the S-series (S. This symbol indicates dangers that can result in damage to ● Automatic mode is the default operating mode of the the components or malfunction of the controller.1 Operator/Installer Qualifications or burns when fitting the collector sensor.3 Installation and The following safety information is intended to protect you Operating Information from hazards and dangers that may suddenly occur when ● All installation and wiring work must be carried out the device is handled incorrectly. 314 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . timal display contrast (looking straight at the controller). ● The controller is approved only for use in dry rooms. outside of the solar circuit station via an external ON/ OFF switch. SXL).2 Intended Use Function ● Controlling of solar thermal systems by selecting ap- plicable control patterns and additional functions to preset the controller for the required operations of the hydraulic system. This symbol indicates practical advice and useful tricks. more easy. There is a risk of scalding 3. the outside of the triac is 230 V. in case of a claim. the functionality of the controller has to be checked before initial start-up. the wiring. NOTE – Additional information ● Do not operate the system if the controller. If in doubt. Manual operation is used only for functional testing of the different hydraulic components (pump. ● Please note that. ● The controller is equipped with a mains microfuse. contact the controller service of Wagner & Co. In this operating mode. SL. We differentiate between general safety infor. ● The connection and initial start-up of the SUNGO SXL solar controller must always be carried out by trained and authorized personnel. General Safety Information 3. potentially fatal electric shocks as well as other health haz.3. ● Collectors and hydraulic supply pipes can get extreme- ly hot during sunny periods. either deliberately or un. This is also necessary to activate the “Spe- cial Functions” menu by using the ON/OFF switch of the mains power. 3. mation shown on this page and special safety information ● The mains power of the controller must be connected explained over the course of this text.

Switching outputs A2 to A6 are pure NOCs (ex- ception: A2.4 control. connections and switching outputs A1 to A6 on the left- ● The upper section now snaps into place automatical.2 Connecting Wires Opening the Case Layout of the SUNGO SXL Connection Board ● Tools are not required to open the controller case. controller. The sensor connections (safety low voltage) Slightly pull on the side clips of the upper section of the are located on the right-hand side and the 230 V mains case to unlatch the case and flip it open. PG9 screw connections can be mounted at ● Do not over tighten the screws to avoid damage to the the feed-throughs in case of wall mounting. They do not have any polarity. ● If required.5 mm². ● All grounding wires are connected to the PE terminals. just trim and isolate! ● The temperature sensors can be connected either way. ● In this case. the wire ends must be crimped. if mains power is connected with a cable and safety ● Break out the cable feeds located on the base housing socket.75 mm².4. lower part of the case! 230 V Connection Installation in the Solar Station ● The mains power is connected from outside the control- ● Use the screws to attach the SUNGO SXL controller to ler via an OFF/ON switch. Lightning Protection Module The SUNGO SXL is fitted with surge protection on all sen- sor inputs. General Connection Rules ● If flexible wires are used and the controller is wall Wall mounting mounted. tion. Generally. ● All electrical lines are connected at the bottom of the The upper part of the case snaps into the bottom part. up to 50 m = 2 x 0. Connecting Temperature Sensors ● The wires of the temperature sensors can be extend- ed as follows: Up to a length of 15 m = 2 x 0. Sensor T1 (collector) must be be fitted with the sensor con- nection box SP2 with integrated surge arrestor. ● The neutral terminals (N) are connected electrically! ● When the controller is switched on. It is now possible to install the controller easily and quickly. the voltage on the ● The switching output A1 (and A2 with systems featuring triac case is 230 V AC. see above). 230 V/50 Hz. normally open contact actuated via speed. In case of long connec- tions to the collector. EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 315 . This switch is not required the wall holder of the solar station. Do not connect the shielding at the sensor end. ● The sensor wires must be installed separately from 230 V mains lines. next to the crosspiece. 1. ● The controller is designed for mains operation at ap- ● Strip the 230 V cables in a way that the insulated single prox. ly. further protection of the sensors in the basement is not required. holes for the controller. ● Attach the controller to the wall. Check to make sure the solar circuit cables start directly at the opening to the bottom sec. ● Connect the mains power supply last. pump is rated for this voltage. Installation 4. shielded cables should be used. a bypass and option PHE as well as with system 1241) is a 230 V. a strain relief must be fixed within or outside ● Use the supplied drilling template to drill the fixing of the controller.1 Attaching Case 4. hand side.

numbers from 1 to 10 in the respective system depiction but they are also marked with the designation E1 to E10. piction. irradiation sensor. perature sensor. etc. ➇ Mains fuse as microfuse 4 AT. and volume meter inputs. 230 V side Low voltage side Display board connection Data stick port 6 5 7 9 8 FUSE 5X20 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 L1 M M M M M M M M M M PE-PE-PE N N N N N N N Potential Ground 2 4 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 Mains E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 230 V outputs Sensor inputs Mains Sensor input / irradiation sensor Volume meter Figure 2 Connection board of the solar controller SUNGO SXL Connection Board ➀ Hardware position and actual designation of the 230 V ➄ Board cutouts for the fastening screws of the controller switching outputs A1 to A6. IMPORTANT The 230 V AC is applied to the triac case dur- ➃ The corresponding inputs are not identified only with ing operation. ➆ Universal interface port for data stick and peripherals. Input E1 usually corresponds with sensor T1. the designation A1 to A6 in the respective system de. 316 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 . ➂ Hardware position and actual designation of the tem. case ➁ The corresponding 230 V outputs are also marked with ➅ Plug connector for connection cable to display board. ➈ The 230 V switching outputs are triacs.

EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 317 .C -➚ 126 ➚ Selected add. option. System fault pump ON 1. selected add. special functions variation Alphanumeric display 3 o 72 .5. the menu “Information” is displayed again automatically after 60 minutes.1 Display and Buttons Settings Special functions menu menu Manual Information operation menu Main menu level Selected menu Alphanumeric display 1 Collector Measuring point. info about selected special functions A B ! 1234 ok? Status indicators 56 Pump OFF. variable number value. ● If you remain in a selected menu without pressing ad- ditional buttons. Use 5. system errors. the “Special functions” < 60 s menu can be activated within 60 seconds. system info. variable. functions. ● To make changes later in the “Special functions” menu. briefly de-energize the controller and open the “Special functions” menu within 60 seconds. add. balance values. and special functions o Alphanumeric display 2 72.4 Confirmation / Outputs A1 to A6 tank symbol NOTE ● After switching on the controller.4 C Measuring value.

“Output 1” Save current value ON. e. “Addit.” Cancel activation. variable “Tank.g. e. “Tank” Activate e.” Save current value 85 °C. sensor” Cancel activation.g. “Output 1” Special functions Special functions Exit “Special functions” menu Select menu. “Tank” Exit selected menu options.g.g. e. variable “Heating” Save current value ON.g. “85 °C” to “80 °C” Increasing variable value. e.g. “Addit. sensor” Main menu: scroll left Main menu: scroll right Information Information Scroll down Scroll up Settings Settings Scroll down Scroll up Reduce variable value. e. e.” Manual operation mode Manual operation mode Exit “Manual mode” menu Activate. “17:00“ to “16:30” Increasing variable value. “Thermostat A” Activate. “Settings” Main menu: this button is nonfunctional here 318 EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 .g.g. e.g.g. e. e. max. “Thermostat A” Exit selected menu option.g. e.g.g. variable “Tank. e. “17:00” to “05:30” (Degermination) (Degermination) Main menu: selecting the menu. e. Information Information Exit “Information” menu Activate “Reset balance values” Cancel “Balance values” activation Save “Reset balance values” Settings Settings Exit “Settings” menu Select menu.g. ”85°C” to “90°C” Manual operation mode Manual operation mode Scroll down Scroll up Special functions Special functions Scroll down Scroll up Reducing variable value. max.g. max. e. e. e.g. variable “Tank.g. e.

Press right button [values] [off] Open function: Remove brackets Heating curve Degermination [values] [off] 2. Press right button Tank [values] Activate “Heating/Cooling” function: Preheating Tank 1 “Heating” flashes [values] [values] Pool protection 7. Press left button [values] Close function Return flow boost Brackets are shown Cooling B [values] [values] Function set to ON Heating B Heating A [values] [values] Cooling A [values] EN-XXX_SUNGO-SXL_TI-MA-BA-0707xx-1122P400 319 . control) Activate ON/OFF function [values] [off] Pool protection Yield measurement 3. ON flashes Tank cooling System protection [off] [off] 4. “Heating/Cooling” 6. “Cooling” Heating F [values] Speed Heating [values] 9.g.: “Cooling” flashes [values] Settings Tank 3 [values] Cooling F Menu 8. Press right button 2x Collector cooling [off] Save selected Variation 1.g. Press right button Primary circuit Control option (def. Language [values] Control info System selection [values] [off] Messages Bypass [values] [values] Factory configuration Tube collector [off] [off] Control time Return flow boost [values] [off] Special Functions E.g.g.g.g. ON 5. Press lower button